Energy Conservation Program: Energy Conservation Standards for Miscellaneous Refrigeration Products, 38762-38835 [2024-08001]
Download as PDF
38762
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY
10 CFR Part 430
[EERE–2020–BT–STD–0039]
RIN 1904–AF62
Energy Conservation Program: Energy
Conservation Standards for
Miscellaneous Refrigeration Products
Office of Energy Efficiency and
Renewable Energy, Department of
Energy.
ACTION: Direct final rule.
AGENCY:
The Energy Policy and
Conservation Act, as amended
(‘‘EPCA’’), prescribes energy
conservation standards for various
consumer products and certain
commercial and industrial equipment,
including miscellaneous refrigeration
products. In this direct final rule, the
U.S. Department of Energy (‘‘DOE’’) is
adopting amended energy conservation
standards for miscellaneous
refrigeration products. DOE has
determined that the amended energy
conservation standards for these
products would result in significant
conservation of energy, and are
technologically feasible and
economically justified.
DATES: The effective date of this rule is
September 4, 2024. If adverse comments
are received by August 26, 2024 and
DOE determines that such comments
may provide a reasonable basis for
withdrawal of the direct final rule under
42 U.S.C. 6295(o), a timely withdrawal
of this rule will be published in the
Federal Register. If no such adverse
comments are received, compliance
with the amended standards established
for miscellaneous refrigeration products
in this direct final rule is required on
and after January 31, 2029. Comments
regarding the likely competitive impact
of the standards contained in this direct
final rule should be sent to the
Department of Justice contact listed in
the ADDRESSES section on or before June
6, 2024.
ADDRESSES: The docket for this
rulemaking, which includes Federal
Register notices, public meeting
attendee lists and transcripts,
comments, and other supporting
documents/materials, is available for
review at www.regulations.gov. All
documents in the docket are listed in
the www.regulations.gov index.
However, not all documents listed in
the index may be publicly available,
such as information that is exempt from
public disclosure.
The docket web page can be found at
www.regulations.gov/docket/EERE-
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8
SUMMARY:
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:31 May 06, 2024
Jkt 262001
2020-BT-STD-0039. The docket web
page contains instructions on how to
access all documents, including public
comments, in the docket.
For further information on how to
submit a comment or review other
public comments and the docket,
contact the Appliance and Equipment
Standards Program staff at (202) 287–
1445 or by email:
ApplianceStandardsQuestions@
ee.doe.gov.
The U.S. Department of Justice
Antitrust Division invites input from
market participants and other interested
persons with views on the likely
competitive impact of the standards
contained in this direct final rule.
Interested persons may contact the
Antitrust Division at
www.energy.standards@usdoj.gov on or
before the date specified in the DATES
section. Please indicate in the ‘‘Subject’’
line of your email the title and Docket
Number of this direct final rule.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Mr. Lucas Adin, U.S. Department of
Energy, Office of Energy Efficiency and
Renewable Energy, Building
Technologies Office, EE–5B, 1000
Independence Avenue SW, Washington,
DC 20585–0121. Telephone: (202) 287–
5904. Email:
ApplianceStandardsQuestions@
ee.doe.gov.
Ms. Kristin Koernig, U.S. Department
of Energy, Office of the General Counsel,
GC–33, 1000 Independence Avenue SW,
Washington, DC 20585–0121.
Telephone: (240) 243–3383. Email:
kristin.koernig@hq.doe.gov.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Table of Contents
I. Synopsis of the Direct Final Rule
A. Benefits and Costs to Consumers
B. Impact on Manufacturers
C. National Benefits and Costs
D. Conclusion
II. Introduction
A. Authority
B. Background
1. Current Standards
2. Current Test Procedures
3. History of Standards Rulemaking for
MREFs
4. The Joint Agreement
III. General Discussion
A. Scope of Coverage
B. Fairly Representative of Relevant Point
of View
C. Technological Feasibility
1. General
2. Maximum Technologically Feasible
Levels
D. Energy Savings
1. Determination of Savings
2. Significance of Savings
E. Economic Justification
1. Specific Criteria
a. Economic Impact on Manufacturers and
Consumers
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
b. Savings in Operating Costs Compared To
Increase in Price (LCC and PBP)
c. Energy Savings
d. Lessening of Utility or Performance of
Products
e. Impact of Any Lessening of Competition
f. Need for National Energy Conservation
g. Other Factors
2. Rebuttable Presumption
IV. Methodology and Discussion of Related
Comments
A. Market and Technology Assessment
1. Product Classes
a. Product Classes With Automatic
Icemakers
b. Addition of Product Class C–5–BI
2. Technology Options
B. Screening Analysis
1. Screened-Out Technologies
2. Remaining Technologies
C. Engineering Analysis
1. Efficiency Analysis
a. Built-In Classes
b. Baseline Efficiency/Energy Use
c. Higher Efficiency Levels
d. Variable-Speed Compressor Supply
Chain
2. Cost Analysis
3. Cost-Efficiency Results
D. Markups Analysis
E. Energy Use Analysis
F. Life-Cycle Cost and Payback Period
Analysis
1. Product Cost
2. Installation Cost
3. Annual Energy Consumption
4. Energy Prices
5. Maintenance and Repair Costs
6. Product Lifetime
7. Discount Rates
8. Energy Efficiency Distribution in the NoNew-Standards Case
9. Payback Period Analysis
G. Shipments Analysis
H. National Impact Analysis
1. Product Efficiency Trends
2. National Energy Savings
3. Net Present Value Analysis
I. Consumer Subgroup Analysis
J. Manufacturer Impact Analysis
1. Overview
2. Government Regulatory Impact Model
and Key Inputs
a. Manufacturer Production Costs
b. Shipments Projections
c. Product and Capital Conversion Costs
d. Manufacturer Markup Scenarios
3. Discussion of MIA Comments
K. Emissions Analysis
1. Air Quality Regulations Incorporated in
DOE’s Analysis
L. Monetizing Emissions Impacts
1. Monetization of Greenhouse Gas
Emissions
a. Social Cost of Carbon
b. Social Cost of Methane and Nitrous
Oxide
c. Sensitivity Analysis Using Updated 2023
SC–GHG Estimates
2. Monetization of Other Emissions
Impacts
M. Utility Impact Analysis
N. Employment Impact Analysis
O. Other Comments
V. Analytical Results and Conclusions
A. Trial Standard Levels
E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM
07MYR8
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
B. Economic Justification and Energy
Savings
1. Economic Impacts on Individual
Consumers
a. Life-Cycle Cost and Payback Period
b. Consumer Subgroup Analysis
c. Rebuttable Presumption Payback
2. Economic Impacts on Manufacturers
a. Industry Cash Flow Analysis Results
b. Direct Impacts on Employment
c. Impacts on Manufacturing Capacity
d. Impacts on Subgroups of Manufacturers
e. Cumulative Regulatory Burden
3. National Impact Analysis
a. Significance of Energy Savings
b. Net Present Value of Consumer Costs
and Benefits
c. Indirect Impacts on Employment
4. Impact on Utility or Performance of
Products
5. Impact of Any Lessening of Competition
6. Need of the Nation To Conserve Energy
7. Other Factors
8. Summary of Economic Impacts
C. Conclusion
1. Benefits and Burdens of TSLs
Considered for MREF Standards
2. Annualized Benefits and Costs of the
Adopted Standards
VI. Procedural Issues and Regulatory Review
A. Review Under Executive Orders 12866,
13563, and 14094
B. Review Under the Regulatory Flexibility
Act
C. Review Under the Paperwork Reduction
Act
D. Review Under the National
Environmental Policy Act of 1969
E. Review Under Executive Order 13132
F. Review Under Executive Order 12988
G. Review Under the Unfunded Mandates
Reform Act of 1995
H. Review Under the Treasury and General
Government Appropriations Act, 1999
I. Review Under Executive Order 12630
J. Review Under the Treasury and General
Government Appropriations Act, 2001
K. Review Under Executive Order 13211
L. Information Quality
M. Congressional Notification
VII. Approval of the Office of the Secretary
the energy efficiency of a number of
consumer products and certain
industrial equipment. (42 U.S.C. 6291–
6317, as codified) Title III, Part B of
EPCA 2 established the Energy
Conservation Program for Consumer
Products Other Than Automobiles. (42
U.S.C. 6291–6309, as codified) These
products include miscellaneous
refrigeration products (‘‘MREFs’’), the
subject of this direct final rule.
Pursuant to EPCA, any new or
amended energy conservation standard
must, among other things, be designed
to achieve the maximum improvement
in energy efficiency that DOE
determines is technologically feasible
and economically justified. (42 U.S.C.
6295(o)(2)(A)) Furthermore, the new or
amended standard must result in
significant conservation of energy. (42
U.S.C. 6295(o)(3)(B))
In light of the statutory authority
above and under the authority provided
by 42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4), DOE is issuing
this direct final rule amending the
energy conservation standards for
MREFs.
The adopted standard levels in this
direct final rule were proposed in a
letter submitted to DOE jointly by
groups representing manufacturers,
energy and environmental advocates,
consumer groups, and a utility. This
letter, titled ‘‘Energy Efficiency
Agreement of 2023’’ (hereafter, the
‘‘Joint Agreement’’ 3), recommends
specific energy conservation standards
for MREFs that, in the commenters’
view, would satisfy the EPCA
requirements in 42 U.S.C. 6295(o). DOE
subsequently received letters of support
from states, including California,
Massachusetts, and New York,4 as well
as San Diego Gas and Electric
(‘‘SDG&E’’) and Southern California
I. Synopsis of the Direct Final Rule
reflect the last statutory amendments that impact
Parts A and A–1 of EPCA.
2 For editorial reasons, upon codification in the
U.S. Code, Part B was redesignated Part A.
3 This document is available in the docket at:
www.regulations.gov/document/EERE-2020-BTSTD-0039-0034.
4 This document is available in the docket at:
www.regulations.gov/document/EERE-2020-BTSTD-0039-0035.
The Energy Policy and Conservation
Act, Public Law 94–163, as amended
(‘‘EPCA’’),1 authorizes DOE to regulate
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8
1 All references to EPCA in this document refer
to the statute as amended through the Energy Act
of 2020, Public Law 116–260 (Dec. 27, 2020), which
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:31 May 06, 2024
Jkt 262001
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
38763
Edison (‘‘SCE’’) advocating for the
adoption of the recommended
standards.5
In accordance with the direct final
rule provisions at 42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4),
DOE has determined that the
recommendations contained therein are
compliant with 42 U.S.C. 6295(o). As
required by 42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4)(A)(i),
DOE is also simultaneously publishing
a notice of proposed rulemaking
(‘‘NOPR’’) that contains the identical
standards to those adopted in this direct
final rule. Consistent with the statute,
DOE is providing a 110-day public
comment period on the direct final rule.
(42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4)(B)) If DOE
determines that any comments received
may provide a reasonable basis for
withdrawal of the direct final rule under
42 U.S.C. 6295(o), or any other
applicable law, DOE will publish the
reasons for withdrawal and continue the
rulemaking under the NOPR. (42 U.S.C.
6295(p)(4)(C)) See section II.A of this
document for more details on DOE’s
statutory authority.
The amended standards that DOE is
adopting in this direct final rule are the
efficiency levels recommended in the
Joint Agreement (shown in Table I.1)
expressed in terms of kilowatt hours per
year (‘‘kWh/yr’’) as measured according
to DOE’s current MREF test procedure
codified at title 10 of the Code of
Federal Regulations (‘‘CFR’’) part 430,
subpart B, appendix A (‘‘appendix A’’).
The amended standards
recommended in the Joint Agreement
are represented as trial standard level
(‘‘TSL’’) 4 in this document (hereinafter
the ‘‘Recommended TSL’’) and are
described in section V.A of this
document. The Joint Agreement’s
standards for MREFs apply to all
products listed in Table I.1 and
manufactured in or imported into the
United States starting on January 31,
2029.
BILLING CODE 6450–01–P
5 This document is available in the docket at:
www.regulations.gov/document/EERE-2020-BTSTD-0039-0036.
E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM
07MYR8
38764
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
Table 1.1 Energy Conservation Standards for MREFs (Compliance Starting
January 31. 2029)
Product Class ("PC")
Equations for maximum
energy use
(kWh/yr)
Based on AV (ft3)
5.52AV+I09.l
5.52AV +109.1
5.52AV+I09.l
6.30AV + 124.6
4.IIAV+ 117.4
4.67AV + 133.0
5.47AV+ 196.2 +281
1. Freestanding Compact Coolers (FCC)
2. Freestanding Coolers (FC)
3. Built-in Compact Coolers (BICC)
4. Built-in Coolers (BIC)
C-3A. Cooler with all-refrigerator - automatic defrost
C-3A-BI. Built-in cooler with all-refrigerator - automatic defrost
C-5-BI. Built-in cooler with refrigerator-freezer - automatic defrost
with bottom-mounted freezer
5.58AV + 147.7 + 281
C-9. Cooler with upright freezer with automatic defrost without an
automatic icemaker
6.38AV + 168.8 + 281
C-9-BI. Built-in cooler with upright freezer with automatic defrost
without an automatic icemaker
C-13A. Compact cooler with all-refrigerator - automatic defrost
4.74AV + 155.0
C-l3A-BI. Built-in compact cooler with all-refrigerator - automatic
5.22AV + 170.5
defrost
AV = Total adjusted volume, expressed in ft3 , as determined in appendices A and B of subpart B of 10
CFR part 430.
av= Total adjusted volume, expressed in Liters.
I = 1 for a product with an automatic icemaker and = 0 for a product without an automatic icemaker.
A. Benefits and Costs to Consumers
Table I.2 summarizes DOE’s
evaluation of the economic impacts of
the adopted standards on consumers of
MREFs, as measured by the average lifecycle cost (‘‘LCC’’) savings and the
simple payback period (‘‘PBP’’) 6 The
average LCC savings are positive for all
product classes, and the PBP is less than
the average lifetime of MREFs, which
varies by product class (see section IV.F
of this document).
Table 1.2 Impacts of Adopted Energy Conservation Standards on Consumers of
MREFs (The Recommended TSL)
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8
BILLING CODE 6450–01–C
B. Impact on Manufacturers 7
DOE’s analysis of the impacts of the
adopted standards on consumers is
described in section IV.F of this
document.
The industry net present value
(‘‘INPV’’) is the sum of the discounted
cash flows to the industry from the base
year through the end of the analysis
period (2024–2058). Using a real
discount rate of 7.7 percent, DOE
6 The average LCC savings refer to consumers that
are affected by a standard and are measured relative
to the efficiency distribution in the no-newstandards case, which depicts the market in the
compliance year in the absence of new or amended
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:31 May 06, 2024
Simple Payback Period
Years
4.4
8.1
7.3
7.1
1.7
1.6
8.5
6.8
Jkt 262001
standards (see section IV.F.9 of this document). The
simple PBP, which is designed to compare specific
efficiency levels, is measured relative to the
baseline product (see section IV.C of this
document).
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
estimates that the INPV for
manufacturers of MREFs in the case
without amended standards is $807.7
million. Under the adopted standards,
which align with the Recommended
TSL (i.e., TSL 4) for MREFs, DOE
estimates the change in INPV to range
7 All monetary values in this document are
expressed in 2022 dollars. unless indicated
otherwise. For purposes of discounting future
monetary values, the present year in the analysis
was 2024.
E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM
07MYR8
ER07MY24.002
BIC
BICC
C-l3A
C-l3A-BI
C-3A
C-3A-BI
FC
FCC
Average LCC Savings
2022$
53.56
1.53
l0.60
12.81
30.95
36.19
26.22
12.97
ER07MY24.001
MREFClass
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
from ¥11.4 percent to ¥7.5 percent,
which is approximately ¥$92.1 million
to ¥$60.3 million. In order to bring
products into compliance with amended
standards, it is estimated that industry
will incur total conversion costs of
$130.7 million.
DOE’s analysis of the impacts of the
adopted standards on manufacturers is
described in sections IV.J and V.B.2 of
this document.
C. National Benefits and Costs
DOE’s analyses indicate that the
adopted energy conservation standards
for MREFs would save a significant
amount of energy. Relative to the case
without amended standards, the lifetime
energy savings for MREFs purchased in
the 30-year period that begins in the
anticipated year of compliance with the
amended standards (2029–2058) amount
to 0.32 quadrillion British thermal units
(‘‘Btu’’), or quads.8 This represents a
savings of 26 percent relative to the
energy use of these products in the case
without amended standards (referred to
as the ‘‘no-new-standards case’’).
The cumulative net present value
(‘‘NPV’’) of total consumer benefits of
the standards for MREFs ranges from
$0.17 billion (at a 7-percent discount
rate) to $0.77 billion (at a 3-percent
discount rate). This NPV expresses the
estimated total value of future
operating-cost savings minus the
estimated increased product costs for
MREFs purchased in 2029–2058.
In addition, the adopted standards for
MREFs are projected to yield significant
environmental benefits. DOE estimates
that the standards will result in
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8
8 The quantity refers to full-fuel-cycle (‘‘FFC’’)
energy savings. FFC energy savings includes the
energy consumed in extracting, processing, and
transporting primary fuels (i.e., coal, natural gas,
petroleum fuels), and, thus, presents a more
complete picture of the impacts of energy efficiency
standards. For more information on the FFC metric,
see section IV.H.1 of this document.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:31 May 06, 2024
Jkt 262001
cumulative emission reductions (over
the same period as for energy savings)
of 5.85 million metric tons (‘‘Mt’’) 9 of
carbon dioxide (‘‘CO2’’), 1.84 thousand
tons of sulfur dioxide (‘‘SO2’’), 10.77
thousand tons of nitrogen oxides
(‘‘NOX’’), 48.64 thousand tons of
methane (‘‘CH4’’), 0.06 thousand tons of
nitrous oxide (‘‘N2O’’), and 0.01 tons of
mercury (‘‘Hg’’).10
DOE estimates the value of climate
benefits from a reduction in greenhouse
gases (‘‘GHG’’) using four different
estimates of the social cost of CO2 (‘‘SC–
CO2’’), the social cost of methane (‘‘SC–
CH4’’), and the social cost of nitrous
oxide (‘‘SC–N2O’’). Together these
represent the social cost of GHG (‘‘SC–
GHG’’). DOE used interim SC–GHG
values (in terms of benefit per ton of
GHG avoided) developed by an
Interagency Working Group on the
Social Cost of Greenhouse Gases
(‘‘IWG’’).11 The derivation of these
values is discussed in section IV.L of
this document. For presentational
purposes, the climate benefits
associated with the average SC–GHG at
a 3-percent discount rate are estimated
to be $0.32 billion. DOE does not have
9 A metric ton is equivalent to 1.1 short tons.
Results for emissions other than CO2 are presented
in short tons.
10 DOE calculated emissions reductions relative
to the no-new-standards-case, which reflects key
assumptions in the Annual Energy Outlook 2023
(‘‘AEO2023’’). AEO2023 represents current Federal
and State legislation and final implementation of
regulations as of the time of its preparation. See
section IV.K of this document for further discussion
of AEO2023 assumptions that affect air pollutant
emissions.
11 To monetize the benefits of reducing GHG
emissions this analysis uses the interim estimates
presented in the Technical Support Document:
Social Cost of Carbon, Methane, and Nitrous Oxide
Interim Estimates Under Executive Order 13990
published in February 2021 by the IWG. (‘‘February
2021 SC–GHG TSD’’). www.whitehouse.gov/wpcontent/uploads/2021/02/
TechnicalSupportDocument_
SocialCostofCarbonMethaneNitrousOxide.pdf (last
accessed November 29, 2023.)
PO 00000
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
38765
a single central SC–GHG point estimate
and it emphasizes the value of
considering the benefits calculated
using all four sets of SC–GHG estimates.
DOE notes, however, that the adopted
standards would be economically
justified even without inclusion of the
estimated monetized benefits of reduced
GHG emissions.
DOE estimated the monetary health
benefits of SO2 and NOX emissions
reductions, using benefit per ton
estimates from the Environmental
Protection Agency (‘‘EPA’’),12 as
discussed in section IV.L of this
document. DOE estimated the present
value of the health benefits would be
$0.24 billion using a 7-percent discount
rate, and $0.62 billion using a 3-percent
discount rate.13 DOE is currently only
monetizing health benefits from changes
in ambient fine particulate matter
(‘‘PM2.5’’) concentrations from two
precursors (SO2 and NOX), and from
changes in ambient ozone from one
precursor (for NOX), but will continue to
assess the ability to monetize other
effects such as health benefits from
reductions in direct PM2.5 emissions.
Table I.3 summarizes the monetized
benefits and costs expected to result
from the amended standards for MREFs.
There are other important unquantified
effects, including certain unquantified
climate benefits, unquantified public
health benefits from the reduction of
toxic air pollutants and other emissions,
unquantified energy security benefits,
and distributional effects, among others.
BILLING CODE 6450–01–P
12 U.S. EPA. Estimating the Benefit per Ton of
Reducing Directly Emitted PM2.5, PM2.5 Precursors
and Ozone Precursors from 21 Sectors. Available at
www.epa.gov/benmap/estimating-benefit-tonreducing-pm25-precursors-21-sectors (last accessed
November 29, 2023.)
13 DOE estimates the economic value of these
emissions reductions resulting from the considered
TSLs for the purpose of complying with the
requirements of Executive Order 12866.
E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM
07MYR8
38766
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
Table 1.3 Summary of Monetized Benefits and Costs of Adopted Energy
Conservation Standards for Miscellaneous Refrigeration Products Shipped in 20292058 (TSL 4, the Recommended TSL
Billion $2022
3% discount rate
Consumer Operating Cost Savings
2.00
Climate Benefits*
0.32
Health Benefits**
0.62
Total Benefitst
2.94
Consumer Incremental Product Costst
1.23
Net Benefits
1.71
(0.09) - (0.06)
Change in Producer Cashflow (INPV)t+
7% discount rate
Consumer Operating Cost Savings
0.86
Climate Benefits* (3% discount rate)
0.32
Health Benefits**
0.24
Total Benefitst
1.42
Consumer Incremental Product Costst
0.69
Net Benefits
0.73
(0.09) - (0.06)
Note: This table presents the costs and benefits associated with MREFs shipped during the period
2029-2058. These results include consumer, climate, and health benefits that accrue after 2058 from the
products shipped in 2029-2058.
* Climate benefits are calculated using four different estimates of the social cost of carbon (SC-CO2),
methane (SC-CH4), and nitrous oxide (SC-N2O) (model average at 2.5 percent, 3 percent, and 5 percent
discount rates; 95th percentile at 3 percent discount rate) (see section IV.L of this document). Together
these represent the global SC-GHG. For presentational purposes of this table, the climate benefits
associated with the average SC-GHG at a 3 percent discount rate are shown; however, DOE emphasizes the
importance and value of considering the benefits calculated using all four sets of SC-GHG estimates. To
monetize the benefits ofreducing GHG emissions, this analysis uses the interim estimates presented in the
Technical Support Document: Social Cost of Carbon, Methane, and Nitrous Oxide Interim Estimates
Under Executive Order 13990 published in February 2021 by the IWG.
** Health benefits are calculated using benefit-per-ton values for NOx and SO2. DOE is currently only
monetizing (for SO 2 and NOx) PM2_5 precursor health benefits and (for NOx) ozone precursor health
benefits but will continue to assess the ability to monetize other effects such as health benefits from
reductions in direct PM2.s emissions. See section IV.L of this document for more details.
t Total and net benefits include those consumer, climate, and health benefits that can be quantified and
monetized. For presentation purposes, total and net benefits for both the 3-percent and 7-percent cases are
presented using the average SC-GHG with 3-percent discount rate.
t Costs include incremental equipment costs.
HOperating Cost Savings are calculated based on the life cycle costs analysis and national impact analysis
as discussed in detail below. See sections IV.F and IV.Hof this document. DOE's national impacts
analysis includes all impacts (both costs and benefits) along the distribution chain beginning with the
increased costs to the manufacturer to manufacture the product and ending with the increase in price
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:31 May 06, 2024
Jkt 262001
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM
07MYR8
ER07MY24.003
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8
Change in Producer Cashflow (INPV)tt
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
38767
The benefits and costs of the adopted
standards can also be expressed in terms
of annualized values. The monetary
values for the total annualized net
benefits are (1) the reduced consumer
operating costs, minus (2) the increase
in product purchase prices and
installation costs, plus (3) the value of
climate and health benefits of emission
reductions, all annualized.14
The national operating cost savings
are domestic private U.S. consumer
monetary savings that occur as a result
of purchasing the covered products and
are measured for the lifetime of MREFs
shipped during the period 2029¥2058.
The benefits associated with reduced
emissions achieved as a result of the
adopted standards are also calculated
based on the lifetime of MREFs shipped
during the period 2029–2058. Total
benefits for both the 3-percent and 7percent cases are presented using the
average GHG social costs with 3-percent
discount rate. Estimates of SC–GHG
values are presented for all four
discount rates in section IV.L of this
document.
Table I.4 presents the total estimated
monetized benefits and costs associated
with the standards adopted in this
direct final rule, expressed in terms of
annualized values. The results under
the primary estimate are as follows.
Using a 7-percent discount rate for
consumer benefits and costs and health
benefits from reduced NOX and SO2
emissions, and the 3-percent discount
rate case for climate benefits from
reduced GHG emissions, the estimated
cost of the standards adopted in this
direct final rule is $72.7 million per year
in increased equipment costs, while the
estimated annual benefits are $90.6
million in reduced equipment operating
costs, $18.3 million in climate benefits,
and $25.6 million in health benefits. In
this case, the net benefit would amount
to $61.7 million per year.
Using a 3-percent discount rate for all
benefits and costs, the estimated cost of
the standards is $70.8 million per year
in increased equipment costs, while the
estimated annual benefits are $115
million in reduced operating costs,
$18.3 million in climate benefits, and
$35.6 million in health benefits. In this
case, the net benefit amounts to $98.0
million per year.
14 To convert the time-series of costs and benefits
into annualized values, DOE calculated a present
value in 2022, the year used for discounting the
NPV of total consumer costs and savings. For the
benefits, DOE calculated a present value associated
with each year’s shipments in the year in which the
shipments occur (e.g., 2030), and then discounted
the present value from each year to 2022. Using the
present value, DOE then calculated the fixed annual
payment over a 30-year period, starting in the
compliance year, that yields the same present value.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:31 May 06, 2024
Jkt 262001
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM
07MYR8
ER07MY24.004
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8
experienced by the consumer. DOE also separately conducts a detailed analysis on the impacts on
manufacturers (i.e., manufacturer impact analysis, or "MIA"). See section IV.J of this document. In the
detailed MIA, DOE models manufacturers' pricing decisions based on assumptions regarding investments,
conversion costs, cashflow, and margins. The MIA produces a range of impacts, which is the rule's
expected impact on the INPV. The change in INPV is the present value of all changes in industry cash
flow, including changes in production costs, capital expenditures, and manufacturer profit margins.
Change in INPV is calculated using the industry weighted average cost of capital value of 7. 7 percent that
is estimated in the manufacturer impact analysis (see chapter 12 of the direct fmal rule TSD for a complete
description of the industry weighted average cost of capital). For MREFs, the change in INPV ranges from
-$92 million to -$60 million. DOE accounts for that range of likely impacts in analyzing whether a trial
standard level is economically justified. See section V.C of this document. DOE is presenting the range of
impacts to the INPV under two manufacturer markup scenarios: the Preservation of Gross Margin scenario,
which is the manufacturer markup scenario used in the calculation of Consumer Operating Cost Savings in
this table; and the Preservation of Operating Profit scenario, where DOE assumed manufacturers would not
be able to increase per-unit operating profit in proportion to increases in manufacturer production costs.
DOE includes the range of estimated INPV in the above table, drawing on the MIA explained further in
section IV.J of this document to provide additional context for assessing the estimated impacts of this direct
fmal rule to society, including potential changes in production and consumption, which is consistent with
OMB's Circular A-4 and E.O. 12866. IfDOE were to include the INPV into the net benefit calculation for
this direct fmal rule, the net benefits would range from $1.62 billion to $1.65 billion at 3-percent discount
rate and would range from $0.64 billion to $0.67 billion at 7-percent discount rate. Parentheses indicate
negative (-) values.
38768
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
Table 1.4 Annualized Benefits and Costs of Adopted Standards for MREFs Shipped
2028 to 2057 (TSL 4, the Recommended TSL)
Million 2022$/year
Primary
Estimate
Low-Net-Benefits
Estimate
High-Net-Benefits
Estimate
3% discount rate
Consumer Operating Cost
Savings
115.0
111.5
116.3
Climate Benefits*
18.3
17.7
18.5
Health Benefits**
35.6
34.5
36.0
Total Monetized Benefitst
168.9
163.7
170.7
Consumer Incremental
Product Costs:t
70.8
74.9
68.7
Monetized Net Benefits
98.0
88.8
102.0
Change in Producer
Cashflow (INPV):t:t
(7.7) - (5.0)
7% discount rate
Consumer Operating Cost
Savings
Climate Benefits* (3%
discount rate)
90.6
88.1
91.5
18.3
17.7
18.5
Health Benefits**
25.6
24.9
25.8
Total Benefitst
134.4
130.7
135.7
Consumer Incremental
Product Costs:t
72.7
75.8
70.9
Net Benefits
61.7
54.9
64.8
(7.7) - (5.0)
Note: This table presents the costs and benefits associated with MREFs shipped during the period
2029-2058. These results include consumer, climate, and health benefits that accrue after 2058 from the
products shipped in 2029-2058. The Primary, Low Net Benefits, and High Net Benefits Estimates utilize
projections of energy prices from the AEO2023 Reference case, Low Economic Growth case, and High
Economic Growth case, respectively. In addition, incremental equipment costs reflect a medium decline
rate in the Primary Estimate, a low decline rate in the Low Net Benefits Estimate, and a high decline rate in
the High Net Benefits Estimate. The methods used to derive projected price trends are explained in section
IV.H.3 of this document. Note that the Benefits and Costs may not sum to the Net Benefits due to
rounding.
* Climate benefits are calculated using four different estimates of the global SC-GHG (see section IV.L of
this document). For presentational purposes of this table, the climate benefits associated with the average
SC-GHG at a 3 percent discount rate are shown, but DOE does not have a single central SC-GHG point
estimate, and it emphasizes the importance and value of considering the benefits calculated using all four
sets of SC-GHG estimates. To monetize the benefits of reducing GHG emissions, this analysis uses the
interim estimates presented in the Technical Support Document: Social Cost of Carbon, Methane, and
Nitrous Oxide Interim Estimates Under Executive Order 13990 published in February 2021 by the IWG.
** Health benefits are calculated using benefit-per-ton values for NOx and SO2. DOE is currently only
monetizing (for SO 2 and NOx) PM2.5 precursor health benefits and (for NOx) ozone precursor health
benefits but will continue to assess the ability to monetize other effects such as health benefits from
reductions in direct PM2.s emissions. See section IV.L of this document for more details.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:31 May 06, 2024
Jkt 262001
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM
07MYR8
ER07MY24.005
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8
Change in Producer
Cashflow (INPV)U
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
38769
t Total benefits for both the 3-percent and 7-percent cases are presented using the average SC-GHG with 3percent discount rate, but DOE does not have a single central SC-GHG point estimate.
t Costs include incremental equipment costs.
UOperating Cost Savings are calculated based on the life cycle costs analysis and national impact analysis
as discussed in detail below. See sections IV.F and IV.Hof this document. DOE's national impacts
analysis includes all impacts (both costs and benefits) along the distribution chain beginning with the
increased costs to the manufacturer to manufacture the product and ending with the increase in price
experienced by the consumer. DOE also separately conducts a detailed analysis on the impacts on
manufacturers (i.e., manufacturer impact analysis, or "MIA"). See section IV.J of this document. In the
detailed MIA, DOE models manufacturers' pricing decisions based on assumptions regarding investments,
conversion costs, cashflow, and margins. The MIA produces a range of impacts, which is the rule's
expected impact on the INPV. The change in INPV is the present value of all changes in industry cash
flow, including changes in production costs, capital expenditures, and manufacturer profit margins. The
annualized change in INPV is calculated using the industry weighted average cost of capital value of 7. 7
percent that is estimated in the MIA (see chapter 12 of the direct fmal rule technical support document for a
complete description of the industry weighted average cost of capital). For MREFs, the annualized change
in INPV ranges from $7. 7 million to $5 .0 million. DOE accounts for that range of likely impacts in
analyzing whether a trial standard level is economically justified. See section V.C of this document. DOE
is presenting the range of impacts to the INPV under two manufacturer markup scenarios: the Preservation
of Gross Margin scenario, which is the manufacturer markup scenario used in the calculation of Consumer
Operating Cost Savings in this table; and the Preservation of Operating Profit scenario, where DOE
assumed manufacturers would not be able to increase per-unit operating profit in proportion to increases in
manufacturer production costs. DOE includes the range of estimated annual change in INPV in the above
table, drawing on the MIA explained further in section IV.J of this document to provide additional context
for assessing the estimated impacts of this direct fmal rule to society, including potential changes in
production and consumption, which is consistent with OMB's Circular A-4 and E.O. 12866. IfDOE were
to include the INPV into the annualized net benefit calculation for this direct fmal rule, the annualized net
benefits would range from $90.3 million to $93.0 million at 3-percent discount rate and would range from
$54.0 million to $56.7 million at 7-percent discount rate. Parentheses indicate negative(-) values.
DOE’s analysis of the national impacts
of the adopted standards is described in
sections IV.H, IV.K, and IV.L of this
document.
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8
D. Conclusion
DOE has determined that the Joint
Agreement was submitted jointly by
interested persons that are fairly
representative of relevant points of
view, in accordance with 42 U.S.C.
6295(p)(4)(A). After considering the
analysis and weighing the benefits and
burdens, DOE has determined that the
recommended standards are in
accordance with 42 U.S.C. 6295(o),
which contains the criteria for
prescribing new or amended standards.
Specifically, the Secretary has
determined that the adoption of the
recommended standards would result in
the significant conservation of energy
and is technologically feasible and
economically justified. In determining
whether the recommended standards
are economically justified, the Secretary
has determined that the benefits of the
recommended standards exceed the
burdens. The Secretary has concluded
that the recommended standards, when
considering the benefits of energy
savings, positive NPV of consumer
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:31 May 06, 2024
Jkt 262001
benefits, emission reductions, the
estimated monetary value of the
emissions reductions, and positive
average LCC savings, would yield
benefits outweighing the negative
impacts on some consumers and on
manufacturers, including the conversion
costs that could result in a reduction in
INPV for manufacturers.
Using a 7-percent discount rate for
consumer benefits and costs and NOx
and SO2 reduction benefits, and a 3percent discount rate case for GHG
social costs, the estimated cost of the
standards for MREFs is $72.7 million
per year in increased product costs,
while the estimated annual benefits are
$90.6 million in reduced product
operating costs, $18.3 million in climate
benefits, and $25.6 million in health
benefits. The net benefit amounts to
$61.7 million per year. DOE notes that
the net benefits are substantial even in
the absence of the climate benefits,15
and DOE would adopt the same
standards in the absence of such
benefits.
The significance of energy savings
offered by a new or amended energy
conservation standard cannot be
15 The information on climate benefits is provided
in compliance with Executive Order 12866.
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
determined without knowledge of the
specific circumstances surrounding a
given rulemaking.16 For example, some
covered products and equipment have
most of their energy consumption occur
during periods of peak energy demand.
The impacts of these products on the
energy infrastructure can be more
pronounced than products with
relatively constant demand.
Accordingly, DOE evaluates the
significance of energy savings on a caseby-case basis.
As previously mentioned, the
standards are projected to result in
estimated national energy savings of
0.32 quads full-fuel-cycle (‘‘FFC’’), the
equivalent of the primary annual energy
use of 2.1 million homes. In addition,
they are projected to reduce cumulative
CO2 emissions by 5.85 million metric
tons. Based on these findings, DOE has
determined the energy savings from the
standard levels adopted in this direct
final rule are ‘‘significant’’ within the
meaning of 42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(3)(B). A
more detailed discussion of the basis for
16 Procedures, Interpretations, and Policies for
Consideration in New or Revised Energy
Conservation Standards and Test Procedures for
Consumer Products and Commercial/Industrial
Equipment, 86 FR 70892, 70901 (Dec. 13, 2021).
E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM
07MYR8
ER07MY24.006
BILLING CODE 6450–01–C
38770
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
these conclusions is contained in the
remainder of this document and the
accompanying technical support
document (‘‘TSD’’).17
Under the authority provided by 42
U.S.C. 6295(p)(4), DOE is issuing this
direct final rule amending the energy
conservation standards for MREFs.
Consistent with this authority, DOE is
also simultaneously publishing
elsewhere in this issue of the Federal
Register a NOPR proposing standards
that are identical to those contained in
this direct final rule. See 42 U.S.C.
6295(p)(4)(A)(i).
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8
II. Introduction
The following section briefly
discusses the statutory authority
underlying this direct final rule, as well
as some of the relevant historical
background related to the establishment
of standards for MREFs.
A. Authority
EPCA authorizes DOE to regulate the
energy efficiency of a number of
consumer products and certain
industrial equipment. Title III, Part B of
EPCA 18 established the Energy
Conservation Program for Consumer
Products Other Than Automobiles,
which, in addition to identifying
particular consumer products and
commercial equipment as covered
under the statute, permits the Secretary
of Energy to classify additional types of
consumer products as covered products.
(42 U.S.C. 6292(a)(20)) DOE added
MREFs as covered products through a
final determination of coverage
published in the Federal Register on
July 18, 2016 (the ‘‘July 2016 Final
Coverage Determination’’). 81 FR 46768.
MREFs are consumer refrigeration
products other than refrigerators,
refrigerator-freezers, or freezers, which
include coolers and combination cooler
refrigeration products. 10 CFR 430.2.
MREFs include refrigeration products
such as coolers (e.g., wine chillers and
other specialty products) and
combination cooler refrigeration
products (e.g., wine chillers and other
specialty compartments combined with
a refrigerator, refrigerator-freezers, or
freezers). EPCA further provides that,
not later than 6 years after the issuance
of any final rule establishing or
amending a standard, DOE must publish
either a notice of determination that
standards for the product do not need to
be amended, or a NOPR including new
proposed energy conservation standards
17 The direct final rule TSD is available in the
docket for this rulemaking at www.regulations.gov/
docket/EERE-2020-BT-STD-0039/document.
18 For editorial reasons, upon codification in the
U.S. Code, Part B was redesignated Part A.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:31 May 06, 2024
Jkt 262001
(proceeding to a final rule, as
appropriate). (42 U.S.C. 6295(m)(1)) Not
later than 3 years after issuance of a
final determination not to amend
standards, DOE must publish either a
notice of determination that standards
for the product do not need to be
amended, or a NOPR including new
proposed energy conservation standards
(proceeding to a final rule, as
appropriate). (42 U.S.C. 6295(m)(3)(B))
The energy conservation program
under EPCA, consists essentially of four
parts: (1) testing, (2) labeling, (3) the
establishment of Federal energy
conservation standards, and (4)
certification and enforcement
procedures. Relevant provisions of the
EPCA specifically include definitions
(42 U.S.C. 6291), test procedures (42
U.S.C. 6293), labeling provisions (42
U.S.C. 6294), energy conservation
standards (42 U.S.C. 6295), and the
authority to require information and
reports from manufacturers (42 U.S.C.
6296).
Federal energy efficiency
requirements for covered products
established under EPCA generally
supersede State laws and regulations
concerning energy conservation testing,
labeling, and standards. (42 U.S.C.
6297(a)–(c)) DOE may, however, grant
waivers of Federal preemption in
limited instances for particular State
laws or regulations, in accordance with
the procedures and other provisions set
forth under EPCA. (See 42 U.S.C.
6297(d))
Subject to certain criteria and
conditions, DOE is required to develop
test procedures to measure the energy
efficiency, energy use, or estimated
annual operating cost of each covered
product. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(3)(A) and 42
U.S.C. 6295(r)) Manufacturers of
covered products must use the
prescribed DOE test procedure as the
basis for certifying to DOE that their
products comply with the applicable
energy conservation standards adopted
under EPCA and when making
representations to the public regarding
the energy use or efficiency of those
products. (42 U.S.C. 6293(c) and
6295(s)) Similarly, DOE must use these
test procedures to determine whether
the products comply with standards
adopted pursuant to EPCA. (42 U.S.C.
6295(s)) The DOE test procedure for
MREFs appears at appendix A (Uniform
Test Method for Measuring the Energy
Consumption of Refrigerators,
Refrigerator-Freezers, and
Miscellaneous Refrigeration Products).
DOE must follow specific statutory
criteria for prescribing new or amended
standards for covered products,
including MREFs. Any new or amended
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
standard for a covered product must be
designed to achieve the maximum
improvement in energy efficiency that
the Secretary of Energy determines is
technologically feasible and
economically justified. (42 U.S.C.
6295(o)(2)(A) and 42 U.S.C.
6295(o)(3)(B)) Furthermore, DOE may
not adopt any standard that would not
result in the significant conservation of
energy. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(3))
Moreover, DOE may not prescribe a
standard (1) for certain products,
including MREFs, if no test procedure
has been established for the product, or
(2) if DOE determines by rule that the
standard is not technologically feasible
or economically justified. (42 U.S.C.
6295(o)(3)(A)–(B)) In deciding whether a
proposed standard is economically
justified, DOE must determine whether
the benefits of the standard exceed its
burdens. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i))
DOE must make this determination after
receiving comments on the proposed
standard, and by considering, to the
greatest extent practicable, the following
seven statutory factors:
(1) The economic impact of the
standard on manufacturers and
consumers of the products subject to the
standard;
(2) The savings in operating costs
throughout the estimated average life of
the covered products in the type (or
class) compared to any increase in the
price, initial charges, or maintenance
expenses for the covered products that
are likely to result from the standard;
(3) The total projected amount of
energy (or as applicable, water) savings
likely to result directly from the
standard;
(4) Any lessening of the utility or the
performance of the covered products
likely to result from the standard;
(5) The impact of any lessening of
competition, as determined in writing
by the Attorney General, that is likely to
result from the standard;
(6) The need for national energy and
water conservation; and
(7) Other factors the Secretary of
Energy (‘‘Secretary’’) considers relevant.
(42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(I)–(VII))
Further, EPCA, as codified,
establishes a rebuttable presumption
that a standard is economically justified
if the Secretary finds that the additional
cost to the consumer of purchasing a
product complying with an energy
conservation standard level will be less
than three times the value of the energy
savings during the first year that the
consumer will receive as a result of the
standard, as calculated under the
applicable test procedure. (42 U.S.C.
6295(o)(2)(B)(iii))
E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM
07MYR8
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
EPCA, as codified, also contains what
is known as an ‘‘anti-backsliding’’
provision, which prevents the Secretary
from prescribing any amended standard
that either increases the maximum
allowable energy use or decreases the
minimum required energy efficiency of
a covered product. (42 U.S.C.
6295(o)(1)) Also, the Secretary may not
prescribe an amended or new standard
if interested persons have established by
a preponderance of the evidence that
the standard is likely to result in the
unavailability in the United States in
any covered product type (or class) of
performance characteristics (including
reliability), features, sizes, capacities,
and volumes that are substantially the
same as those generally available in the
United States. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(4))
EPCA specifies requirements when
promulgating an energy conservation
standard for a covered product that has
two or more subcategories. A rule
prescribing an energy conservation
standard for a type (or class) of product
must specify a different standard level
for a type or class of products that has
the same function or intended use if
DOE determines that products within
such group (A) consume a different kind
of energy from that consumed by other
covered products within such type (or
class); or (B) have a capacity or other
performance-related feature which other
products within such type (or class) do
not have and such feature justifies a
higher or lower standard. (42 U.S.C.
6295(q)(1)) In determining whether a
performance-related feature justifies a
different standard for a group of
products, DOE considers such factors as
the utility to the consumer of such a
feature and other factors DOE deems
appropriate. (Id.) Any rule prescribing
such a standard must include an
explanation of the basis on which such
higher or lower level was established.
(42 U.S.C. 6295(q)(2))
Additionally, pursuant to the
amendments contained in the Energy
Independence and Security Act of 2007
(‘‘EISA 2007’’), Public Law 110–140,
final rules for new or amended energy
conservation standards promulgated
after July 1, 2010, are required to
address standby mode and off mode
energy use. (42 U.S.C. 6295(gg)(3))
Specifically, when DOE adopts a
standard for a covered product after that
date, it must, if justified by the criteria
for adoption of standards under EPCA
(42 U.S.C. 6295(o)), incorporate standby
mode and off mode energy use into a
single standard, or, if that is not feasible,
adopt a separate standard for such
energy use for that product. (42 U.S.C.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:31 May 06, 2024
Jkt 262001
6295(gg)(3)(A)–(B)) DOE’s current test
procedure for MREFs addresses standby
mode and off mode energy use, as do
the amended standards adopted in this
direct final rule.
Finally, EISA 2007 amended EPCA, in
relevant part, to grant DOE authority to
issue a final rule (i.e., a ‘‘direct final
rule’’) establishing an energy
conservation standard upon receipt of a
statement submitted jointly by
interested persons that are fairly
representative of relevant points of view
(including representatives of
manufacturers of covered products,
States, and efficiency advocates), as
determined by the Secretary, that
contains recommendations with respect
to an energy or water conservation
standard. (42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4))
Pursuant to 42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4), the
Secretary must also determine whether
a jointly-submitted recommendation for
an energy or water conservation
standard satisfies 42 U.S.C. 6295(o) or
42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(B), as applicable.
The direct final rule must be
published simultaneously with a NOPR
that proposes an energy or water
conservation standard that is identical
to the standard established in the direct
final rule, and DOE must provide a
public comment period of at least 110
days on this proposal. (42 U.S.C.
6295(p)(4)(A)–(B)) While DOE typically
provides a comment period of 60 days
on proposed standards, for a NOPR
accompanying a direct final rule, DOE
provides a comment period of the same
length as the comment period on the
direct final rule—i.e., 110 days. Based
on the comments received during this
period, the direct final rule will either
become effective, or DOE will withdraw
it not later than 120 days after its
issuance if: (1) one or more adverse
comments is received, and (2) DOE
determines that those comments, when
viewed in light of the rulemaking record
related to the direct final rule, may
provide a reasonable basis for
withdrawal of the direct final rule under
42 U.S.C. 6295(o). (42 U.S.C.
6295(p)(4)(C)) Receipt of an alternative
joint recommendation may also trigger a
DOE withdrawal of the direct final rule
in the same manner. (Id.)
DOE has previously explained its
interpretation of its direct final rule
authority. In a final rule amending the
Department’s ‘‘Procedures,
Interpretations and Policies for
Consideration of New or Revised Energy
Conservation Standards for Consumer
Products’’ at 10 CFR part 430, subpart
C, appendix A (‘‘Process Rule’’), DOE
noted that it may issue standards
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
38771
recommended by interested persons that
are fairly representative of relative
points of view as a direct final rule
when the recommended standards are
in accordance with 42 U.S.C. 6295(o) or
42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(B), as applicable.
86 FR 70892, 70912 (Dec. 13, 2021). But
the direct final rule provision in EPCA
does not impose additional
requirements applicable to other
standards rulemakings, which is
consistent with the unique
circumstances of rules issued as
consensus agreements under DOE’s
direct final rule authority. Id. DOE’s
discretion remains bounded by its
statutory mandate to adopt a standard
that results in the maximum
improvement in energy efficiency that is
technologically feasible and
economically justified—a requirement
found in 42 U.S.C. 6295(o). Id. As such,
DOE’s review and analysis of the Joint
Agreement is limited to whether the
recommended standards satisfy the
criteria in 42 U.S.C. 6295(o).
B. Background
1. Current Standards
In a direct final rule published on
October 28, 2016 (‘‘October 2016 Final
Rule’’), DOE prescribed the current
energy conservation standards for
MREFs manufactured on and after
October 28, 2019. 81 FR 75194. These
standards are set forth in DOE’s
regulations at 10 CFR 430.32(aa)(1)–(2).
These standards are consistent with a
negotiated term sheet submitted to DOE
by interested parties representing
manufacturers, energy and
environmental advocates, and consumer
groups.19
2. Current Test Procedures
On October 12, 2021, DOE published
a test procedure final rule (‘‘October
2021 TP Final Rule’’) amending the test
procedure for MREFs, at appendix A. 86
FR 56790. The test procedure
amendments included adopting the
latest version of the relevant industry
standard published by the Association
of Home Appliance Manufacturers
(‘‘AHAM’’), updated in 2019, AHAM
Standard HRF–1, ‘‘Energy and Internal
Volume of Refrigerating Appliances’’
(‘‘HRF–1–2019’’). 10 CFR 430.3(i)(4).
The standard levels adopted in this
direct final rule are based on the annual
energy use (‘‘AEU’’) metrics as
measured according to appendix A.
19 The negotiated term sheets are available in
docket ID EERE–2011–BT–STD–0043 on
www.regulations.gov.
E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM
07MYR8
38772
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8
3. History of Standards Rulemaking for
MREFs
On April 1, 2015, DOE published a
notice announcing its intention to
establish a negotiated rulemaking
working group under the Appliance
Standards Rulemaking Advisory
Committee (‘‘ASRAC’’) to negotiate
energy conservation standards for
refrigeration products such as wine
chillers. 80 FR 17355. DOE then created
a working group of interested parties to
develop a series of recommended energy
conservation standards for MREFs. On
July 18, 2016, DOE published the July
2016 Final Coverage Determination that
added MREFs as covered products. 81
FR 46768. In that determination, DOE
noted that MREFs, on average, consume
more than 150 kilowatt hours per year
(‘‘kWh/yr’’) and that the aggregate
annual national energy use of these
products exceeds 4.2 terawatt hours
(‘‘TWh’’). 81 FR 46768, 46775. In
addition to establishing coverage, the
July 2016 Final Coverage Determination
established definitions for
‘‘miscellaneous refrigeration products,’’
‘‘coolers,’’ and ‘‘combination cooler
refrigeration products’’ in 10 CFR 430.2.
81 FR 46768, 46791–46792.
On October 28, 2016, a negotiated
term sheet containing a series of
recommended standards and other
related recommendations were
submitted to ASRAC for approval and,
subsequently, DOE published the
October 2016 Direct Final Rule adopting
energy conservation standards
consistent with the recommendations
contained in the term sheet. 81 FR
75194. Concurrent with the October
2016 Direct Final Rule, DOE published
a NOPR in which it proposed and
requested comments on the standards
set forth in the direct final rule. 81 FR
74950. On May 26, 2017, DOE
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:31 May 06, 2024
Jkt 262001
published a notice in the Federal
Register in which it determined that the
comments received in response to the
October 2016 Direct Final Rule did not
provide a reasonable basis for
withdrawing the rule and, therefore,
confirmed the adoption of the energy
conservation standards established in
that direct final rule. 82 FR 24214.
4. The Joint Agreement
On September 25, 2023, DOE received
a joint statement of recommended
standards (i.e., the Joint Agreement) for
various consumer products, including
MREFs, submitted jointly by groups
representing manufacturers, energy and
environmental advocates, consumer
groups, and a utility.20 In addition to the
recommended standards for MREFs, the
Joint Agreement also included separate
20 The signatories to the Joint Agreement include
AHAM, American Council for an Energy-Efficient
Economy, Alliance for Water Efficiency, Appliance
Standards Awareness Project, Consumer Federation
of America, Consumer Reports, Earthjustice,
National Consumer Law Center, Natural Resources
Defense Council, Northwest Energy Efficiency
Alliance, and Pacific Gas and Electric Company.
Members of AHAM’s Major Appliance Division that
manufacture the affected products include: Alliance
Laundry Systems, LLC; Asko Appliances AB; Beko
US Inc.; Brown Stove Works, Inc.; BSH; Danby
Products, Ltd.; Electrolux Home Products, Inc.;
Elicamex S.A. de C.V.; Faber; Fotile America; GEA,
a Haier Company; L’Atelier Paris Haute Design LLG;
LGEUSA; Liebherr USA, Co.; Midea America Corp.;
Miele, Inc.; Panasonic Appliances Refrigeration
Systems (PAPRSA) Corporation of America; Perlick
Corporation; Samsung; Sharp Electronics
Corporation; Smeg S.p.A; Sub-Zero Group, Inc.; The
Middleby Corporation; U-Line Corporation; Viking
Range, LLC; and Whirlpool.
21 The Joint Agreement contained
recommendations for 6 covered products:
refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, and freezers;
clothes washers; clothes dryers; dishwashers;
cooking products; and miscellaneous refrigeration
products.
22 The term sheet is available in the docket at:
www.regulations.gov/document/EERE-2020-BTSTD-0039-0034.
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
recommendations for several other
covered products.21 And, while
acknowledging that DOE may
implement these recommendations in
separate rulemakings, the Joint
Agreement also stated that the
recommendations were recommended
as a complete package and each
recommendation is contingent upon the
other parts being implemented. DOE
understands this to mean that the Joint
Agreement is contingent upon DOE
initiating rulemaking processes to adopt
all of the recommended standards in the
agreement. That is distinguished from
an agreement where issuance of an
amended energy conservation standard
for a covered product is contingent on
issuance of amended energy
conservation standards for the other
covered products. If the Joint Agreement
were so construed, it would conflict
with the anti-backsliding provision in
42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(1), because it would
imply the possibility that, if DOE were
unable to issue an amended standard for
a certain product, it would have to
withdraw a previously issued standard
for one of the other products. The antibacksliding provision, however,
prevents DOE from withdrawing or
amending an energy conservation
standard to be less stringent. As a result,
DOE will be proceeding with individual
rulemakings that will evaluate each of
the recommended standards separately
under the applicable statutory criteria.
The Joint Agreement recommends
amended standard levels for MREFs as
presented in Table II.3. (Joint
Agreement, No. 34 at p. 4) Details of the
Joint Agreement recommendations for
other products are provided in the Joint
Agreement posted in the docket.22
BILLING CODE 6450–01–P
E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM
07MYR8
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
38773
Table 11.1 Recommended Amended Energy Conservation Standards for
Miscellaneous Refrigeration Products
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8
BILLING CODE 6450–01–C
When the Joint Agreement was
submitted, DOE was conducting a
rulemaking to consider amending the
standards for MREFs. As part of that
process, DOE published a NOPR and
announced a public meeting on March
31, 2023 (‘‘March 2023 NOPR’’) seeking
comment on its proposed amended
standards to inform its decision
consistent with its obligations under
EPCA and the Administrative Procedure
Act (‘‘APA’’). 88 FR 19382. DOE held a
public webinar on May 2, 2023, to
discuss and receive comments on the
March 2023 NOPR and NOPR TSD
(‘‘May 2, 2023, public meeting’’). The
NOPR TSD is available at:
www.regulations.gov/document/EERE2020-BT-STD-0039-0026. The March
2023 NOPR proposed amended
standards defined in terms of the AEU
metrics as measured according to
appendix A. Id. at 88 FR 19383–19384.
Although DOE is adopting the Joint
Agreement as a direct final rule and no
longer proceeding with its prior
rulemaking, DOE did consider relevant
comments, data, and information
obtained during that rulemaking process
in determining whether the
recommended standards from the Joint
Agreement are in accordance with 42
U.S.C. 6295(o). Any discussion of
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:31 May 06, 2024
Jkt 262001
comments, data, or information in this
direct final rule that were obtained
during DOE’s prior rulemaking will
include a parenthetical reference that
provides the location of the item in the
public record.23
III. General Discussion
DOE is issuing this direct final rule
after determining that the recommended
standards submitted in the Joint
Agreement meet the requirements in 42
U.S.C. 6295(p)(4). More specifically,
DOE has determined that the
recommended standards were submitted
by interested persons that are fairly
representative of relevant points of view
and the recommended standards satisfy
the criteria in 42 U.S.C. 6295(o).
A. Scope of Coverage
This direct final rule covers those
consumer products that meet the
definition of ‘‘miscellaneous
refrigeration product,’’ as codified at 10
CFR 430.2, which states that it is a
23 The parenthetical reference provides a
reference for information located in the docket of
DOE’s rulemaking to develop energy conservation
standards for MREFs. (Docket No. EERE–2020–BT–
STD–0039, which is maintained at
www.regulations.gov). The references are arranged
as follows: (commenter name, comment docket ID
number, page of that document).
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
consumer refrigeration product other
than a refrigerator, refrigerator-freezer,
or freezer, which includes coolers and
combination cooler refrigeration
products.
The differences between
miscellaneous refrigeration products
and other consumer refrigeration
products, which were addressed in a
separate rulemaking for refrigerators,
refrigerator-freezers, and freezers, are
largely in compartment temperature
capability. Refrigerators are broadly
defined as a cabinet capable of
maintaining a compartment temperature
above 32 °F and below 39 °F. Freezers
are broadly defined as a cabinet capable
of maintaining compartment
temperature of 0 °F or below.
Refrigerator-freezers have two or more
compartments, with one capable of
maintaining compartment temperatures
above 32 °F and below 39 °F (i.e., a fresh
food or refrigerator compartment), and
the other capable of maintaining a
compartment temperature of 8 °F with
adjustability down to 0 °F or below (i.e.,
a frozen food or freezer compartment).
Miscellaneous refrigeration products
generally include a cooler compartment
that is incapable of maintaining the low
temperatures achieved by refrigerators,
refrigerator-freezers, and freezers.
E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM
07MYR8
ER07MY24.007
Product Class
Level (Based on AV (ft'))
Compliance Date
1. Freestanding Compact Coolers (FCC)
5.52AV +109.1
January 31, 2029
2. Freestanding Coolers (FC)
5.52AV +109.1
January 31, 2029
3. Built-in Compact Coolers (BICC)
5.52AV +109.1
January 31, 2029
4. Built-in Coolers (BIC)
6.30AV + 124.6
January 31, 2029
C-3A. Cooler with all-refrigerator - automatic
4.llAV + 117.4
January 31, 2029
defrost
C-3A-BI. Built-in cooler with all-refrigerator 4.67AV + 133.0
January 31, 2029
automatic defrost
C-5-BI. NEW PRODUCT CLASS:
Built-in cooler with refrigerator-freezer 5.47AV + 196.2 +281
January 31, 2029
automatic defrost with bottom-mounted freezer
C-9. Cooler with upright freezer with automatic
January 31, 2029
5.58AV + 147.7 + 281
defrost without an automatic icemaker
C-9-BI. Built-in cooler with upright freezer
6.38AV + 168.8 + 281
January 31, 2029
with automatic defrost without an automatic
icemaker
C- 13A. Compact cooler with all-refrigerator 4.74AV + 155.0
January 31, 2029
automatic defrost
C-13A-BI. Built-in compact cooler with all5.22AV + 170.5
January 31, 2029
refrigerator - automatic defrost
AV = Total adjusted volume, expressed in ft3, as determined in appendices A and B of subpart B of 10 CFR
part 430.
I = 1 for a product with an automatic icemaker and = 0 for a product without an automatic icemaker.
38774
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8
Coolers (and cooler compartments) have
temperature ranges that either extend no
lower than 39 °F, or no lower than 37 °F
but at least as high as 60 °F.
Combination-coolers contain a fresh
food and/or frozen food compartment in
addition to one or more cooler
compartments. See 10 CFR 430.2 for
more information regarding consumer
refrigeration products definitions.
When evaluating and establishing
energy conservation standards, DOE
divides covered products into product
classes by the type of energy used, or by
capacity, or based upon performancerelated features that justify a higher or
lower standard. (42 U.S.C. 6295(q)) In
making a determination whether a
performance-related feature justifies a
different standard, DOE must consider
such factors as the utility of the feature
to the consumer and other factors DOE
determines are appropriate. (Id.)
The Joint Agreement proposed
approach for MREF product classes
embeds within the energy use equations
the difference between classes for
MREFs that are otherwise identical
except for presence of an icemaker,
using a logical variable I (equal to 1 for
a product with an icemaker and equal
to 0 for a product without an icemaker)
multiplied by the constant icemaker
energy use adder.
The product class representation
simplification in the Joint Agreement is
consistent with what was proposed by
DOE in the March 2023 NOPR. Based on
the comments received in response to
the March 2023 NOPR and DOE’s
evaluation of the Joint Agreement, this
direct final rule adopts this change. See
section IV.A.1 of this document for
further detail and discussion regarding
the product classes analyzed in this
direct final rule.
B. Fairly Representative of Relevant
Point of View
Under the direct final rule provision
in EPCA, recommended energy
conservation standards must be
submitted by interested persons that are
fairly representative of relevant points
of view (including representatives of
manufacturers of covered products,
States, and efficiency advocates) as
determined by DOE. (42 U.S.C.
6295(p)(4)(A)) With respect to this
requirement, DOE notes that the Joint
Agreement included a trade association,
AHAM, which represents 15
manufacturers of MREFs.24 The Joint
24 Manufacturers listed in the Joint Agreement
include: Asko Appliances AB, BSH Home
Appliances Corporation, Danby Products, Ltd.,
Electrolux Home Products, Inc, GE Appliances, a
Haier Company, Liebherr USA, Co., Electronics
America Inc., LG Electronics, Midea America Corp.,
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:31 May 06, 2024
Jkt 262001
Agreement also included environmental
and energy-efficiency advocacy
organizations, consumer advocacy
organizations, and a gas and electric
utility company. As a result, DOE has
determined that the Joint Agreement
was submitted by interested persons
who are fairly representative of relevant
points of view. Additionally, DOE
received a letter in support of the Joint
Agreement from the States of New York,
California, and Massachusetts. (See
NYSERDA, et al., No. 35 at p. 2) DOE
also received a letter in support of the
Joint Agreement from the gas and
electric utility, SDG&E, and the electric
utility, SCE (See SDG&E, et al., No. 36
at p. 1).
C. Technological Feasibility
1. General
In each energy conservation standards
rulemaking, DOE conducts a screening
analysis based on information gathered
on all current technology options and
prototype designs that could improve
the efficiency of the products or
equipment that are the subject of the
rulemaking. As the first step in such an
analysis, DOE develops a list of
technology options for consideration in
consultation with manufacturers, design
engineers, and other interested parties.
DOE then determines which of those
means for improving efficiency are
technologically feasible. DOE considers
technologies incorporated in
commercially available products or in
working prototypes to be
technologically feasible. Sections
6(b)(3)(i) and 7(b)(1) of appendix A to 10
CFR part 430, subpart C (‘‘Process
Rule’’).
After DOE has determined that
particular technology options are
technologically feasible, it further
evaluates each technology option in
light of the following additional
screening criteria: (1) practicability to
manufacture, install, and service; (2)
adverse impacts on product utility or
availability; (3) adverse impacts on
health or safety and (4) unique-pathway
proprietary technologies. Sections
7(b)(2)–(5) of the Process Rule. Section
IV.B of this document discusses the
results of the screening analysis for
MREFs, particularly the designs DOE
considered, those it screened out, and
those that are the basis for the standards
considered in this rulemaking. For
further details on the screening analysis
Miele, Inc., Panasonic Appliances Refrigeration
Systems (PAPRSA) Corporation of America, Smeg
S.p.A, Sub-Zero Group, Inc., The Middleby
Corporation (listed with subsidiaries U-Line
Corporation and Viking Range, LLC).
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
for this rulemaking, see chapter 4 of the
direct final rule TSD.
2. Maximum Technologically Feasible
Levels
When DOE proposes to adopt a new
or amended standard for a type or class
of covered product, it must determine
the maximum improvement in energy
efficiency or maximum reduction in
energy use that is technologically
feasible for such product. (42 U.S.C.
6295(o)(2)(A)) Accordingly, in the
engineering analysis, DOE determined
the maximum technologically feasible
(‘‘max-tech’’) improvements in energy
efficiency for MREFs, using the design
parameters for the most efficient
products available on the market or in
working prototypes. The max-tech
levels that DOE determined for this
rulemaking are described in section IV.C
of this document and in chapter 5 of the
direct final rule TSD.
D. Energy Savings
1. Determination of Savings
For each TSL, DOE projected energy
savings from application of the TSL to
MREFs purchased in the 30-year period
that begins in the year of compliance
with the amended standards (2029–
2058).25 The savings are measured over
the entire lifetime of products
purchased in the 30-year analysis
period. DOE quantified the energy
savings attributable to each TSL as the
difference in energy consumption
between each standards case and the nonew-standards case. The no-newstandards case represents a projection of
energy consumption that reflects how
the market for a product would likely
evolve in the absence of amended
energy conservation standards.
DOE used its national impact analysis
(‘‘NIA’’) spreadsheet models to estimate
national energy savings (‘‘NES’’) from
potential amended standards for
MREFs. The NIA spreadsheet model
(described in section IV.H of this
document) calculates energy savings in
terms of site energy, which is the energy
directly consumed by products at the
locations where they are used. For
electricity, DOE reports national energy
savings in terms of primary energy
savings, which is the savings in the
energy that is used to generate and
transmit the site electricity. For natural
gas, the primary energy savings are
considered to be equal to the site energy
savings. DOE also calculates NES in
terms of FFC energy savings. The FFC
metric includes the energy consumed in
25 DOE also presents a sensitivity analysis that
considers impacts for products shipped in a 9-year
period.
E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM
07MYR8
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
extracting, processing, and transporting
primary fuels (i.e., coal, natural gas,
petroleum fuels), and thus presents a
more complete picture of the impacts of
energy conservation standards.26 DOE’s
approach is based on the calculation of
an FFC multiplier for each of the energy
types used by covered products or
equipment. For more information on
FFC energy savings, see section IV.H.2
of this document.
2. Significance of Savings
To adopt any new or amended
standards for a covered product, DOE
must determine that such action would
result in significant energy savings. (42
U.S.C. 6295(o)(3)(B))
The significance of energy savings
offered by a new or amended energy
conservation standard cannot be
determined without knowledge of the
specific circumstances surrounding a
given rulemaking. For example, some
covered products and equipment have
most of their energy consumption occur
during periods of peak energy demand.
The impacts of these products on the
energy infrastructure can be more
pronounced than products with
relatively constant demand.
Accordingly, DOE evaluates the
significance of energy savings on a caseby-case basis, taking into account the
significance of cumulative FFC national
energy savings, the cumulative FFC
emissions reductions, and the need to
confront the global climate crisis, among
other factors.
As stated, the standard levels adopted
in this direct final rule are projected to
result in national energy savings of 0.32
quads (FFC), the equivalent of the
primary annual energy use of 2.1
million homes. Based on the amount of
FFC savings, the corresponding
reduction in emissions, and need to
confront the global climate crisis, DOE
has determined the energy savings from
the standard levels adopted in this
direct final rule are ‘‘significant’’ within
the meaning of 42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(3)(B).
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8
E. Economic Justification
1. Specific Criteria
As noted previously, EPCA provides
seven factors to be evaluated in
determining whether a potential energy
conservation standard is economically
justified. (42 U.S.C.
6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(I)(VII)) The following
sections discuss how DOE has
addressed each of those seven factors in
this rulemaking.
26 The FFC metric is discussed in DOE’s
statement of policy and notice of policy
amendment. 76 FR 51282 (Aug. 18, 2011), as
amended at 77 FR 49701 (Aug. 17, 2012).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:31 May 06, 2024
Jkt 262001
a. Economic Impact on Manufacturers
and Consumers
In determining the impacts of
potential amended standards on
manufacturers, DOE conducts an MIA,
as discussed in section IV.J of this
document. DOE first uses an annual
cash-flow approach to determine the
quantitative impacts. This step includes
both a short-term assessment—based on
the cost and capital requirements during
the period between when a regulation is
issued and when entities must comply
with the regulation—and a long-term
assessment over a 30-year period. The
industry-wide impacts analyzed include
(1) INPV, which values the industry on
the basis of expected future cash flows;
(2) cash flows by year; (3) changes in
revenue and income; and (4) other
measures of impact, as appropriate.
Second, DOE analyzes and reports the
impacts on different types of
manufacturers, including impacts on
small manufacturers. Third, DOE
considers the impact of standards on
domestic manufacturer employment and
manufacturing capacity, as well as the
potential for standards to result in plant
closures and loss of capital investment.
Finally, DOE takes into account
cumulative impacts of various DOE
regulations and other regulatory
requirements on manufacturers.
For individual consumers, measures
of economic impact include the changes
in LCC and PBP associated with new or
amended standards. These measures are
discussed further in the following
section. For consumers in the aggregate,
DOE also calculates the national net
present value of the consumer costs and
benefits expected to result from
particular standards. DOE also evaluates
the impacts of potential standards on
identifiable subgroups of consumers
that may be affected disproportionately
by a standard.
b. Savings in Operating Costs Compared
to Increase in Price (LCC and PBP)
EPCA requires DOE to consider the
savings in operating costs throughout
the estimated average life of the covered
product in the type (or class) compared
to any increase in the price of, or in the
initial charges for, or maintenance
expenses of, the covered product that
are likely to result from a standard. (42
U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(II)) DOE conducts
this comparison in its LCC and PBP
analysis.
The LCC is the sum of the purchase
price of a product (including its
installation) and the operating cost
(including energy, maintenance, and
repair expenditures) discounted over
the lifetime of the product. The LCC
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
38775
analysis requires a variety of inputs,
such as product prices, product energy
consumption, energy prices,
maintenance and repair costs, product
lifetime, and discount rates appropriate
for consumers. To account for
uncertainty and variability in specific
inputs, such as product lifetime and
discount rate, DOE uses a distribution of
values, with probabilities attached to
each value.
The PBP is the estimated amount of
time (in years) it takes consumers to
recover the increased purchase cost
(including installation) of a moreefficient product through lower
operating costs. DOE calculates the PBP
by dividing the change in purchase cost
due to a more-stringent standard by the
change in annual operating cost for the
year that standards are assumed to take
effect.
For its LCC and PBP analysis, DOE
assumes that consumers will purchase
the covered products in the first year of
compliance with new or amended
standards. The LCC savings for the
considered efficiency levels are
calculated relative to the case that
reflects projected market trends in the
absence of new or amended standards.
DOE’s LCC and PBP analysis is
discussed in further detail in section
IV.F of this document.
c. Energy Savings
Although significant conservation of
energy is a separate statutory
requirement for adopting an energy
conservation standard, EPCA requires
DOE, in determining the economic
justification of a standard, to consider
the total projected energy savings that
are expected to result directly from the
standard. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(III))
As discussed in section IV.H of this
document, DOE uses the NIA
spreadsheet models to project national
energy savings.
d. Lessening of Utility or Performance of
Products
In establishing product classes, and in
evaluating design options and the
impact of potential standard levels, DOE
evaluates potential standards that would
not lessen the utility or performance of
the considered products. (42 U.S.C.
6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(IV)) Based on data
available to DOE, the standards adopted
in this document would not reduce the
utility or performance of the products
under consideration in this rulemaking.
e. Impact of Any Lessening of
Competition
EPCA directs DOE to consider the
impact of any lessening of competition,
as determined in writing by the
E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM
07MYR8
38776
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8
Attorney General, that is likely to result
from a standard. (42 U.S.C.
6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(V)) It also directs the
Attorney General to determine the
impact, if any, of any lessening of
competition likely to result from a
standard and to transmit such
determination to the Secretary within 60
days of the publication of a proposed
rule, together with an analysis of the
nature and extent of the impact. (42
U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(ii)) DOE will
transmit a copy of this direct final rule
to the Attorney General with a request
that the Department of Justice (‘‘DOJ’’)
provide its determination on this issue.
DOE will consider DOJ’s comments on
the rule in determining whether to
withdraw the direct final rule. DOE will
also publish and respond to the DOJ’s
comments in the Federal Register in a
separate notice.
f. Need for National Energy
Conservation
DOE also considers the need for
national energy and water conservation
in determining whether a new or
amended standard is economically
justified. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(VI))
The energy savings from the adopted
standards are likely to provide
improvements to the security and
reliability of the Nation’s energy system.
Reductions in the demand for electricity
also may result in reduced costs for
maintaining the reliability of the
Nation’s electricity system. DOE
conducts a utility impact analysis to
estimate how standards may affect the
Nation’s needed power generation
capacity, as discussed in section IV.M of
this document.
DOE finds that environmental and
public health benefits associated with
the more efficient use of energy are
important to take into account when
considering the need for national energy
conservation. The adopted standards are
likely to result in environmental
benefits in the form of reduced
emissions of air pollutants and
greenhouse gases (‘‘GHGs’’) associated
with energy production and use. DOE
conducts an emissions analysis to
estimate how potential standards may
affect these emissions, as discussed in
section IV.K of this document; the
estimated emissions impacts are
reported in section V.B.6 of this
document. DOE also estimates the
economic value of emissions reductions
resulting from the considered TSLs, as
discussed in section IV.L of this
document.
g. Other Factors
In determining whether an energy
conservation standard is economically
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:31 May 06, 2024
Jkt 262001
justified, DOE may consider any other
factors that the Secretary deems to be
relevant. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(VII))
To the extent DOE identifies any
relevant information regarding
economic justification that does not fit
into the other categories described
previously, DOE could consider such
information under ‘‘other factors.’’
2. Rebuttable Presumption
As set forth in 42 U.S.C.
6295(o)(2)(B)(iii), EPCA creates a
rebuttable presumption that an energy
conservation standard is economically
justified if the additional cost to the
consumer of a product that meets the
standard is less than three times the
value of the first year’s energy savings
resulting from the standard, as
calculated under the applicable DOE
test procedure. DOE’s LCC and PBP
analyses generate values used to
calculate the effect potential amended
energy conservation standards would
have on the payback period for
consumers. These analyses include, but
are not limited to, the 3-year payback
period contemplated under the
rebuttable-presumption test. In addition,
DOE routinely conducts an economic
analysis that considers the full range of
impacts to consumers, manufacturers,
the Nation, and the environment, as
required under 42 U.S.C.
6295(o)(2)(B)(i). The results of this
analysis serve as the basis for DOE’s
evaluation of the economic justification
for a potential standard level (thereby
supporting or rebutting the results of
any preliminary determination of
economic justification). The rebuttable
presumption payback calculation is
discussed in section IV.F of this
document.
IV. Methodology and Discussion of
Related Comments
This section addresses the analyses
DOE has performed for this rulemaking
with regard to MREFs. Separate
subsections address each component of
DOE’s analyses, including relevant
comments DOE received in its separate
rulemaking to amend the energy
conservation standards for MREFs prior
to receiving the Joint Agreement.
DOE used several analytical tools to
estimate the impact of the standards
considered in this document. The first
tool is a spreadsheet that calculates the
LCC savings and PBP of potential
amended energy conservation
standards. The national impacts
analysis uses a second spreadsheet set
that provides shipments projections and
calculates national energy savings and
net present value of total consumer
costs and savings expected to result
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
from potential energy conservation
standards. DOE uses the third
spreadsheet tool, the Government
Regulatory Impact Model (‘‘GRIM’’), to
assess manufacturer impacts of potential
standards. These three spreadsheet tools
are available on the DOE website for this
rulemaking: www.regulations.gov/
docket/EERE-2020-BT-STD-0039.
Additionally, DOE used output from the
latest version of the Energy Information
Administration’s (‘‘EIA’s’’) Annual
Energy Outlook (‘‘AEO’’) for the
emissions and utility impact analyses.
A. Market and Technology Assessment
DOE develops information in the
market and technology assessment that
provides an overall picture of the
market for the products concerned,
including the purpose of the products,
the industry structure, manufacturers,
market characteristics, and technologies
used in the products. This activity
includes both quantitative and
qualitative assessments, based primarily
on publicly-available information. The
subjects addressed in the market and
technology assessment for this
rulemaking include (1) a determination
of the scope of the rulemaking and
product classes, (2) manufacturers and
industry structure, (3) existing
efficiency programs, (4) shipments
information, (5) market and industry
trends, and (6) technologies or design
options that could improve the energy
efficiency of MREFs. The key findings of
DOE’s market assessment are
summarized in the following sections.
See chapter 3 of the direct final rule
TSD for further discussion of the market
and technology assessment.
1. Product Classes
The Joint Agreement specifies 11
product classes for MREFs. (Joint
Agreement, No. 34 at p. 7) In particular,
the Joint Agreement recommends a
consolidated product class
representation, which incorporates
icemaker energy adders and door
allowances into the energy use
equations for product classes in which
they are applicable. As discussed
further in section IV.A.1.a of this
document, DOE notes that the
consolidation of product class
representation in the Joint Agreement
does not combine the product classes,
but rather serves to simplify the list of
classes, in particular for those product
classes with and without icemakers, and
facilitates the implementation of a
single equation for representation of
their maximum allowable energy use. In
this direct final rule, DOE is adopting
the product classes from the Joint
Agreement, as listed in Table IV.1.
E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM
07MYR8
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
38777
Table IV.l Recommended Product Classes for Miscellaneous Refrigeration
Products
DOE further notes that product classes
established through EPCA’s direct final
rule authority are not subject to the
criteria specified at 42 U.S.C. 6295(q)(1)
for establishing product classes.
Nevertheless, in accordance with 42
U.S.C. 6295(o)(4)—which is applicable
to direct final rules—DOE has
concluded that the standards adopted in
this direct final rule will not result in
the unavailability in any covered
product type (or class) of performance
characteristics, features, sizes,
capacities, and volumes that are
substantially the same as those generally
available in the United States
currently.27 DOE’s findings in this
regard are discussed in detail in section
V.B.4 of this document.
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8
a. Product Classes With Automatic
Icemakers
The Joint Agreement includes a
proposed simplification of maximum
allowable energy and expresses the
maximum allowable energy use for both
icemaking and non-icemaking classes in
the same equation, thus consolidating
the presentation of classes and their
energy conservation standards. The
energy use equations will, for those
classes that may or may not have an
icemaker, include a term equal to the
icemaking energy use adder multiplied
by a factor that is defined to equal 1 for
27 EPCA specifies that DOE may not prescribe an
amended or new standard if the Secretary finds
(and publishes such finding) that interested persons
have established by a preponderance of the
evidence that the standard is likely to result in the
unavailability in the United States in any covered
product type (or class) of performance
characteristics (including reliability), features, sizes,
capacities, and volumes that are substantially the
same as those generally available in the United
States at the time of the Secretary’s finding. (42
U.S.C. 6295(o)(4))
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:31 May 06, 2024
Jkt 262001
products with icemakers and to equal 0
for products without icemakers. This
approach does not combine classes that
are the same other than the presence of
an icemaker but does simplify the list of
classes and representation of their
maximum allowable energy use,
providing for each set of classes with
and without ice makers a single
equation for maximum energy use. This
simplification is consistent with the
approach proposed in the March 2023
NOPR. See 88 FR 19382, 19395.
In this direct final rule, DOE is
adopting the Joint Agreement proposal
to express the maximum allowable
energy use for any set of classes
differing only in whether the class
includes an icemaker or not within a
single equation. The single equation
does this by including the icemaker
energy use adder multiplied by logical
variable I that is set equal to 1 for a
product with an icemaker present and 0
for a product without an icemaker.
b. Addition of Product Class C–5–BI
The Joint Agreement recommends the
addition of a new product class C–5–BI
(i.e., built-in combination coolerrefrigerator-freezers with bottommounted freezers and automatic
icemakers) and specific energy
efficiency standards for the new product
class (‘‘PC’’). (Joint Agreement, No. 34 at
p. 7) The current energy conservation
standards for MREFs do not include a
separate product class for products of
this configuration. However, DOE has
previously proposed establishing a
separate product class for C–5–BI
configurations in the March 2023 NOPR,
with a baseline level of 6.08AV + 246
kWh/yr, based in part on input from
commenters, and considered increased
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
efficiency levels using PC C–3A–BI as a
proxy. 88 FR 19382, 19395.
The Joint Agreement recommends a
standard equation of 5.47AV + 196.2 +
28I kWh/yr for product class C–5–BI.
DOE notes that this recommended level
is consistent with the level proposed in
the March 2023 NOPR for product class
C–5–BI, which represents a 10 percent
more stringent level than the baseline
level identified in the March 2023
NOPR.
Considering that the recommendation
is consistent with the proposed level in
the March 2023 NOPR and carries
support from a broad cross-section of
interests, including trade associations
representing these manufactures,
environmental and energy-efficiency
advocacy organizations, consumer
advocates, and electric utility providers
as well as the support of several States,
DOE believes it appropriate to adopt
this new product class, C–5–BI, and the
recommended standard equation. DOE’s
direct rulemaking authority under 42
U.S.C. 6295(p)(4) is constrained only by
the requirements of 42 U.S.C. 6295(o),
which does not include the product
class requirements in 42 U.S.C. 6295(q).
However, DOE notes that the addition of
a PC C–5–BI is warranted as the
application of bottom-mounted freezer
and icemaker on a built-in cooler with
refrigerator-freezer provides consumers
the utility of storage compartments at
freezing, fresh food, and cooler
temperature levels, whereas the current
classes combine a cooler compartment
with either a freezer or fresh food
compartment, but not both. In addition,
establishing separate classes of this
configuration both with and without
automatic icemaking addresses the
unique utility of icemaking that may be
E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM
07MYR8
ER07MY24.008
Product Class
I. Freestanding Compact Coolers (FCC)
2. Freestanding Coolers (FC)
3. Built-in Compact Coolers (BICC)
4. Built-in Coolers (BIC)
C-3A. Cooler with all-refrigerator - automatic defrost
C-3A-BI. Built-in cooler with all-refrigerator - automatic defrost
C-5-BI. Built-in cooler with all-refrigerator
C-9. Cooler with upright freezer with automatic defrost without an automatic
icemaker
C-9-BI. Built-in cooler with upright freezer with automatic defrost without an
automatic icemaker
C- 13A. Compact cooler with all-refrigerator - automatic defrost
C-13A-BI. Built-in compact cooler with all-refrigerator - automatic defrost
38778
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8
included as part of the product. As a
result of this additional utility, the
application of a bottom-mounted freezer
and icemaker constitutes a performance
related feature.
Given the indication from the Joint
Agreement that such a product class
standard would be beneficial in its
implementation, the classification of a
bottom-mounted freezer and icemaker
as performance related features, and the
recommendation’s consistency with the
other adopted standards, DOE is
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:31 May 06, 2024
Jkt 262001
adopting a PC C–5–BI standard in this
direct final rule.
See section V of this document for
more information regarding the TSL
configuration and discussion of the
adopted level for this product class. See
chapter 5 of the direct final rule TSD for
more discussion regarding the addition
of this product class.
2. Technology Options
In the preliminary market analysis
and technology assessment, DOE
identified 36 technology options
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
initially determined to improve the
efficiency of MREFs, as measured by the
DOE test procedure. In this direct final
rule, DOE considered the technology
options listed in Table IV.2, consistent
with the table of technology options
presented in the March 2023 NOPR. 88
FR 19382, 19395–19396. Chapter 3 of
the direct final rule TSD includes a
detailed list and descriptions of all
technology options identified for
MREFs.
BILLING CODE 6450–01–P
E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM
07MYR8
38779
Table IV.2 Technolo!!V Options Identified for MREFs
Insulation
1. Improved resistivity of insulation (insulation type)
2. Increased insulation thickness
3. Vacuum-insulated panels
4. Gas-filled insulation panels
Gaskets and Anti-Sweat Heat
5. Improved gaskets
6. Double door gaskets
7. Anti-sweat heat
Doors
8. Low-E coatings
9. Inert gas fill
10. Vacuum-insulated glass
11. Additional panes
12. Frame design
13. Solid door
Compressor
14. Improved compressor efficiency
15. Variable-speed compressors
16. Linear compressors
Evaporator
17. Increased surface area
18. Forced-convection evaporator
19. Tube and fin enhancements (including microchannel designs)
20. Multiple evaporators
Condenser
21. Increased surface area
22. Tube and fin enhancements (including microchannel designs)
23. Forced-convection condenser
Defrost System
24. Off-cycle defrost
25. Reduced energy for active defrost
26. Adaptive defrost
27. Condenser hot gas defrost
Control System
28. Electronic temperature control
29. Air-distribution control
Other Technolo2ies
30. Fan and fan motor improvements
31. Improved expansion valve
32. Fluid control or solenoid off-cycle valve
33. Alternative refrigerants
34. Improved refrigerant piping
3 5. Component location
36. Alternative refrigeration systems
BILLING CODE 6450–01–C
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:31 May 06, 2024
Jkt 262001
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM
07MYR8
ER07MY24.009
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
38780
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
B. Screening Analysis
DOE uses the following five screening
criteria to determine which technology
options are suitable for further
consideration in an energy conservation
standards rulemaking:
(1) Technological feasibility.
Technologies that are not incorporated
in commercial products or in
commercially viable, existing prototypes
will not be considered further.
(2) Practicability to manufacture,
install, and service. If it is determined
that mass production of a technology in
commercial products and reliable
installation and servicing of the
technology could not be achieved on the
scale necessary to serve the relevant
market at the time of the projected
compliance date of the standard, then
that technology will not be considered
further.
(3) Impacts on product utility. If a
technology is determined to have a
significant adverse impact on the utility
of the product to subgroups of
consumers, or result in the
unavailability of any covered product
type with performance characteristics
(including reliability), features, sizes,
capacities, and volumes that are
substantially the same as products
generally available in the United States
at the time, it will not be considered
further.
(4) Safety of technologies. If it is
determined that a technology would
have significant adverse impacts on
health or safety, it will not be
considered further.
(5) Unique-pathway proprietary
technologies. If a technology has
proprietary protection and represents a
unique pathway to achieving a given
efficiency level, it will not be
considered further, due to the potential
for monopolistic concerns.
10 CFR part 430, subpart C, appendix A,
sections 6(b)(3) and 7(b).
In sum, if DOE determines that a
technology, or a combination of
technologies, fails to meet one or more
of the listed five criteria, it will be
excluded from further consideration in
the engineering analysis. The reasons
for eliminating any technology are
discussed in the following sections.
The subsequent sections include
DOE’s evaluation of each technology
option against the screening analysis
criteria and whether DOE determined
that a technology option should be
excluded (‘‘screened out’’) based on the
screening criteria.
1. Screened-Out Technologies
In this direct final rule, DOE screened
out the technologies presented in Table
IV.3 on the basis of technological
feasibility, practicability to
manufacture, install, and service,
adverse impacts on utility or
availability, adverse impacts on health
and safety, and/or unique-pathway
proprietary technologies. Chapter 4 of
the direct final rule TSD includes a
detailed description of the screening
analysis for each of these technology
options.
Table IV.3 Technolo~ies Screened Out in the Direct Final Rule
Solid doors
Ultra-low-E (reflective) glass doors
Vacuum-insulated glass
Improved gaskets and double gaskets
Linear compressors
Fluid control or solenoid off-cycle valves
Evaporator tube and fin enhancements
Condenser tube and fin enhancements (except microchannel condensers)
Condenser hot gas defrost
Improved refrigerant piping
Component location
Alternative refrigeration systems
Improved VIPs
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8
Through a review of each technology,
DOE concludes that all of the other
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:31 May 06, 2024
Jkt 262001
identified technologies listed in section
IV.B.2 of this document met all five
screening criteria to be examined further
as design options in DOE’s direct final
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
rule analysis. In summary, DOE did not
screen out the following technology
options:
E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM
07MYR8
ER07MY24.010
2. Remaining Technologies
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
38781
Table IV.4 Technolo~ies Remainin~ in the Direct Final Rule
Insulation
1. Improved resistivity of insulation (insulation type)
2. Increased insulation thickness
3. Gas-filled insulation panels
4. Vacuum-insulated panels
Gasket and Anti-Sweat Heat
5. Anti-sweat heat
Doors
6. Low-E coatings
7. Inert gas fill
8. Additional panes
9. Frame design
Compressor
10. Improved compressor efficiency
11. Variable-speed compressors
Evaporator
12. Forced-convection evaporator
13. Increased surface area
14. Multiple evaporators
Condenser
15. Increased surface area
16. Microchannel designs
17. Forced-convection condenser
Defrost System
18. Reduced energv for automatic defrost
19. Adaptive defrost
20. Off-cycle defrost
Control System
21. Electronic Temperature control
22. Air-distribution control
Other Technologies
23. Fan and fan motor improvements
24. Improved expansion valve
25. Alternative Refrigerants
C. Engineering Analysis
DOE determined that these
technology options are technologically
feasible because they are being used or
have previously been used in
commercially-available products or
working prototypes. DOE also finds that
all of the remaining technology options
meet the other screening criteria (i.e.,
practicable to manufacture, install, and
service and do not result in adverse
impacts on consumer utility, product
availability, health, or safety). For
additional details, see chapter 4 of the
direct final rule TSD.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:31 May 06, 2024
Jkt 262001
The purpose of the engineering
analysis is to establish the relationship
between the efficiency and cost of
MREFs. There are two elements to
consider in the engineering analysis; the
selection of efficiency levels to analyze
(i.e., the ‘‘efficiency analysis’’) and the
determination of product cost at each
efficiency level (i.e., the ‘‘cost
analysis’’). In determining the
performance of higher-efficiency
products, DOE considers technologies
and design option combinations not
eliminated by the screening analysis.
For each product class, DOE estimates
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
the baseline cost, as well as the
incremental cost for the product/
equipment at efficiency levels above the
baseline. The output of the engineering
analysis is a set of cost-efficiency
‘‘curves’’ that are used in downstream
analyses (i.e., the LCC and PBP analyses
and the NIA).
1. Efficiency Analysis
DOE typically uses one of two
approaches to develop energy efficiency
levels for the engineering analysis: (1)
relying on observed efficiency levels in
the market (i.e., the efficiency-level
approach), or (2) determining the
E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM
07MYR8
ER07MY24.011
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8
BILLING CODE 6450–01–C
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8
38782
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
incremental efficiency improvements
associated with incorporating specific
design options to a baseline model (i.e.,
the design-option approach). Using the
efficiency-level approach, the efficiency
levels established for the analysis are
determined based on the market
distribution of existing products (in
other words, based on the range of
efficiencies and efficiency level
‘‘clusters’’ that already exist on the
market). Using the design option
approach, the efficiency levels
established for the analysis are
determined through detailed
engineering calculations and/or
computer simulations of the efficiency
improvements from implementing
specific design options that have been
identified in the technology assessment.
DOE may also rely on a combination of
these two approaches. For example, the
efficiency-level approach (based on
actual products on the market) may be
extended using the design option
approach to interpolate to define ‘‘gap
fill’’ levels (to bridge large gaps between
other identified efficiency levels) and/or
to extrapolate to the ‘‘max-tech’’ level
(particularly in cases where the ‘‘maxtech’’ level exceeds the maximum
efficiency level currently available on
the market).
The approach used for this direct final
rule to define the efficiency levels for
analysis is largely the same as the
approach DOE had used for the March
2023 NOPR analysis.
For its analysis in this direct final
rule, DOE used a combined efficiency
level and design option approach to
directly analyze five products classes:
freestanding compact coolers,
freestanding coolers, and combination
cooler classes C–13A, C–3A, and C–9.
First, an efficiency-level approach was
used to establish an analysis tied to
existing products on the market. Several
products from the cooler class (compact
and standard size) and one product from
the combination cooler class (C–13A)
were used in physical teardowns.
Additional analyses were conducted on
classes C–3A and C–9; however, a lack
of physical teardown products for these
classes led DOE to rely heavily on
adjusted analyses from the consumer
refrigerator, refrigerator-freezer, and
freezers (‘‘RF’’) classes 3 and 9,
respectively. Then, a design option
approach was used to extend the
analysis through ‘‘built-down’’
efficiency levels and ‘‘built-up’’
efficiency levels where there were gaps
in the range of efficiencies of products
that were reverse engineered. As
discussed in the section that follows,
DOE applied its direct analyses of
freestanding products to the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:31 May 06, 2024
Jkt 262001
corresponding built-in product classes.
DOE’s direct analysis informed the
adopted standards for those product
classes that were not directly analyzed.
See section 5.4.1 of the direct final rule
TSD for more discussion on DOE’s
efficiency analysis.
a. Built-in Classes
In this direct final rule analysis, DOE
used the freestanding MREF classes as
proxies for built-in classes. DOE
conducted analysis of the current
market for miscellaneous refrigeration
products and found that built-in and
freestanding products occupy the same
range of efficiencies, and DOE did not
identify any unique characteristic that
would inhibit efficiency improvements
for built-in products relative to
freestanding products based on a review
on the market. As a result, DOE chose
to apply its freestanding products
analyses to built-in classes.
In response to the March 2023 NOPR,
AHAM and Sub-zero Group Inc. (‘‘Subzero’’) argued that freestanding product
classes are not a proxy for built-in
product classes and DOE should
evaluate them separately. (AHAM, No.
31 at p. 6; Sub-zero, No. 30 at p. 1)
AHAM and Sub-zero stated that built-in
products have constraints, such as
incorporation into kitchen designs and
needing to be flush with cabinetry, that
affect that the technology options for
achieving higher efficiency levels.
(AHAM, No. 31 at pp. 6–7; Sub-zero,
No. 30 at p. 2) AHAM and Sub-Zero also
stated that different testing requirements
for built-ins (e.g., two inches or less of
rear clearance for freestanding products
as opposed to no rear clearance for
built-in products) creates inherent
design differences between the
freestanding and built-in products. Id.
AHAM and Sub-zero encouraged DOE
to revise its analysis to separately
analyze freestanding and built-in
products, contending that these
products are fundamentally different.
(AHAM, No. 31 at p. 7; Sub-zero, No. 30
at p. 2)
As discussed in section IV.C.1.c of
this document, the efficiency levels
analyzed for this direct final rule
represent a percentage reduction in
energy use below the currently
applicable standard for each product
class. DOE’s analysis of the freestanding
product classes as a proxy for the builtin product classes does not presume
that the two product types have the
same nominal costs at each higher
efficiency level, but rather reflects that
incremental design changes associated
with reducing energy use on a
percentage basis—relative to the
currently applicable standard for each
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
respective product type—are
substantially similar between
freestanding and built-in products. To
reflect the inherent design differences
between built-in products compared to
free-standing products, as described by
commenters, DOE applied a $30, $50, or
$150 adder (depending on product size)
to the baseline costs for the built-in
product classes compared to their
freestanding counterparts. See chapter 5
of the direct final rule TSD for further
details regarding the engineering
analysis conducted for each product
class.
b. Baseline Efficiency/Energy Use
For each product class, DOE generally
selects a baseline model as a reference
point for each class, and measures
changes resulting from potential energy
conservation standards against the
baseline. The baseline model in each
product class represents the
characteristics of a product/equipment
typical of that class (e.g., capacity,
physical size). Generally, a baseline
model is one that just meets current
energy conservation standards, or, if no
standards are in place, the baseline is
typically the most common or least
efficient unit on the market. When
selecting units for the analysis, DOE
selects units at baseline from various
manufacturers for each directly
analyzed product class.
For this direct final rule, DOE chose
baseline efficiency levels represented by
the current Federal energy conservation
standards, expressed as maximum
annual energy consumption as a
function of the product’s adjusted
volume. The baseline levels differ for
coolers and combination coolers to
account for design differences; all
coolers share the same baseline level,
i.e., the baseline is the same function of
adjusted volume for both freestanding
and built-in models, for both compact
and standard-size models. The current
standards incorporate an allowance of a
constant 84 kWh/yr icemaker adder for
product classes with automatic
icemakers, consistent with the current
test procedure, which requires adding
this amount of annual energy use to the
products tested performance if the
product has an automatic icemaker.
DOE adjusted the baseline energy usage
levels for each class to account for the
planned revision in the test procedure
to reduce the icemaker energy use adder
to 28 kWh/yr.28
28 See the October 12, 2021, test procedure final
rule for refrigeration products for more information
regarding the adoption of the 28 kWh/yr icemaker
adder. 86 FR 56790.
E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM
07MYR8
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
DOE directly analyzed a sample of
market representative models from
within five product classes from
multiple manufacturers. Directly
analyzed classes include three different
AV coolers (AVs of 3 ft3, 5 ft3, and 15
ft3) and three combination cooler classes
(C–13A, C–9 and C–3A). In conducting
these analyses, eight teardown units
were used in construction of cost
curves, and their characteristics were
determined in large part by testing and
reverse-engineering. Further
information on the design
characteristics of specific analyzed
baseline models is summarized in
section 5.4.1 of the direct final rule TSD.
c. Higher Efficiency Levels
As part of DOE’s analysis, the
maximum available efficiency level is
the highest efficiency unit currently
available on the market. DOE also
defines a ‘‘max-tech’’ efficiency level to
represent the maximum possible
efficiency for a given product.
For this direct final rule, DOE
analyzed up to five incremental
efficiency levels beyond the baseline for
each of the analyzed product classes.
The efficiency levels begin at EL 1,
which was 10 percent more efficient
than the current MREF energy
conservation standards. For the compact
coolers analysis, DOE extended the
efficiency levels in steps of 10 percent
of the current energy conservation
standard up to EL 4 at 40 percent; for
full-size coolers, EL 4 is analyzed at 35
percent. For combination coolers
(excluding C–9) efficiency levels above
EL 1 are in steps of roughly 5 percent
up to EL 4. Finally, EL 5 represents
maximum technology (‘‘max-tech’’),
which uses design option analysis to
extend the analysis beyond EL 4 by
using all applicable design options,
including max efficiency variable-speed
compressors and maximum practical
use of vacuum-insulated panels
(‘‘VIPs’’). For compact coolers, max tech
stands at either 59 percent or 50 percent
for the two directly analyzed AVs—3.1
ft3 and 5.1 ft3 respectively; full-size
coolers max-tech stands at 38 percent.
For combination coolers C–13A and C–
3A, max tech stands at 28 percent and
24 percent, respectively.
DOE conducted analysis for product
class C–9 starting with analysis for a
class 9 upright freezer with comparable
total refrigerated volume. In its analysis,
DOE concluded that application of all of
the design options being considered at
max-tech would be required for the
38783
product to be compliant with the
current energy conservation standards.
Currently, the Compliance Certification
Database (‘‘CCD’’) includes only one
product that is certified as C–9—an LG
product certified with energy use 17
percent below the standard. DOE did
not purchase, test, and reverse-engineer
this product, in-part because of the
limited product offering and expected
insignificant potential for energy
savings for the class. Thus, DOE is
relying primarily on its analysis of the
RF product class 9 freezer, to suggest
that opportunities for energy savings are
likely limited and likely not costeffective, even if improved efficiency is
technically feasible. DOE has not
analyzed efficiency levels beyond
baseline for this product class in this
direct final rule but has taken into
consideration all design options applied
at max-tech in its analysis.
DOE notes the current Energy Star
specifications correspond to EL 1 for
freestanding full-size coolers (10
percent), EL 2 for freestanding compact
coolers (20 percent), and EL 3 for both
classes of built-in coolers (30 percent).29
The efficiency levels analyzed beyond
the baseline are shown in Table IV.5 as
follows.
Table IV.5 Incremental Efficiency Levels for Analyzed Products(% Energy Use
Less than Baseline
Coolers
Combination Coolers
Product Class
FCC (3.1)
FCC (5.1)
FC (15.3)
C-13A (5) C-3A (21)
(AV, cu.ft.)
EL 1
10%
10%
10%*
10%
10%
20%*
20%*
20%
16%
15%
EL2
EL3
30%
30%
30%
20%
20%
EL4
40%
40%
35%
25%
24%
59%
50%
38%
28%
EL 5
* Efficiencies at or slightly better than the ENERGY STAR® efficiency
29 See EnergyStar, ‘‘Refrigerators & Freezers Key
Product Criteria,’’ Available at www.energystar.gov/
products/appliances/refrigerators/key_product_
criteria (last accessed July 14, 2023).
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:31 May 06, 2024
Jkt 262001
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
capacity in response to more stringent
MREF standards. Compressor
manufacturers additionally noted that
any previous bottlenecks in the VSC
supply chain are no longer a factor at
this time, and that they have been
modifying sourcing strategies to ensure
a reliable supply of VSCs going forward.
DOE concluded from these interviews
that compressor manufacturers will be
able to readily meet any increased
demand for VSCs as a result of the
adopted standards within the 5-year
E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM
07MYR8
ER07MY24.012
In response to the March 2023 NOPR,
AHAM suggested that DOE evaluate the
robustness of the supply chains for
variable-speed compressors (‘‘VSCs’’)
while considering the growing demand
given more stringent standards for
cooling appliances, including both air
conditioning and refrigeration. (AHAM,
No. 31 at p. 5)
In considering this comment and
comments provided in response to the
RF rulemaking, DOE interviewed
relevant compressor manufacturers to
gather information regarding the level of
VSC implementation that would be
required at the efficiency levels
analyzed in this direct final rule, the
current and predicted supply of VSCs
into the U.S. market, the predicted time
to ramp up production of VSCs, and
pricing of VSCs and components. None
of the compressor manufacturers
interviewed expressed any concerns
regarding the ability to ramp-up VSC
d. Variable-Speed Compressor Supply
Chain
38784
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
timeframe between publication of this
direct final rule and the compliance
date. DOE further notes that the
amended standards adopted in this final
rule reflect the recommendations of the
Joint Agreement, of which AHAM was
a signatory.
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8
2. Cost Analysis
The cost analysis portion of the
engineering analysis is conducted using
one or a combination of cost
approaches. The selection of cost
approach depends on a suite of factors,
including the availability and reliability
of public information, characteristics of
the regulated product, the availability
and timeliness of purchasing the
product on the market. The cost
approaches are summarized as follows:
b Physical teardowns: Under this
approach, DOE physically dismantles a
commercially available product,
component-by-component, to develop a
detailed bill of materials for the product.
b Catalog teardowns: In lieu of
physically deconstructing a product,
DOE identifies each component using
parts diagrams (available from
manufacturer websites or appliance
repair websites, for example) to develop
the bill of materials for the product.
b Price surveys: If neither a physical
nor catalog teardown is feasible (for
example, for tightly integrated products
such as fluorescent lamps, which are
infeasible to disassemble and for which
parts diagrams are unavailable) or costprohibitive and otherwise impractical
(e.g., large commercial boilers), DOE
conducts price surveys using publicly
available pricing data published on
major online retailer websites and/or by
soliciting prices from distributors and
other commercial channels.
In the present case, DOE conducted
the analysis using primarily physical
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:31 May 06, 2024
Jkt 262001
teardowns. Where possible, physical
teardowns were used to provide a
baseline of technology options and
pricing for a specific product class at a
specific EL. Then with technology
option information, DOE estimated the
cost of various design options including
compressors, VIPs, and insulation, by
extrapolating the costs from price
surveys. With specific costs for
technology options, DOE was then able
to ‘‘build-up’’ or ‘‘build-down’’ from the
various teardown models to finish the
cost-efficiency curves. DOE used this
approach to calibrate the analysis to
certified or measured energy use of
specific available models where
possible, while allowing a broader range
of potential efficiency levels to be
considered.
The resulting bill of materials
provides the basis for the manufacturer
production cost (‘‘MPC’’) estimates.
To account for manufacturers’ nonproduction costs and profit margin, DOE
applies a multiplier (the manufacturer
markup) to the MPC. The resulting
manufacturer selling price (‘‘MSP’’) is
the price at which the manufacturer
distributes a unit into commerce. DOE
developed an average manufacturer
markup by examining corporate annual
reports and Securities and Exchange
Commission (‘‘SEC’’) 10–K reports 30
filed by publicly traded manufacturers
in primarily engaged in appliance
manufacturing and whose combined
product range includes MREFs. DOE
then compared the manufacturer
markups derived from the financials to
the manufacturer markups estimated in
the October 2016 Direct Final Rule. 81
30 U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission,
Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval
(EDGAR) system. Available at www.sec.gov/edgar/
search/ (last accessed January 30, 2024).
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
FR 75194, 75224–75225. See chapter 12
of the direct final rule TSD for
additional detail on the manufacturer
markup.
3. Cost-Efficiency Results
The results of the engineering analysis
are reported as cost-efficiency data (or
‘‘curves’’) in the form of AEU (in kWh)
versus MPC (in dollars), which form the
basis for subsequent analyses.
DOE developed estimates of MPCs for
each unit in the teardown sample, and
also performed additional modeling for
each of the teardown samples, to extend
the analysis to cover the range of
efficiency levels appropriate for a
representative product. To estimate the
MPCs necessary to achieve higher
efficiency levels, in particular those
beyond the highest-efficiency products
in the test sample, DOE considered
design options that were most likely to
be considered and implemented by
manufacturers to achieve the higher
efficiency levels. Based on input from
manufacturers and an understanding of
the markets, DOE then estimated the
costs associated with those design
options to determine the MPCs at each
of the analyzed efficiency levels.
The resulting weighted average
incremental design option by efficiency
level and cost curves for each directly
analyzed product class are (i.e., the
additional costs manufacturers would
likely incur by producing miscellaneous
refrigeration products at each efficiency
level compared to the baseline) are
provided in Tables IV.6 and IV.7 as
follows. See chapter 5 of the direct final
rule TSD for additional detail on the
engineering analysis and formulation of
cost curves.
BILLING CODE 6450–01–P
E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM
07MYR8
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
38785
Class
(AV***)
EL
Percent
FCC
(3.1)
FCC
(5.1)
FC
(15.3)
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8
C-13A
(5)
VerDate Sep<11>2014
ELl
EL2
EL3
EL4
EL5
10%
20%
30%
40%
59%
Higher-BER
Compressor;
Tube and Fin
Evaporator;
Brushless
DC
Condenser
Fan
VariableSpeed
Compressor;
HigherEER
Compressor;
Roll Bond
Evaporator;
Increased
Insulation
Thickness
Partial VIP
Coverage;
Triple Pane
Glass**;
Tube and
Fin Bond
Evaporator
30%
40%
50%
Higher-BER
Compressor;
Tube and
Fin
Evaporator;
Increased
Insulation
Thickness
VariableSpeed
Compressor;
Partial VIP
Coverage;
Triple Pane
Glass**
Design
Options
Added
HigherEER
Compressor;
Argon Filled
Glass
Tube and Fin
Condenser;
Brushless
DC
Evaporator
Fan
EL
Percent
10%
20%
Design
Options
Added
Argon Filled
Glass;
Higher-BER
Compressor
Higher-BER
Compressor
Higher-BER
Compressor;
Hot Wall+
Tube and Fin
Condenser
EL
Percent
10%
20%
30%
35%
38%
Triple Pane
Glass**
Partial VIP
Coverage
25%
28%
Design
Options
Added
Higher-BER
Compressor;
Hot Wall+
Tube and Fin
Condenser
Higher-BER
Compressor
VariableSpeed
Compressor;
Variable
Defrost; 3x
Tube and Fin
Evaporator;
Increased
Insulation
Thickness
EL
Percent
10%
16%
20%
17:31 May 06, 2024
Jkt 262001
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM
07MYR8
ER07MY24.013
Table IV.6 Incremental Desi~n Options* by Efficiency Level and Product Class
Product
38786
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
Design
Options
Added
Higher-EER
Compressor
Higher-EER
Compressor
VariableSpeed
Com ressor
Triple Pane
Glass**
EL
Percent
10%
15%
20%
24%
Partial VIP
Coverage
Triple Pane
Glass**;
VariableC-3A
Timed (offPartial VIP
Speed
(20.6)
Design
cycle)
Coverage;
Higher-EER Compressor;
Defrost;
Variable
Options
Compressor
Variable
Higher-EER
(off-cycle)
Added
(off-cycle)
Variable
Defrost
Defrost
Speed
Com ressor
*Design options are cumulative between efficiency levels (except for component replacements)
** Triple-pane glass pack consists of soft-coated low-E glass and argon gas fill (with a reduced gap size to
maintain door thickness)
*** AV represented in ft3
Table IV. 7 Cost-Efficienc Curves for Miscellaneous Refri eration Products
ELl
EL2
EL3
EL4
ELS
0%
$298.10
10%
$301.43
20%
$317.16
30%
$334.32
40%
$367.99
59%
$425.94
MPC
$0.00
$3.33
$19.06
$36.22
$69.88
$127.83
EL Percent
0%
$337.79
10%
$340.92
20%
$343.33
30%
$359.55
40%
$386.02
50%
$477.10
MPC
$0.00
$3.13
$5.53
$21.76
$48.23
$139.31
EL Percent
0%
$699.52
10%
$714.82
20%
$718.24
30%
$762.98
35%
$921.40
38%
$957.10
MPC
$0.00
$15.30
$18.72
$63.46
$221.87
$257.57
EL Percent
0%
$571.07
10%
$573.07
16%
$574.83
20%
$603.56
25%
$651.33
28%
$677.23
MPC
$0.00
$2.00
$3.76
$32.48
$80.26
$106.16
EL Percent
0%
$540.00
10%
$543.17
15%
$578.47
20%
$698.50
24%
$742.55
EL Percent
FCC
(3.1)
FCC
(5.1)
FC
(15.3)
C-13A
(5)
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8
C-3A
(20.6)
C-9
(20)**
MPC
Incremental
MPC
Incremental
MPC
Incremental
MPC
Incremental
MPC
Incremental
MPC
$0.00
EL Percent
0%
$800
MPC
Incremental
MPC
ER07MY24.015
ELO
$0.00
* Adjusted volumes provided in ft3
** Only considered at baseline
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:31 May 06, 2024
Jkt 262001
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM
07MYR8
ER07MY24.014
Product
Class
AV*
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
BILLING CODE 6450–01–C
D. Markups Analysis
The markups analysis develops
appropriate markups (e.g., retailer
markups, distributor markups,
contractor markups) in the distribution
chain and sales taxes to convert the
MSP estimates derived in the
engineering analysis to consumer prices,
which are then used in the LCC and PBP
analysis. At each step in the distribution
channel, companies mark up the price
of the product to cover business costs
and profit margin.
For MREFs, DOE identified two
distribution channels: (1) manufacturers
to retailers to consumers, and (2)
manufacturers to wholesalers to dealers/
retailers to consumers. The parties
involved in the distribution channel are
retailers, wholesalers, and dealers.
DOE developed baseline and
incremental markups for each actor in
the distribution chain. Baseline
markups are applied to the price of
products with baseline efficiency, while
incremental markups are applied to the
difference in price between baseline and
higher-efficiency models (the
incremental cost increase). The
incremental markup is typically less
than the baseline markup and is
designed to maintain similar per-unit
operating profit before and after new or
amended standards.31
DOE relied on economic data from the
U.S. Census Bureau to estimate average
baseline and incremental markups.
Specifically, DOE used the 2017 Annual
Retail Trade Survey for the ‘‘electronics
and appliance stores’’ sector to develop
retailer markups,32 and the 2017 Annual
Wholesaler Trade Survey for the
‘‘household appliances, and electrical
and electronics goods merchant
wholesalers’’ sector to estimate
wholesaler markups.33 For the
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8
31 Because the projected price of standardscompliant products is typically higher than the
price of baseline products, using the same markup
for the incremental cost and the baseline cost would
result in higher per-unit operating profit. While
such an outcome is possible, DOE maintains that in
markets that are reasonably competitive it is
unlikely that standards would lead to a sustainable
increase in profitability in the long run.
32 U.S. Census Bureau, Annual Retail Trade
Survey. 2017. Available at www.census.gov/
programs-surveys/arts.html.
33 U.S. Census Bureau, Annual Wholesale Trade
Survey. 2017. Available at www.census.gov/awts.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:31 May 06, 2024
Jkt 262001
wholesaler to dealer/retailer channel,
DOE assumed that the dealer markups
are half of the retailer markups in the
retailer channel.
For this direct final rule, DOE
considered comments it had received
regarding the markups analysis
conducted for the March 2023 NOPR.
The approach used for this direct final
rule is largely the same as the approach
DOE had used for the March 2023 NOPR
analysis.
In response to the March 2023 NOPR,
AHAM commented on DOE’s reliance
on the concept of incremental markups,
stating that it is based on discredited
theory, and it is in contradiction to
empirical evidence provided by AHAM
during a 2014 proposed rulemaking for
energy conservation standards for
residential dishwashers. (AHAM, No. 31
at p. 9)
DOE’s incremental markup approach
assumes that an increase in profitability,
which is implied by keeping a fixed
markup when the product price goes up
due to higher efficiency standards, is
unlikely to be viable over time in a
reasonably competitive market like
household appliance retailers. The
Herfindahl-Hirschman Index (‘‘HHI’’)
reported by the 2017 Economic Census
indicates that the household appliance
stores sector (NAICS 443141) is a highly
competitive marketplace.34 DOE
recognizes that actors in the distribution
chains are likely to seek to maintain the
same markup on appliances in response
to changes in manufacturer selling
prices after an amendment to energy
conservation standards. However, DOE
believes that retail pricing is likely to
adjust over time as those actors are
forced to readjust their markups to reach
a medium-term equilibrium in which
per-unit profit is relatively unchanged
before and after standards are
implemented.
34 2017 Economic Census, Selected sectors:
Concentration of largest firms for the U.S. Available
at www.census.gov/data/tables/2017/econ/
economic-census/naics-sector-44-45.html. The
Herfindahl-Hirschman Index value can be found by
navigating to the ‘‘Concentration of largest firms for
the U.S.’’ table and then filtering the industry code
to NAICS 443141.The Herfindahl-Hirschman Index
reported for the largest 50 firms in household
appliance stores sector, is 123.8. Generally, a
market with an HHI value of under 1,000 is
considered to be competitive.
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
38787
DOE acknowledges that markup
practices in response to amended
standards are complex and vary with
business conditions. However, DOE’s
analysis necessarily only considers
changes in appliance offerings that
occur in response to amended standards
and isolate the effect of amended
standards from other factors. Obtaining
data on markup practices in the
situation described previously is very
challenging. Hence, DOE continues to
maintain that its assumption that
standards do not facilitate a sustainable
increase in profitability is reasonable.
Chapter 6 of the direct final rule TSD
provides details on DOE’s development
of markups for MREFs.
E. Energy Use Analysis
The purpose of the energy use
analysis is to determine the annual
energy consumption of MREFs at
different efficiencies in representative
U.S. households, and to assess the
energy savings potential of increased
MREF efficiency. The energy use
analysis estimates the range of energy
use of MREFs in the field (i.e., as they
are actually used by consumers). The
energy use analysis provides the basis
for other analyses DOE performed,
particularly assessments of the energy
savings and the savings in consumer
operating costs that could result from
adoption of amended or new standards.
DOE determined a range of annual
energy use of MREFs as a function of
unit volume. As shown in Table IV.8,
DOE developed distributions of adjusted
volume of product classes with more
than one representative unit base on the
capacity distributions reported in the
TraQline® wine chiller data spanning
from 2020 Q1 to 2022 Q1.35 DOE also
developed a sample of households that
use MREFs based on the TraQline wine
chiller data (see section IV.F of this
document for details). For each volume
and considered efficiency level, DOE
derived the energy consumption as
measured by the DOE MREF test
procedure at appendix A.
35 TraQline is a market research company that
specialized in tracking consumer purchasing
behavior across a wide range of products using
quarterly online surveys.
E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM
07MYR8
38788
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
Table IV.8 Distribution of Adjusted Interior volumes by Product Class
Adjusted Volume
(ft3)
Percentage
Cooler-PC
3.1
5.1
83.4
16.6
Cooler-BIC
For this direct final rule, DOE
considered comments it had received
regarding the energy use analysis
conducted for the March 2023 NOPR.
The approach used for this direct final
rule is largely the same as the approach
DOE had used for the March 2023 NOPR
analysis.
In response to the March 2023 NOPR,
AHAM commented that DOE relies
heavily on the EIA’s Residential Energy
Consumption Survey (‘‘RECS’’) data for
estimating energy use and how
consumption varies at the household
level. Specifically, AHAM expressed
concern that the use of RECS data to
estimate energy consumption at the
household level may introduce ‘‘outlier
values,’’ resulting in uncertainty and
inaccuracies (AHAM, No. 31 at p. 11) In
this direct final rule, as well as in the
March 2023 NOPR, DOE did not tie the
energy consumption of MREFs to RECS
survey data. 87 FR 35678. No household
or demographic information from RECS
was used in the energy use analysis for
MREFs. Instead, as mentioned above,
DOE used the TraQline wine chiller
data to develop a sample of households
representing MREF purchasers and
derived the energy consumption of
MREFs as measured by the DOE MREF
test procedure. DOE further notes that
AHAM is a party to the Joint Agreement
and is supportive of the recommended
standards adopted in this direct final
rule.
Chapter 7 of the direct final rule TSD
provides details on DOE’s energy use
analysis for MREFs.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:31 May 06, 2024
Jkt 262001
F. Life-Cycle Cost and Payback Period
Analysis
DOE conducted LCC and PBP
analyses to evaluate the economic
impacts on individual consumers of
potential energy conservation standards
for MREFs. The effect of new or
amended energy conservation standards
on individual consumers usually
involves a reduction in operating cost
and an increase in purchase cost. DOE
used the following two metrics to
measure consumer impacts:
b The LCC is the total consumer
expense of an appliance or product over
the life of that product, consisting of
total installed cost (manufacturer selling
price, distribution chain markups, sales
tax, and installation costs) plus
operating costs (expenses for energy use,
maintenance, and repair). To compute
the operating costs, DOE discounts
future operating costs to the time of
purchase and sums them over the
lifetime of the product.
b The PBP is the estimated amount
of time (in years) it takes consumers to
recover the increased purchase cost
(including installation) of a moreefficient product through lower
operating costs. DOE calculates the PBP
by dividing the change in purchase cost
at higher efficiency levels by the change
in annual operating cost for the year that
amended or new standards are assumed
to take effect.
For any given efficiency level, DOE
measures the change in LCC relative to
the LCC in the no-new-standards case,
which reflects the estimated efficiency
distribution of MREFs in the absence of
new or amended energy conservation
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
standards. In contrast, the PBP for a
given efficiency level is measured
relative to the baseline product.
For this direct final rule, DOE
considered comments it had received
regarding the LCC analysis conducted
for the March 2023 NOPR. The LCC
approach used for this direct final rule
is largely the same as the approach DOE
had used for the March 2023 NOPR
analysis.
During the May 2, 2023, public
meeting, Edison Electric Institute
(‘‘EEI’’) questioned the costeffectiveness of the proposed TSL (TSL
4), due to the high percentage of
consumers experiencing a net LCC cost
and the simple payback period results
ranging from 6.8 to 8 years, and urged
DOE to consider selecting another TSL
that may be more cost-effective for
consumers. (May 2, 2023, Public
Meeting Transcript, No. 33 at pp. 5–6).
In response, DOE notes that when
deciding whether a proposed standard
is economically justified, DOE
determines whether the benefits of the
standard exceed its burdens by
considering the seven statutory factors
discussed in section II.A of this
document. DOE considered the seven
statutory factors when evaluating the
Recommended TSL in the Joint
Agreement. As discussed in section
V.C.1 of this document, overall, the LCC
savings would be positive for all MREF
product classes, and, while 43.7 percent
of MREF consumers would experience a
net cost, slightly more than half of
MREF consumers would experience a
net benefit (52.9 percent). DOE provides
a detailed comparative discussion and
rigorous justification on the adopted
E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM
07MYR8
ER07MY24.016
81.3
18.7
Cooler-F and Cooler-BI
15.3
100.0
C-3A
21
100.0
C-9
20
100.0
C-13A
5
100.0
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8
3.1
5.1
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
TSL (the Recommended TSL) in section
V.C.1 of this document.
For each considered efficiency level
in each product class, DOE calculated
the LCC and PBP for a nationally
representative set of MREF purchasers.
As stated previously, DOE developed
purchaser samples based on TraQline
wine chiller survey data. The survey
panel is weighted against the U.S.
Census based on their demographic
characteristics to make the sample
representative of the U.S. population.
The wine chiller survey asked
respondents about the product features
of the wine chillers they recently
purchased, as well as the purchasing
channel of the products. To account for
the more recent MREF consumers, DOE
used the last 2 years of survey data
(2020 Q1 to 2022 Q1) to construct the
household sample used in this direct
final rule.
For each sample purchaser, DOE
determined the energy consumption for
the MREFs and the appropriate energy
price. By developing a representative
sample of purchasers, the analysis
captured the variability in energy
consumption and energy prices
associated with the use of MREFs.
Inputs to the calculation of total
installed cost include the cost of the
product—which includes MPCs,
manufacturer markups, retailer and
distributor markups, and sales taxes—
and installation costs. Inputs to the
calculation of operating expenses
include annual energy consumption,
energy prices and price projections,
repair and maintenance costs, product
lifetimes, and discount rates. DOE
created distributions of values for
product lifetime, discount rates, and
sales taxes, with probabilities attached
to each value, to account for their
uncertainty and variability.
The computer model DOE uses to
calculate the LCC relies on a Monte
Carlo simulation to incorporate
uncertainty and variability into the
analysis. The Monte Carlo simulations
randomly sample input values from the
probability distributions and MREF user
samples. The model calculated the LCC
for products at each efficiency level for
10,000 MREF purchasers per simulation
run. The analytical results include a
distribution of 10,000 data points
showing the range of LCC savings for a
given efficiency level relative to the nonew-standards case efficiency
distribution. In performing an iteration
of the Monte Carlo simulation for a
given consumer, product efficiency is
chosen based on its probability. If the
chosen product efficiency is greater than
or equal to the efficiency of the standard
38789
level under consideration, the LCC
calculation reveals that a consumer is
not impacted by the standard level. By
accounting for consumers who already
purchase more-efficient products, DOE
avoids overstating the potential benefits
from increasing product efficiency.
DOE calculated the LCC for
consumers of MREFs as if each were to
purchase a new product in the first year
of required compliance with amended
standards. As discussed earlier in this
document, the compliance date of
amended standards is January 31, 2029,
for TSL 4 (the Recommended TSL
detailed in the Joint Agreement). For all
other TSLs considered in this direct
final rule, standards apply to MREFs
manufactured 5 years after the date on
which any amended standard is
published. (42 U.S.C. 6295(l)(2))
Therefore, DOE used 2029 as the first
year of compliance with any amended
standards for MREFs for all TSLs.
Table IV.9 summarizes the approach
and data DOE used to derive inputs to
the LCC and PBP calculations. The
subsections that follow provide further
discussion. Details of the spreadsheet
model, and of all the inputs to the LCC
and PBP analyses, are contained in
chapter 8 of the direct final rule TSD
and its appendices.
Table IV.9 Summar JO fl nputs an d Meth 0 ds fior the LCC an dPBPAna1ys1s
I •*
Inputs
Product Cost
Installation Costs
Annual Energy Use
Energy Prices
Enern:v Price Trends
Repair and
Maintenance Costs
Product Lifetime
Discount Rates
Assumed no change with efficiency level. Not considered in the analysis.
Sample wei2:hted average: 12.6 years
Approach involves identifying all possible debt or asset classes that might be
used to purchase the considered appliances or might be affected indirectly.
Primary data source was the Federal Reserve Board's Survey of Consumer
Finances.
2029
* Not used for PBP calculation. References for the data sources mentioned in this table are provided in the sections
following the table or in chapter 8 of the direct final rule TSD.
In response to the March 2023 NOPR,
AHAM commented that should be
conducting a purchase decision analysis
in its LCC model to reflect the actual
conditions and expectations of the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:31 May 06, 2024
Jkt 262001
purchaser rather than relying on an
outcome modeling approach. (AHAM,
No. 31 at pp. 8–9) In the current setup
of LCC analysis, DOE is not explicitly
modeling the purchase decision made
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
by purchasers when the standard
becomes effective. DOE’s analysis is
intended to model the range of
individual outcomes likely to result
from a hypothetical amended energy
E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM
07MYR8
ER07MY24.017
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8
Compliance Date
Source/Method
Derived by multiplying MPCs by manufacturer and retailer markups and sales
tax, as appropriate. Used historical data to derive a price scaling index to project
product costs.
Assumed no change with efficiency level. Not considered in the analysis.
Derived from engineering inputs (see chapter 5 of the direct final rule TSD).
Variabilitv: Based on the product class and rep unit volume, where applicable.
Electricity: Based on 2022 average and marginal electricity price data from the
Edison Electric Institute.
Variability: Electricity prices varv by region.
Based on AE02023 price projections.
38790
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
conservation standard at various levels
of efficiency. DOE does not discount the
consumer decision theory established in
the broad behavioral economics field
but rather notes that its methodological
decision was made after considering the
existence of various systematic market
failures and their implication in rational
versus actual purchase behavior.
Furthermore, the outcome of the LCC is
not considered in isolation, but in the
context of the broader set of analyses,
including the NIA. Moreover, the type
of data required to facilitate a robust
consumer choice modeling of a specific
household appliance at the individual
household level is currently lacking and
AHAM did not provide much data. DOE
further notes that AHAM is a party to
the Joint Agreement and is supportive of
the recommended standard adopted in
this direct final rule.
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8
1. Product Cost
To calculate consumer product costs,
DOE multiplied the MPCs developed in
the engineering analysis by the markups
described previously (along with sales
taxes). DOE used different markups for
baseline products and higher-efficiency
products, because DOE applies an
incremental markup to the increase in
MSP associated with higher-efficiency
products.
Economic literature and historical
data suggest that the real costs of many
products may trend downward over
time according to ‘‘learning’’ or
‘‘experience’’ curves. Experience curve
analysis implicitly includes factors such
as efficiencies in labor, capital
investment, automation, materials
prices, distribution, and economies of
scale at an industry-wide level.36 In the
experience curve method, the real cost
of production is related to the
cumulative production or ‘‘experience’’
with a manufactured product. As
MREFs use similar technologies to RF,
DOE applied the same experience curve
developed for RF to MREFs. DOE used
inflation-adjusted historical Producer
Price Index (‘‘PPI’’) data for ‘‘household
refrigerator and home freezer
manufacturing’’ from the Bureau of
Labor Statistics’ (‘‘BLS’’) spanning the
time period between 1981 and 2022,37
along with the cumulative production of
RF to derive the experience curve. The
estimated learning rate (defined as the
36 Taylor, M. and Fujita, K.S. Accounting for
Technological Change in Regulatory Impact
Analyses: The Learning Curve Technique. LBNL–
6195E. Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory,
Berkeley, CA. April 2013. Available at
escholarship.org/uc/item/3c8709p4#page-1.
37 Household refrigerator and home freezer
manufacturing PPI series ID: PCU3352203352202.
Available at www.bls.gov/ppi/.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:31 May 06, 2024
Jkt 262001
fractional reduction in price expected
from each doubling of cumulative
production) is 39.4 ± 1.9 percent.
DOE included variable-speed
compressors as a technology option for
higher efficiency levels. To develop
future prices specific for that
technology, DOE applied a different
price trend to the controls portion of the
variable-speed compressor, which
represents part of the price increment
when moving from an efficiency level
achieved with the highest efficiency
single-speed compressor to an efficiency
level with variable-speed compressor.
DOE used PPI data on ‘‘semiconductors
and related device manufacturing’’
between 1967 and 2022 to estimate the
historic price trend of electronic
components in the control.38 The
regression, performed as an exponential
trend line fit, results in an R-square of
0.99, with an annual price decline rate
of 6.3 percent. See chapter 8 of the TSD
for further details on this topic.
In response to the March 2023 NOPR,
AHAM commented that there is no
theoretical underpinning for the
implementation of an experience or
learning curve and the functional form
it should take. In addition, AHAM
stated that the data that DOE used
merely represents an empirical
relationship, and a clear connection
between the actual products in question
and the data used needs to be made.
AHAM noted that there is little reason
to support the concept that price
learning through manufacturing
efficiencies should extend beyond the
labor and materials in the product itself,
and that such a relationship should not
hold for other cost components.
(AHAM, No. 31 at p. 10)
DOE notes that there is considerable
empirical evidence of consistent price
declines for appliances in the past few
decades. Several studies examined retail
prices of a wide range of household
appliances during different periods of
time and showed that prices had been
steadily falling while efficiency had
been increasing, for example Dale, et al.
(2009) 39 and Taylor, et al. (2015).40 As
38 Semiconductors and related device
manufacturing PPI series ID: PCU334413334413.
Available at www.bls.gov/ppi/.
39 Dale, L., C. Antinori, M. McNeil, James E.
McMahon, and K.S. Fujita. Retrospective evaluation
of appliance price trends. Energy Policy. 2009. 37
pp. 597–605.
40 Taylor, M., C.A. Spurlock, and H.-C. Yang.
Confronting Regulatory Cost and Quality
Expectations. An Exploration of Technical Change
in Minimum Efficiency Performance Standards.
2015. Lawrence Berkeley National Lab. (LBNL),
Berkeley, CA (United States). Report No. LBNL–
1000576. (last accessed June 30, 2023.) Available at
www.osti.gov/biblio/1235570/ (last accessed June
30, 2023).
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
mentioned in Taylor and Fujita (2013),41
Federal agencies have adopted different
approaches to account for ‘‘the changing
future compliance costs that might
result from technological innovation or
anticipated behavioral changes.’’ Given
the limited data availability on
historical manufacturing costs broken
by different components, DOE utilized
the PPI published by the BLS as a proxy
for manufacturing costs to represent the
analyzed product as a whole.42 While
products may experience varying
degrees of price learning during
different product stages, given that
MREFs share similar cooling
technologies with RF, DOE applied the
same learning rate developed for RF to
MREFs. DOE modeled the average
learning rate based on the full historical
PPI series for ‘‘household refrigerator
and home freezer manufacturing’’ to
capture the overall price evolution in
relation to the cumulative shipments.
DOE also conducted sensitivity analyses
that are based on a particular segment
of the PPI data to investigate the impact
of alternative product price projections
(low price learning and high price
learning) in the NIA of this direct final
rule. DOE further notes that AHAM is a
party to the Joint Agreement and is
supportive of the recommended
standard adopted in this direct final
rule.
2. Installation Cost
Installation cost includes labor,
overhead, and any miscellaneous
materials and parts needed to install the
product. DOE is not aware of any data
that suggest the cost of installation
changes as a function of efficiency for
MREFs. DOE therefore assumed that
installation costs are the same regardless
of EL and do not impact the LCC or PBP.
As a result, DOE did not include
installation costs in the LCC and PBP
analysis.
3. Annual Energy Consumption
For each sampled consumer, DOE
determined the energy consumption for
MREFs at different efficiency levels
using the approach described previously
in section IV.E of this document.
41 Taylor, M. and K.S. Fujita. Accounting for
Technological Change in Regulatory Impact
Analyses: The Learning Curve Technique. 2013.
Lawrence Berkeley National Lab (LBNL), Berkeley,
CA (United States). Report No. LBNL–6195E.
Available at https://escholarship.org/uc/item/
3c8709p4 (last accessed March 24, 2024).
42 PPI is a proxy for manufacturing costs as
certain effects (such as market structure and
competitive effects) could influence PPI in a way
that would not be reflected in manufacturing costs.
E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM
07MYR8
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
4. Energy Prices
Because marginal electricity price
more accurately captures the
incremental savings associated with a
change in energy use from higher
efficiency, it provides a better
representation of incremental change in
consumer costs than average electricity
prices. Therefore, DOE applied average
electricity prices for the energy use of
the product purchased in the no-newstandards case, and marginal electricity
prices for the incremental change in
energy use associated with the other
efficiency levels considered.
DOE derived electricity prices in 2022
using data from EEI Typical Bills and
Average Rates reports. Based upon
comprehensive, industry-wide surveys,
this semi-annual report presents typical
monthly electric bills and average
kilowatt-hour costs to the customer as
charged by investor-owned utilities. For
the residential sector, DOE calculated
electricity prices using the methodology
described in Coughlin and Beraki
(2018).43
DOE’s methodology allows electricity
prices to vary by sector, region, and
season. In the analysis, variability in
electricity prices is chosen to be
consistent with the way the consumer
economic and energy use characteristics
are defined in the LCC analysis. See
chapter 8 of the direct final rule TSD for
details.
To estimate energy prices in future
years, DOE multiplied the 2022 energy
prices by the projection of annual
average price changes from the
Reference case in AEO2023, which has
an end year of 2050.44 To estimate price
trends after 2050, the 2046–2050
average was used for all years.
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8
5. Maintenance and Repair Costs
Repair costs are associated with
repairing or replacing product
components that have failed in an
appliance; maintenance costs are
associated with maintaining the
operation of the product. Typically,
small incremental increases in product
efficiency entail no, or only minor,
changes in repair and maintenance costs
compared to baseline efficiency
products. DOE is not aware of any data
that suggest the cost of repair or
maintenance for MREFs changes as a
function of efficiency. DOE therefore
43 Coughlin, K. and B. Beraki.2018. Residential
Electricity Prices: A Review of Data Sources and
Estimation Methods. Lawrence Berkeley National
Lab. Berkeley, CA. Report No. LBNL–2001169.
Available at https://ees.lbl.gov/publications/
residential-electricity-prices-review.
44 EIA. Annual Energy Outlook 2023. Available at
www.eia.gov/outlooks/aeo/ (last accessed November
29, 2023).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:31 May 06, 2024
Jkt 262001
assumed that these costs are the same
regardless of EL and do not impact the
LCC or PBP. As a result, DOE did not
include maintenance and repair costs in
the LCC and PBP analysis.
6. Product Lifetime
For MREFs, DOE used lifetime
estimates from products that operate
using the same refrigeration technology:
covered refrigerators and refrigeratorfreezers, based on the Refrigerators,
Refrigerator-Freezers, and Freezers
direct final rule analysis. 89 FR 3026
(January 17, 2024). DOE estimated a
maximum lifetime of 40 years for all
product classes and an average lifetime
of 10.6 years for compact coolers and
14.6 years for full-size coolers. The
weighted average lifetime over the
sample population, considering the
market distribution, was 12.6 years.
DOE also assumed that the probability
function for the annual survival of
MREFs would take the form of a
Weibull distribution. See chapter 8 of
the direct final rule TSD for a more
detailed discussion.
7. Discount Rates
In the calculation of LCC, DOE
applies discount rates appropriate to
households to estimate the present
value of future operating cost savings.
DOE estimated a distribution of
discount rates for MREFs based on
consumer financing costs and the
opportunity cost of consumer funds.
DOE applies weighted average
discount rates calculated from consumer
debt and asset data, rather than marginal
or implicit discount rates.45 The LCC
analysis estimates net present value
over the lifetime of the product, so the
appropriate discount rate will reflect the
general opportunity cost of household
funds, taking this time scale into
account. Given the long-time horizon
modeled in the LCC, the application of
a marginal interest rate associated with
an initial source of funds is inaccurate.
Regardless of the method of purchase,
consumers are expected to continue to
rebalance their debt and asset holdings
over the LCC analysis period, based on
the restrictions consumers face in their
45 The implicit discount rate is inferred from a
consumer purchase decision between two otherwise
identical goods with different first cost and
operating cost. It is the interest rate that equates the
increment of first cost to the difference in net
present value of lifetime operating cost,
incorporating the influence of several factors:
transaction costs; risk premiums and response to
uncertainty; time preferences; interest rates at
which a consumer is able to borrow or lend. The
implicit discount rate is not appropriate for the LCC
analysis because it reflects a range of factors that
influence consumer purchase decisions, rather than
the opportunity cost of the funds that are used in
purchases.
PO 00000
Frm 00031
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
38791
debt payment requirements and the
relative size of the interest rates
available on debts and assets. DOE
estimates the aggregate impact of this
rebalancing using the historical
distribution of debts and assets.
To establish residential discount rates
for the LCC analysis, DOE identified all
relevant household debt or asset classes
in order to approximate a consumer’s
opportunity cost of funds related to
appliance energy cost savings. It
estimated the average percentage shares
of the various types of debt and equity
by household income group using data
from the Federal Reserve Board’s
triennial Survey of Consumer
Finances 46 (‘‘SCF’’) starting in 1995 and
ending in 2019. Using the SCF and other
sources, DOE developed a distribution
of rates for each type of debt and asset
by income group to represent the rates
that may apply in the year in which
amended standards would take effect.
DOE assigned each sample household a
specific discount rate drawn from one of
the distributions. The average rate
across all types of household debt and
equity and income groups, weighted by
the shares of each type, is 4.2 percent.
See chapter 8 of the direct final rule
TSD for further details on the
development of consumer discount
rates.
8. Energy Efficiency Distribution in the
No-New-Standards Case
To accurately estimate the share of
consumers that would be affected by a
potential energy conservation standard
at a particular efficiency level, DOE’s
LCC analysis considered the projected
distribution (market shares) of product
efficiencies under the no-new-standards
case (i.e., the case without amended or
new energy conservation standards).
For this direct final rule, DOE is using
the efficiency distribution by product
class as provided by AHAM in response
to a notice of public meeting and
availability of the preliminary technical
support document for MREFS. 87 FR
3229 (Jan. 21, 2022) (See AHAM, No. 18,
pp. 2–5) DOE understands that this
approach inherently assumes that the
rest of the MREF market has a similar
distribution of efficiencies. However,
due to lack of efficiency data from nonAHAM members, DOE has no reason to
question that assumption. DOE also
assumed that the current distribution of
product efficiencies would remain
constant in 2029, and during the
46 U.S. Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve
System. Survey of Consumer Finances. 1995, 1998,
2001, 2004, 2007, 2010, 2013, 2016, and 2019.
Available at https://www.federalreserve.gov/
econresdata/scf/scfindex.htm (last accessed
November 29, 2023).
E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM
07MYR8
38792
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
analysis period, in the no-newstandards case.
The estimated market shares for the
no-new-standards case for MREFs are
shown in Table IV.10. See chapter 8 of
the direct final rule TSD for further
information on the derivation of the
efficiency distributions.
Table IV.10 Efficiency Distributions for the No-New-Standards Case in the
Compliance Year
Product Class
Cooler-Fe
Cooler-BIC
Cooler-F
Cooler-BI
C-13A
C-3A
Total
Adjusted
Volume
(cu. ft.)
3.1
5.1
3.1
5.1
15.3
15.3
5
21
2029 Market Share (%)
ELO
EL 1
EL2
EL3
EL4
ELS
Total*
79
18
3
0
0
0
100
18
6
1
1
0
74
100
42
72
99
100
58
8
1
0
0
20
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
100
100
100
100
* The total may not sum to 100% due to rounding.
9. Payback Period Analysis
The payback period is the amount of
time (expressed in years) it takes the
consumer to recover the additional
installed cost of more-efficient products,
compared to baseline products, through
energy cost savings. Payback periods
that exceed the life of the product mean
that the increased total installed cost is
not recovered in reduced operating
expenses.
The inputs to the PBP calculation for
each efficiency level are the change in
total installed cost of the product and
the change in the first-year annual
operating expenditures relative to the
baseline. DOE refers to this as a ‘‘simple
PBP’’ because it does not consider
changes over time in operating cost
savings. The PBP calculation uses the
same inputs as the LCC analysis when
deriving first-year operating costs.
As noted previously, EPCA
establishes a rebuttable presumption
that a standard is economically justified
if the Secretary finds that the additional
cost to the consumer of purchasing a
product complying with an energy
conservation standard level will be less
than three times the value of the first
year’s energy savings resulting from the
standard, as calculated under the
applicable test procedure. (42 U.S.C.
6295(o)(2)(B)(iii)) For each considered
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:31 May 06, 2024
Jkt 262001
efficiency level, DOE determined the
value of the first year’s energy savings
by calculating the energy savings in
accordance with the applicable DOE test
procedure, and multiplying those
savings by the average energy price
projection for the year in which
compliance with the amended standards
would be required.
G. Shipments Analysis
DOE uses projections of annual
product shipments to calculate the
national impacts of potential amended
or new energy conservation standards
on energy use, NPV, and future
manufacturer cash flows.47 The
shipments model takes an accounting
approach, tracking market shares of
each product class and the vintage of
units in the stock. Stock accounting uses
product shipments as inputs to estimate
the age distribution of in-service
product stocks for all years. The age
distribution of in-service product stocks
is a key input to calculations of both the
NES and NPV, because operating costs
for any year depend on the age
distribution of the stock.
DOE defined two broad MREF
product categories (coolers and
combination cooler refrigeration
products) and developed models to
estimate shipments for each category.
DOE used various data and assumptions
to develop the shipments for each
product class considered in this
rulemaking.
47 DOE uses data on manufacturer shipments as
a proxy for national sales, as aggregate data on sales
are lacking. In general, one would expect a close
correspondence between shipments and sales.
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Given the limited available data
sources on historical shipments of
coolers, DOE assumed a constant
penetration rate of 13.3 percent in the
U.S. households throughout the analysis
period based on online surveys 48 to
estimate the annual shipments starting
from 2016.49 50 DOE multiplied the
estimated penetration by the total
number of households from the
AEO2023, and then determined the
number of new shipments by dividing
the total stock by the mean product
lifetime. DOE projected the annual
shipments by incorporating the lifetime
distributions by product class and
assuming that the growth of new sales
is consistent with the housing
48 DOE also reviewed the recent release of the EIA
2020 RECS (‘‘RECS 2020’’), which identified wine
chillers in representative U.S. households. DOE
found that the penetration rate of wine chillers in
RECS 2020 is significantly lower compared to that
estimated by DOE for MREFs based on previous
market surveys. Due to the uncertainty on the
breakdown of MREFs between wine chillers and
other miscellaneous refrigeration applications in
the U.S. market, DOE continued to use the 13.3
percent penetration rate for MREFs in this direct
final rule. However, DOE also modeled an
alternative shipments scenario based on the lower
penetration rate of MREFs in American homes
derived from the RECS 2020 data. For more details
on this alternative scenario and the resulting NES
and NPV results, see chapter 9 and appendix 10C
of the direct final rule TSD, respectively.
49 Greenblatt, J.B., S.J. Young, H.-C. Yang, T.
Long, B. Beraki, S.K. Price, S. Pratt, H. Willem, L.B. Desroches, and S.M. Donovan. U.S. Residential
Miscellaneous Refrigeration Products: Results from
Amazon Mechanical Turk Surveys. 2014. Lawrence
Berkeley National Laboratory: Berkeley, CA. Report
No. LBNL–6537E.
50 Donovan, S.M., S.J. Young, and J.B. Greenblatt.
Ice-Making in the U.S.: Results from an Amazon
Mechanical Turk Survey. Lawrence Berkeley
National Laboratory. Report No. LBNL–183899.
E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM
07MYR8
ER07MY24.018
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8
The LCC Monte Carlo simulations
draw from the efficiency distributions
and randomly assign an efficiency to the
MREF purchased by each sample
household in the no-new-standards
case. The resulting percent shares
within the sample match the market
shares in the efficiency distributions.
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
projections from AEO2023. To estimate
shipments prior to 2016, DOE assumed
a flat historical shipment trend at the
2016 level. With even more limited
available data sources on historical
shipments of combination cooler
refrigeration products, DOE estimated
total shipments of combination cooler
refrigeration products in 2014 to be
36,000 units, based on feedback from
manufacturers from the October 2016
Direct Final Rule. DOE assumed sales
would increase in line with the increase
in the number of households in
AEO2023. Finally, DOE incorporated
the 2021 shipment data provided by
AHAM (see AHAM, No. 18 at pp. 3, 5) 51
to re-calibrate total shipments for each
product class considered in this
rulemaking.
DOE used the efficiency distributions
by product class to match the data
submitted by AHAM. DOE also assumed
that the market share of each product
class (in relation to the total MREF
shipments) matched the market shares
provided by AHAM. To estimate total
MREF shipments, DOE utilized the
AHAM shipments data and AHAMmember information and reviewed the
TraQline data from 2020 Q1 to 2022 Q1
to estimate non-AHAM-member
shipments.52 Based on this approach,
DOE’s estimate of the MREF shipments
for the whole market was consistent
with the total number of shipments
estimated using DOE’s approach
discussed earlier and used in the March
2023 NOPR. Hence, DOE continued
using the same approach to develop the
total MREF shipments in this direct
final rule but incorporated the product
class breakdown provided by AHAM to
re-distribute the total shipments by
product class.
H. National Impact Analysis
The NIA assesses the NES and the
NPV from a national perspective of total
consumer costs and savings that would
be expected to result from new or
amended standards at specific efficiency
levels.53 (‘‘Consumer’’ in this context
refers to consumers of the product being
regulated.) DOE calculates the NES and
NPV for the potential standard levels
considered based on projections of
annual product shipments, along with
the annual energy consumption and
total installed cost data from the energy
use and LCC analyses. For the present
analysis, DOE projected the energy
savings, operating cost savings, product
costs, and NPV of consumer benefits
over the lifetime of MREFs sold from
2029 through 2058.
38793
DOE evaluates the impacts of new or
amended standards by comparing a case
without such standards with standardscase projections. The no-new-standards
case characterizes energy use and
consumer costs for each product class in
the absence of new or amended energy
conservation standards. DOE compares
the no-new-standards case with
projections characterizing the market for
each product class if DOE adopted new
or amended standards at specific energy
efficiency levels (i.e., the TSLs or
standards cases) for that class. For the
standards cases, DOE considers how a
given standard would likely affect the
market shares of products with
efficiencies greater than the standard.
DOE uses a spreadsheet model to
calculate the energy savings and the
national consumer costs and savings
from each TSL. Interested parties can
review DOE’s analyses by changing
various input quantities within the
spreadsheet. The NIA spreadsheet
model uses typical values (as opposed
to probability distributions) as inputs.
Table IV.11 summarizes the inputs
and methods DOE used for the NIA
analysis for this direct final rule.
Discussion of these inputs and methods
follows the table. See chapter 10 of the
direct final rule TSD for further details.
Table IV.11 Summary of Inputs and Methods for the National Impact Analysis
Inputs
Shipments
Compliance Date of Standard
Efficiency Trends
Annual Energy Consumption per Unit
Total Installed Cost per Unit
Annual Energy Cost per Unit
Repair and Maintenance Cost per Unit
Energy Site-to-Primary and FFC
Conversion
Discount Rate
Present Year
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8
1. Product Efficiency Trends
A key component of the NIA is the
trend in energy efficiency projected for
the no-new-standards case and each of
the standards cases. Section IV.F.8 of
51 This shipments information was provided by
AHAM in a confidential document. The reference
points to the public version of this document,
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:31 May 06, 2024
Jkt 262001
A time-series conversion factor based on AEO2023.
Three and seven percent.
2024
this document describes how DOE
developed an energy efficiency
distribution for the no-new-standards
case (which yields a shipment-weighted
average efficiency) for each of the
considered product classes for the year
of anticipated compliance with an
amended standard.
For the standards cases, DOE used a
‘‘roll-up’’ scenario to establish the
where confidential business information is
redacted.
52 DOE also collected and reviewed manufacturer
interview data but was unable to collect a
representative sample that would allow it to
estimate non-AHAM-member shipments data.
53 The NIA accounts for impacts in the United
States and U.S. territories.
PO 00000
Frm 00033
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM
07MYR8
ER07MY24.019
Energy Price Trends
Method
Annual shipments from shipments model.
2029
No trend assumed.
Calculated for each efficiency level based on inputs from
energy use analysis.
Calculated for each efficiency level based on inputs from
energy use analysis.
Calculated for each efficiency level using the energy use per
unit, and electricity prices and trends.
Annual values do not change with efficiency level.
AEO2023 projections (to 2050) and fixed at 2050 prices
thereafter.
38794
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8
shipment-weighted efficiency for the
year that standards are assumed to
become effective (2029). In this
scenario, the market shares of products
in the no-new-standards case that do not
meet the standard under consideration
would ‘‘roll up’’ to meet the new
standard level, and the market share of
products above the standard would
remain unchanged.
In the absence of data on trends in
efficiency, DOE assumed no efficiency
trend over the analysis period for both
the no-new-standards and standards
cases. For a given case, market shares by
efficiency level were held fixed to their
2029 distribution.
2. National Energy Savings
The NES analysis involves a
comparison of national energy
consumption of the considered products
between each potential standards case
(‘‘TSL’’) and the case with no new or
amended energy conservation
standards. DOE calculated the national
energy consumption by multiplying the
number of units (stock) of each product
(by vintage or age) by the unit energy
consumption (also by vintage). DOE
calculated annual NES based on the
difference in national energy
consumption for the no-new-standards
case and for each higher efficiency
standard case. DOE estimated energy
consumption and savings based on site
energy and converted the electricity
consumption and savings to primary
energy (i.e., the energy consumed by
power plants to generate site electricity)
using annual conversion factors derived
from AEO2023. Cumulative energy
savings are the sum of the NES for each
year over the timeframe of the analysis.
Use of higher-efficiency products is
sometimes associated with a direct
rebound effect, which refers to an
increase in utilization of the product
due to the increase in efficiency. DOE
did not find any data on the rebound
effect specific to MREFs that would
indicate that consumers would alter
their utilization of their product due to
an increase in efficiency. MREFs are
typically plugged in and operate
continuously; therefore, DOE assumed a
rebound rate of 0. DOE did not receive
any comments regarding this
assumption in response to the March
2023 NOPR.
In 2011, in response to the
recommendations of a committee on
‘‘Point-of-Use and Full-Fuel-Cycle
Measurement Approaches to Energy
Efficiency Standards’’ appointed by the
National Academy of Sciences, DOE
announced its intention to use FFC
measures of energy use and greenhouse
gas and other emissions in the national
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:31 May 06, 2024
Jkt 262001
impact analyses and emissions analyses
included in future energy conservation
standards rulemakings. 76 FR 51281
(Aug. 18, 2011). After evaluating the
approaches discussed in the August 18,
2011 notice, DOE published a statement
of amended policy in which DOE
explained its determination that EIA’s
National Energy Modeling System
(‘‘NEMS’’) is the most appropriate tool
for its FFC analysis and its intention to
use NEMS for that purpose. 77 FR 49701
(Aug. 17, 2012). NEMS is a public
domain, multi-sector, partial
equilibrium model of the U.S. energy
sector 54 that EIA uses to prepare its
Annual Energy Outlook. The FFC factors
incorporate losses in production and
delivery in the case of natural gas
(including fugitive emissions) and
additional energy used to produce and
deliver the various fuels used by power
plants. The approach used for deriving
FFC measures of energy use and
emissions is described in appendix 10B
of the direct final rule TSD.
3. Net Present Value Analysis
The inputs for determining the NPV
of the total costs and benefits
experienced by consumers are (1) total
annual installed cost, (2) total annual
operating costs (energy costs and repair
and maintenance costs), and (3) a
discount factor to calculate the present
value of costs and savings. DOE
calculates net savings each year as the
difference between the no-newstandards case and each standards case
in terms of total savings in operating
costs versus total increases in installed
costs. DOE calculates operating cost
savings over the lifetime of each product
shipped during the projection period.
As discussed in section IV.F.1 of this
document, DOE developed MREF price
trends based on an experience curve
calculated using historical PPI data.
DOE applied the same trends to project
prices for each product class at each
considered efficiency level including
baseline. By 2058, which is the end date
of the projection period, the average
price of single-speed compressor MREFs
is projected to drop 33.2 percent and the
average price of MREFs with a variablespeed compressor is projected to drop
about 33.8 percent relative to 2029.
To evaluate the effect of uncertainty
regarding the price trend estimates, DOE
investigated the impact of different
product price projections on the
consumer NPV for the considered TSLs
54 For more information on NEMS, refer to The
National Energy Modeling System: An Overview
2009, DOE/EIA–0581(2009), October 2009.
Available at www.eia.gov/analysis/pdfpages/
0581(2009)index.php (last accessed November 29,
2023).
PO 00000
Frm 00034
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
for MREFs. In addition to the default
price trend, DOE considered high and
low-price-decline sensitivity cases. For
the single-speed compressor MREFs and
the non-variable- speed controls portion
of MREFs, DOE estimated the highprice- decline and the low- pricedecline scenarios based on household
refrigerator and home freezer PPI data
limited to the period between the period
1981–2008 and 2009–2022, respectively.
For the variable-speed controls portion
of MREFs, DOE estimated the high price
decline and the low- price- decline
scenarios based on an exponential trend
line fit of the semiconductor PPI
between the period 1994–2022 and
1967–1993, respectively. The derivation
of these price trends is described in
Chapter 8 and the results of these
sensitivity cases are given in appendix
10C of the direct final rule TSD.
The energy cost savings are calculated
using the estimated energy savings in
each year and the projected price of the
appropriate form of energy. To estimate
energy prices in future years, DOE
multiplied the average regional energy
prices by the projection of annual
national-average residential energy price
changes in the Reference case from
AEO2023, which has an end year of
2050. To estimate price trends after
2050, the 2046–2050 average was used
for all years. As part of the NIA, DOE
also analyzed scenarios that used inputs
from variants of the AEO2023 Reference
case that have lower and higher
economic growth. Those cases have
lower and higher energy price trends
compared to the Reference case. The
resulting consumer NPV for the loweconomic growth scenario, combined
with the low-price-decline scenario is
up to 24% lower compared to the
Reference case scenario, while the
consumer NPV for the high-economic
growth scenario combined with the
high-price-decline scenario is up to 12%
higher compared to the Reference case.
See appendix 10C of the direct final rule
TSD for more details.
In calculating the NPV, DOE
multiplies the net savings in future
years by a discount factor to determine
their present value. For this direct final
rule, DOE estimated the NPV of
consumer benefits using both a 3percent and a 7-percent real discount
rate. DOE uses these discount rates in
accordance with guidance provided by
the Office of Management and Budget
(‘‘OMB’’) to Federal agencies on the
development of regulatory analysis.55
55 United States Office of Management and
Budget. Circular A–4: Regulatory Analysis.
September 17, 2003. Section E. Available at
https://www.whitehouse.gov/wp-content/uploads/
E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM
07MYR8
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
The discount rates for the determination
of NPV are in contrast to the discount
rates used in the LCC analysis, which
are designed to reflect a consumer’s
perspective. The 7-percent real value is
an estimate of the average before-tax rate
of return to private capital in the U.S.
economy. The 3-percent real value
represents the ‘‘social rate of time
preference,’’ which is the rate at which
society discounts future consumption
flows to their present value.
I. Consumer Subgroup Analysis
In analyzing the potential impact of
new or amended energy conservation
standards on consumers, DOE evaluates
the impact on identifiable subgroups of
consumers that may be
disproportionately affected by a new or
amended national standard. The
purpose of a subgroup analysis is to
determine the extent of any such
disproportional impacts. DOE evaluates
impacts on particular subgroups of
consumers by analyzing the LCC
impacts and PBP for those particular
consumers from alternative standard
levels. For this direct final rule, DOE
analyzed the impacts of the considered
standard levels on senior-only
households. Low-income consumers
were not considered in the subgroup
analysis, as MREFs are not products
generally used by this subgroup. Based
on the TraQline wine chiller data, less
than 4 percent of MREF owners are
below the Federal household income
threshold for poverty. The analysis used
a subset of the TraQline consumer
sample composed of households that
meet the criteria for this subgroup. DOE
used the LCC and PBP computer model
to estimate the impacts of the
considered efficiency levels on senioronly households. Chapter 11 in the
direct final rule TSD describes the
consumer subgroup analysis.
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8
J. Manufacturer Impact Analysis
1. Overview
DOE performed an MIA to estimate
the financial impacts of amended energy
conservation standards on
manufacturers of MREFs and to estimate
the potential impacts of such standards
on employment and manufacturing
capacity. The MIA has both quantitative
and qualitative aspects and includes
analyses of projected industry cash
flows, the INPV, investments in research
and development (‘‘R&D’’) and
manufacturing capital, and domestic
manufacturing employment.
Additionally, the MIA seeks to
determine how amended energy
legacy_drupal_files/omb/circulars/A4/a-4.pdf (last
accessed November 10, 2023).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:31 May 06, 2024
Jkt 262001
conservation standards might affect
manufacturing employment, capacity,
and competition, as well as how
standards contribute to overall
regulatory burden. Finally, the MIA
serves to identify any disproportionate
impacts on manufacturer subgroups,
including small business manufacturers.
The quantitative part of the MIA
primarily relies on the GRIM, an
industry cash flow model with inputs
specific to this rulemaking. The key
GRIM inputs include data on the
industry cost structure, unit production
costs, product shipments, manufacturer
markups, and investments in R&D and
manufacturing capital required to
produce compliant products. The key
GRIM outputs are the INPV, which is
the sum of industry annual cash flows
over the analysis period, discounted
using the industry-weighted average
cost of capital, and the impact on
domestic manufacturing employment.
The model uses standard accounting
principles to estimate the impacts of
more-stringent energy conservation
standards on a given industry by
comparing changes in INPV and
domestic manufacturing employment
between a no-new-standards case and
the various standards cases (i.e.,
‘‘TSLs’’). To capture the uncertainty
relating to manufacturer pricing
strategies following amended standards,
the GRIM estimates a range of possible
impacts under different manufacturer
markup scenarios.
The qualitative part of the MIA
addresses manufacturer characteristics
and market trends. Specifically, the MIA
considers such factors as a potential
standard’s impact on manufacturing
capacity, competition within the
industry, the cumulative impact of other
DOE and non-DOE regulations, and
impacts on manufacturer subgroups.
The complete MIA is outlined in
chapter 12 of the direct final rule TSD.
DOE conducted the MIA for this
rulemaking in three phases. In Phase 1
of the MIA, DOE prepared a profile of
the MREF manufacturing industry based
on the market and technology
assessment and publicly-available
information. This included a top-down
analysis of MREF manufacturers that
DOE used to derive preliminary
financial inputs for the GRIM (e.g.,
revenues; materials, labor, overhead,
and depreciation expenses; selling,
general, and administrative expenses
(‘‘SG&A’’); and R&D expenses). DOE
also used public sources of information
to further calibrate its initial
characterization of the MREF
manufacturing industry, including
corporate annual reports filed by
publicly traded manufacturers in
PO 00000
Frm 00035
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
38795
primarily home appliance
manufacturing and MREFs, the U.S.
Census Bureau’s Annual Survey of
Manufactures (‘‘ASM’’),56 and reports
from D&B Hoovers.57
In Phase 2 of the MIA, DOE prepared
a framework industry cash-flow analysis
to quantify the potential impacts of
amended energy conservation
standards. The GRIM uses several
factors to determine a series of annual
cash flows starting with the
announcement of the standard and
extending over a 30-year period
following the compliance date of the
standard. These factors include annual
expected revenues, costs of sales, SG&A
and R&D expenses, taxes, and capital
expenditures. In general, energy
conservation standards can affect
manufacturer cash flow in three distinct
ways: (1) creating a need for increased
investment, (2) raising production costs
per unit, and (3) altering revenue due to
higher per-unit prices and changes in
sales volumes.
In addition, during Phase 2, DOE
developed interview guides to distribute
to manufacturers of MREFs in order to
develop other key GRIM inputs,
including product and capital
conversion costs, and to gather
additional information on the
anticipated effects of energy
conservation standards on revenues,
direct employment, capital assets,
industry competitiveness, and subgroup
impacts.
In Phase 3 of the MIA, DOE
conducted structured, detailed
interviews with representative
manufacturers. During these interviews,
DOE discussed engineering,
manufacturing, procurement, and
financial topics to validate assumptions
used in the GRIM and to identify key
issues or concerns. As part of Phase 3,
DOE also evaluated subgroups of
manufacturers that may be
disproportionately impacted by
amended standards or that may not be
accurately represented by the average
cost assumptions used to develop the
industry cash flow analysis. Such
manufacturer subgroups may include
small business manufacturers, lowvolume manufacturers, niche players,
and/or manufacturers exhibiting a cost
structure that largely differs from the
industry average. DOE identified one
subgroup for a separate impact analysis:
56 U.S. Census Bureau, Annual Survey of
Manufactures. ‘‘Summary Statistics for Industry
Groups and Industries in the U.S. (2021).’’
Available at www.census.gov/programs-surveys/
asm/data.html (last accessed July 5, 2023).
57 The D&B Hoovers login is available at
app.dnbhoovers.com (last accessed November 29,
2023).
E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM
07MYR8
38796
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
small business manufacturers. The
small business subgroup is discussed in
chapter 12 of the direct final rule TSD.
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8
2. Government Regulatory Impact Model
and Key Inputs
DOE uses the GRIM to quantify the
changes in cash flow due to new or
amended standards that result in a
higher or lower industry value. The
GRIM uses a standard, annual
discounted cash-flow analysis that
incorporates manufacturer costs,
markups, shipments, and industry
financial information as inputs. The
GRIM models changes in costs,
distribution of shipments, investments,
and manufacturer margins that could
result from an amended energy
conservation standard. The GRIM
spreadsheet uses the inputs to arrive at
a series of annual cash flows, beginning
in 2024 (the base year of the analysis)
and continuing to 2058. DOE calculated
INPVs by summing the stream of annual
discounted cash flows during this
period. For manufacturers of MREFs,
DOE used a real discount rate of 7.7
percent, which was derived from
industry financials and then modified
according to feedback received during
manufacturer interviews.
The GRIM calculates cash flows using
standard accounting principles and
compares changes in INPV between the
no-new-standards case and each
standards case. The difference in INPV
between the no-new-standards case and
a standards case represents the financial
impact of the new or amended energy
conservation standard on
manufacturers. As discussed previously,
DOE developed critical GRIM inputs
using a number of sources, including
publicly available data, results of the
engineering analysis, results of the
shipments analysis, and information
gathered from industry stakeholders
during the course of manufacturer
interviews. The GRIM results are
presented in section V.B.2 of this
document. Additional details about the
GRIM, the discount rate, and other
financial parameters can be found in
chapter 12 of the direct final rule TSD.
a. Manufacturer Production Costs
Manufacturing more efficient
products is typically more expensive
than manufacturing baseline products
due to the use of more complex
components, which are typically more
costly than baseline components. The
changes in the MPCs of covered
products can affect the revenues, gross
margins, and cash flow of the industry.
For its analysis in this direct final rule,
DOE used a combined efficiency level
and design option approach. First, an
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:31 May 06, 2024
Jkt 262001
efficiency-level approach was used to
establish an analysis tied to existing
products on the market. A design option
approach was then used to extend the
analysis through ‘‘built-down’’
efficiency levels and ‘‘built-up’’
efficiency levels where there were gaps
in the range of efficiencies of products
that were reverse engineered.
For a complete description of the
MPCs, see section IV.C of this document
and chapter 5 of the direct final rule
TSD.
b. Shipments Projections
The GRIM estimates manufacturer
revenues based on total unit shipment
projections and the distribution of those
shipments by efficiency level. Changes
in sales volumes and efficiency mix
over time can significantly affect
manufacturer finances. For this analysis,
the GRIM uses the NIA’s annual
shipment projections derived from the
shipments analysis from 2024 (the base
year) to 2058 (the end year of the
analysis period). See section IV.G of this
document and chapter 9 of the direct
final rule TSD for additional details.
c. Product and Capital Conversion Costs
New or amended energy conservation
standards could cause manufacturers to
incur conversion costs to bring their
production facilities and product
designs into compliance. DOE evaluated
the level of conversion-related
expenditures that would be needed to
comply with each considered efficiency
level in each product class. For the MIA,
DOE classified these conversion costs
into two major groups: (1) product
conversion costs; and (2) capital
conversion costs. Product conversion
costs are investments in research,
development, testing, marketing, and
other non-capitalized costs necessary to
make product designs comply with new
or amended energy conservation
standards. Capital conversion costs are
investments in property, plant, and
equipment necessary to adapt or change
existing production facilities such that
new compliant product designs can be
fabricated and assembled.
Product Conversion Costs
DOE based its estimates of the
product conversion costs necessary to
meet the varying efficiency levels on
information from manufacturer
interviews, the design paths analyzed in
the engineering analysis, the prior
MREF rulemaking analysis (see 81 FR
75194), and market share and model
count information. Generally,
manufacturers indicated a preference to
meet amended standards with design
options that were direct and relatively
PO 00000
Frm 00036
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
straightforward component swaps.
However, at higher efficiency levels,
manufacturers anticipated the need for
platform redesigns. Efficiency levels
that significantly altered cabinet
construction would require very large
investments to update designs.
Manufacturers noted that increasing
foam thickness would require complete
redesign of the cabinet, liner, and
shelving due to loss of interior volume.
Additionally, extensive use of VIPs
would require redesign of the cabinet to
maximize the benefits of VIPs.
Capital Conversion Costs
DOE relied on information from
manufacturer interviews and the
engineering analysis to evaluate the
level of capital conversion costs would
likely incur at the considered standard
levels. During interviews, manufacturers
provided estimates and descriptions of
the required tooling changes that would
be necessary to upgrade product lines to
meet the various efficiency levels. Based
on these inputs, DOE modeled
incremental capital conversion costs for
efficiency levels that could be reached
with individual components swaps.
However, based on feedback, DOE
modeled higher capital conversion costs
when manufacturers would have to
redesign their existing product
platforms. DOE used information from
manufacturer interviews to determine
the cost of the manufacturing equipment
and tooling necessary to implement
complete redesigns.
Increases in foam thickness require
either reductions to interior volume or
increases to exterior volume. Many
MREFs are sized to fit standard widths,
meaning any increase in foam thickness
would likely result in the loss of interior
volume. Additionally, many MREFs are
sized to maximize storage of specific
products (e.g., canned beverages or wine
bottles) and small changes in wall
thickness could dramatically decrease
the unit storage capacity for those
products. The reduction of interior
volume has significant consequences for
manufacturing. Redesigning the cabinet
to increase the effectiveness of
insulation likely requires manufacturers
to update designs and tooling associated
with the interior of the product. This
could require investing in new tooling
to accommodate changes to the liner,
shelving, drawers, and doors.
To minimize reductions to interior
volume, manufacturers may choose to
adopt VIP technology. Extensive
incorporation of VIPs into designs
requires significant upfront capital due
to differences in the handling, storing,
and manufacturing of VIPs as compared
to typical polyurethane foams. VIPs are
E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM
07MYR8
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8
relatively fragile and must be protected
from punctures and rough handling. If
VIPs have leaks of any size, the panel
will eventually lose much of its thermal
insulative properties and structural
strength. If already installed within a
cabinet wall, a punctured VIP may
significantly reduce the structural
strength of the MREF cabinet. As a
result, VIPs require careful handling and
installation. Manufacturers noted the
need to allocate special warehouse
space to ensure the VIPs are not jostled
or roughly handled in the
manufacturing environment. VIPs
require significantly more warehouse
space than polyurethane foams. The
application of VIPs can be difficult and
may require investment in hard-tooling
or robotic systems to ensure the panels
are positioned properly within the
cabinet or door. Manufacturers noted
that producing cabinets with VIPs are
much more labor and time intensive
than producing cabinets with typical
polyurethane foams and the increase in
labor can affect total production
capacity.
To develop industry conversion cost
estimates, DOE estimated the number of
product platforms in DOE’s CCD 58 and
California Energy Commission’s
Modernized Appliance Efficiency
Database System (‘‘MAEDbS’’) 59 and
scaled up the product and capital
conversion costs associated with the
number of product platforms that would
require updating at each efficiency
level. DOE adjusted the conversion cost
estimates developed in support of the
March 2023 NOPR to 2022$ for this
analysis.
DOE acknowledges that
manufacturers may follow different
design paths to reach the various
efficiency levels analyzed. An
individual manufacturer’s investments
depend on a range of factors, including
the company’s current product offerings
and product platforms, existing
production facilities and infrastructure,
and make vs. buy decisions for
components. DOE’s conversion cost
methodology incorporated feedback
from all manufacturers that took part in
interviews and extrapolated industry
values. While industry average values
may not represent any single
58 U.S. Department of Energy’s Compliance
Certification Database is available at
www.regulations.doe.gov/certification-data/
#q=Product_Group_s%3A* (last accessed August
17, 2023).
59 California Energy Commission’s Modernized
Appliance Efficiency Database System is available
at cacertappliances.energy.ca.gov/Pages/
ApplianceSearch.aspx (last accessed August 17,
2023). DOE used this database to gather product
information not provided in DOE’s CCD (e.g.,
manufacturer names).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:31 May 06, 2024
Jkt 262001
manufacturer, DOE’s model provides
reasonable estimates of industry-level
investments.
In general, DOE assumes all
conversion-related investments occur
between the year of publication of the
direct final rule and the year by which
manufacturers must comply with the
new standard. The conversion cost
figures used in the GRIM can be found
in section V.B.2 of this document. For
additional information on the estimated
product and capital conversion costs,
see chapter 12 of the direct final rule
TSD.
d. Manufacturer Markup Scenarios
MSPs include direct manufacturing
production costs (i.e., labor, materials,
and overhead estimated in DOE’s MPCs)
and all non-production costs (i.e.,
SG&A, R&D, and interest), along with
profit. To calculate the MSPs in the
GRIM, DOE applied manufacturer
markups to the MPCs estimated in the
engineering analysis for each product
class and efficiency level. Modifying
these manufacturer markups in the
standards case yields different sets of
impacts on manufacturers. For the MIA,
DOE modeled two standards case
scenarios to represent uncertainty
regarding the potential impacts on
prices and profitability for
manufacturers following the
implementation of amended energy
conservation standards: (1) a
preservation-of-gross-margin-percentage
scenario; and (2) a preservation-ofoperating-profit scenario. These
scenarios lead to different manufacturer
markup values that, when applied to the
MPCs, result in varying revenue and
cash flow impacts.
Under the preservation-of-grossmargin-percentage scenario, DOE
applied a single uniform ‘‘gross margin
percentage’’ markup across all efficiency
levels, which assumes that
manufacturers would be able to
maintain the same amount of profit as
a percentage of revenues at all efficiency
levels within a product class. As
manufacturer production costs increase
with efficiency, this scenario implies
that the per-unit dollar profit will
increase. DOE assumed a gross margin
percentage of 20 percent for FCC and 28
percent for all other product classes.60
Manufacturers tend to believe it is
optimistic to assume that they would be
able to maintain the same gross margin
percentage as their production costs
increase, particularly for minimally
efficient products. Therefore, this
60 The gross margin percentages of 20 percent and
28 percent are based on manufacturer markups of
1.25 and 1.38 percent, respectively.
PO 00000
Frm 00037
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
38797
scenario represents a high bound of
industry profitability under an amended
energy conservation standard.
In the preservation-of-operating-profit
scenario, as the cost of production goes
up under a standards case,
manufacturers are generally required to
reduce their manufacturer markups to a
level that maintains base-case operating
profit. DOE implemented this scenario
in the GRIM by lowering the
manufacturer markups at each TSL to
yield approximately the same earnings
before interest and taxes in the
standards case as in the no-newstandards case in the year after the
expected compliance date of the
amended standards. The implicit
assumption behind this scenario is that
the industry can only maintain its
operating profit in absolute dollars after
the standard takes effect.
A comparison of industry financial
impacts under the two manufacturer
markup scenarios is presented in
section V.B.2.a of this document.
3. Discussion of MIA Comments
For this direct final rule, DOE
considered comments it had received
regarding its MIA presented in the
March 2023 NOPR. The approach used
for this direct final rule is largely the
same approach DOE had used for the
March 2023 NOPR analysis.
In response to the March 2023 NOPR,
AHAM stated that it cannot comment on
the accuracy of DOE’s approach for
including how manufacturers might or
might not recover potential investments
(i.e., the accuracy of DOE’s
manufacturer markup scenarios) but
that AHAM supports DOE’s intent in the
microwave ovens supplemental notice
of proposed rulemaking (‘‘SNOPR’’)
(‘‘August 2022 SNOPR’’) energy
conservation standards rulemaking to
include those costs and investments in
the actual costs of products and retail
prices. (AHAM, No. 31 at p. 12) AHAM
urged DOE to apply the same
conceptual approach used in the August
2022 SNOPR in the MREF rulemaking
and all future rulemakings (i.e., to
analyze a conversion-cost-recovery
manufacturer markup scenario). (Id.)
As discussed in section IV.J.2.d of this
document, DOE modeled two standardscase manufacturer markup scenarios to
represent the uncertainty regarding the
potential impacts on prices and
profitability for manufacturers following
the implementation of amended energy
conservation standards. For the March
2023 NOPR, DOE applied the
preservation-of-gross-margin-percentage
scenario to reflect an upper bound of
industry profitability and a
preservation-of-operating-profit scenario
E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM
07MYR8
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8
38798
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
to reflect a lower bound of industry
profitability under amended standards.
DOE used these scenarios to reflect the
range of realistic profitability impacts
under more stringent standards.
Manufacturing more efficient MREFs is
generally more expensive than
manufacturing baseline MREFs, as
reflected by the MPCs estimated in the
engineering analysis. Under the
preservation-of-gross-margin scenario
for MREFs, incremental increases in
MPCs at higher efficiency levels result
in an increase in per-unit dollar profit
per unit sold. In interviews,
manufacturers stated the industry relies
on competitive pricing, so they would
likely not increase their manufacturer
markups that would allow them to
recover their full investments. The
preservation-of-gross-margin-scenario
reflects an upper bound of industry
profitability in which manufacturers
would be able to maintain the same
amount of profit as a percentage of
revenues at all efficiency levels within
a product class. Applying the approach
used in the August 2022 SNOPR (i.e., a
conversion-cost-recovery scenario)
would result in the MREF industry
increasing manufacturer markups under
amended standards. Based on
information gathered during
confidential interviews in support of the
March 2023 NOPR, DOE does not expect
that the MREF industry would increase
manufacturer markups under an
amended standard. Furthermore, in
response to the March 2023 NOPR, DOE
did not receive any public or
confidential data indicating that
industry would increase manufacturer
markups in response to more stringent
standards. Therefore, DOE used the
same manufacturer markup scenarios
from the March 2023 NOPR for this
direct final rule analysis.
In response to the March 2023 NOPR,
AHAM commented the cumulative
regulatory burden is significant for
home appliance manufacturers when
needing to redesign products and
product lines for the proposed levels for
MREFs, for consumer clothes dryers,
residential clothes washers, consumer
conventional cooking products,
dishwashers, RF, and the finalized
levels for room air conditioners and
microwave ovens. (Id. at p. 13). AHAM
asserted that engineers will therefore
need to spend all their time redesigning
products to meet more stringent energy
efficiency standards, pulling resources
from other development efforts and
business priorities. AHAM suggested
that DOE could reduce cumulative
regulatory burden by spacing out the
timing of final rules, allowing more lead
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:31 May 06, 2024
Jkt 262001
time by delaying the publication of final
rules in the Federal Register after they
have been issued, and reducing the
stringency of standards such that fewer
products would require redesign. (Id. at
p. 14)
DOE analyzes cumulative regulatory
burden in accordance with section 13(g)
of the Process Rule. DOE details the
rulemakings and expected conversion
expenses of Federal energy conservation
standards that could impact MREF
original equipment manufacturers
(‘‘OEMs’’) that take effect approximately
3 years before and after the 2029
compliance date in section V.B.2.e of
this document. As shown in Table V.23
in section V.B.2.e of this document,
DOE considers the potential cumulative
regulatory burden from other DOE
energy conservation standard
rulemakings for consumer clothes
dryers, residential clothes washers,
consumer conventional cooking
products, dishwashers, RF, room air
conditioners, and microwave ovens in
this direct final rule analysis.
Regarding AHAM’s suggestion about
spacing out the timing of final rules for
home appliance rulemakings, DOE has
statutory requirements under EPCA on
the timing of rulemakings. For
consumer clothes dryers, residential
clothes washers, consumer conventional
cooking products, dishwashers, RF,
room air conditioners, and microwave
ovens, amended standards apply to
covered products manufactured 3 years
after the date on which any new or
amended standards are published. (42
U.S.C. 6295(m)(4)(A)(i)) For MREFs,
amended standards apply 5 years after
the date on which any new or amended
standard is published. (42 U.S.C.
6295(l)(2)) And the multi-product Joint
Agreement, where stakeholders can
recommend different compliance dates
under DOE’s direct final rule authority,
stated ‘‘jointly recommended
compliance dates will achieve the
overall energy and economic benefits of
this agreement while allowing necessary
lead-times for manufacturers to redesign
products and retool manufacturing
plants to meet the recommended
standards across product categories.’’
(Joint Agreement, No. 34 at p. 2) The
staggered compliance dates between the
statutorily-required dates and the dates
recommended in the Joint Agreement
help mitigate manufacturers’ concerns
resource allocation and concurrent
amended standards. See section II.B.4 of
this document for compliance dates of
rulemakings recommended in the Joint
Agreement.
In response to the March 2023 NOPR,
the Appliance Standards Awareness
PO 00000
Frm 00038
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Project (‘‘ASAP’’) et al.61 commented
that DOE may have overestimated the
decrease in INPV, and described some
perceived inconsistencies. ASAP et al.
pointed out that although DOE
estimated a 10 percent reduction in
shipments based on a 10 percent
increase in production cost, ignoring the
efficiency elasticity, the shipments
decline should be no more than 4.5
percent at the compliance year. (ASAP
et al., No. 32 at pp. 1–2) In response to
this comment, DOE re-evaluated its base
assumptions and corrected its
shipments estimates. The reduction in
shipments in the projected compliance
year for the Recommended TSL (i.e.,
TSL 4) is now estimated to be 3.4
percent. For more details, see chapter 9
of the direct final rule TSD.
K. Emissions Analysis
The emissions analysis consists of
two components. The first component
estimates the effect of potential energy
conservation standards on power sector
and site (where applicable) combustion
emissions of CO2, NOX, SO2, and Hg.
The second component estimates the
impacts of potential standards on
emissions of two additional greenhouse
gases, CH4 and N2O, as well as the
reductions in emissions of other gases
due to ‘‘upstream’’ activities in the fuel
production chain. These upstream
activities comprise extraction,
processing, and transporting fuels to the
site of combustion.
The analysis of electric power sector
emissions of CO2, NOX, SO2, and Hg
uses emissions intended to represent the
marginal impacts of the change in
electricity consumption associated with
amended or new standards. The
methodology is based on results
published for the AEO, including a set
of side cases that implement a variety of
efficiency-related policies. The
methodology is described in appendix
13A in the direct final rule TSD. The
analysis presented in this document
uses projections from AEO2023. Power
sector emissions of CH4 and N2O from
fuel combustion are estimated using
Emission Factors for Greenhouse Gas
Inventories published by the EPA.62
FFC upstream emissions, which
include emissions from fuel combustion
during extraction, processing, and
transportation of fuels, and ‘‘fugitive’’
61 ‘‘ASAP et al.’’ refers to a joint comment from
Appliance Standards Awareness Project, American
Council for an Energy-Efficient Economy, National
Consumer Law Center, New York State Energy
Research and Development Authority, and
Northwest Energy Efficiency Alliance.
62 Available at www.epa.gov/sites/production/
files/2021-04/documents/emission-factors_
apr2021.pdf (last accessed November 12, 2023).
E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM
07MYR8
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
emissions (direct leakage to the
atmosphere) of CH4 and CO2, are
estimated based on the methodology
described in chapter 15 of the direct
final rule TSD.
The emissions intensity factors are
expressed in terms of physical units per
MWh or MMBtu of site energy savings.
For power sector emissions, specific
emissions intensity factors are
calculated by sector and end use. Total
emissions reductions are estimated
using the energy savings calculated in
the national impact analysis.
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8
1. Air Quality Regulations Incorporated
in DOE’s Analysis
DOE’s no-new-standards case for the
electric power sector reflects the AEO,
which incorporates the projected
impacts of existing air quality
regulations on emissions. AEO2023
reflects, to the extent possible, laws and
regulations adopted through midNovember 2022, including the
emissions control programs discussed in
the following paragraphs, and the
Inflation Reduction Act.63 SO2
emissions from affected electric
generating units (‘‘EGUs’’) are subject to
nationwide and regional emissions capand-trade programs. Title IV of the
Clean Air Act sets an annual emissions
cap on SO2 for affected EGUs in the 48
contiguous States and the District of
Columbia (‘‘DC’’). (42 U.S.C. 7651 et
seq.) SO2 emissions from numerous
States in the eastern half of the United
States are also limited under the CrossState Air Pollution Rule (‘‘CSAPR’’). 76
FR 48208 (Aug. 8, 2011). CSAPR
requires these States to reduce certain
emissions, including annual SO2
emissions, and went into effect as of
January 1, 2015.64 The AEO
incorporates implementation of CSAPR,
including the update to the CSAPR
ozone season program emission budgets
63 For further information, see the Assumptions to
AEO2023 report that sets forth the major
assumptions used to generate the projections in the
Annual Energy Outlook. Available at www.eia.gov/
outlooks/aeo/assumptions/ (last accessed Nov. 22,
2023).
64 CSAPR requires states to address annual
emissions of SO2 and NOX, precursors to the
formation of fine particulate matter (‘‘PM2.5’’)
pollution, in order to address the interstate
transport of pollution with respect to the 1997 and
2006 PM2.5 National Ambient Air Quality Standards
(‘‘NAAQS’’). CSAPR also requires certain states to
address the ozone season (May-September)
emissions of NOX, a precursor to the formation of
ozone pollution, in order to address the interstate
transport of ozone pollution with respect to the
1997 ozone NAAQS. 76 FR 48208 (Aug. 8, 2011).
EPA subsequently issued a supplemental rule that
included an additional five states in the CSAPR
ozone season program; 76 FR 80760 (Dec. 27, 2011)
(Supplemental Rule), and EPA issued the CSAPR
Update for the 2008 ozone NAAQS. 81 FR 74504
(Oct. 26, 2016).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:31 May 06, 2024
Jkt 262001
and target dates issued in 2016. 81 FR
74504 (Oct. 26, 2016). Compliance with
CSAPR is flexible among EGUs and is
enforced through the use of tradable
emissions allowances. Under existing
EPA regulations, for states subject to
SO2 emissions limits under CSAPR, any
excess SO2 emissions allowances
resulting from the lower electricity
demand caused by the adoption of an
efficiency standard could be used to
permit offsetting increases in SO2
emissions by another regulated EGU.
However, beginning in 2016, SO2
emissions began to fall as a result of the
Mercury and Air Toxics Standards
(‘‘MATS’’) for power plants.65 77 FR
9304 (Feb. 16, 2012). The final rule
establishes power plant emission
standards for mercury, acid gases, and
non-mercury metallic toxic pollutants.
Because of the emissions reductions
under the MATS, it is unlikely that
excess SO2 emissions allowances
resulting from the lower electricity
demand would be needed or used to
permit offsetting increases in SO2
emissions by another regulated EGU.
Therefore, energy conservation
standards that decrease electricity
generation will generally reduce SO2
emissions. DOE estimated SO2
emissions reduction using emissions
factors based on AEO2023.
CSAPR also established limits on NOX
emissions for numerous States in the
eastern half of the United States. Energy
conservation standards would have
little effect on NOX emissions in those
States covered by CSAPR emissions
limits if excess NOX emissions
allowances resulting from the lower
electricity demand could be used to
permit offsetting increases in NOX
emissions from other EGUs. In such
case, NOX emissions would remain near
the limit even if electricity generation
goes down. Depending on the
configuration of the power sector in the
different regions and the need for
allowances, however, NOX emissions
might not remain at the limit in the case
of lower electricity demand. That would
mean that standards might reduce NOX
emissions in covered States. Despite this
possibility, DOE has chosen to be
conservative in its analysis and has
maintained the assumption that
standards will not reduce NOX
emissions in States covered by CSAPR.
Standards would be expected to reduce
NOX emissions in the States not covered
by CSAPR. DOE used AEO2023 data to
65 In order to continue operating, coal power
plants must have either flue gas desulfurization or
dry sorbent injection systems installed. Both
technologies, which are used to reduce acid gas
emissions, also reduce SO2 emissions.
PO 00000
Frm 00039
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
38799
derive NOX emissions factors for the
group of States not covered by CSAPR.
The MATS limit mercury emissions
from power plants, but they do not
include emissions caps and, as such,
DOE’s energy conservation standards
would be expected to slightly reduce Hg
emissions. DOE estimated mercury
emissions reduction using emissions
factors based on AEO2023, which
incorporates the MATS.
L. Monetizing Emissions Impacts
As part of the development of this
direct final rule, for the purpose of
complying with the requirements of
Executive Order 12866, DOE considered
the estimated monetary benefits from
the reduced emissions of CO2, CH4, N2O,
NOX, and SO2 that are expected to result
from each of the TSLs considered. In
order to make this calculation analogous
to the calculation of the NPV of
consumer benefit, DOE considered the
reduced emissions expected to result
over the lifetime of products shipped in
the projection period for each TSL. This
section summarizes the basis for the
values used for monetizing the
emissions benefits and presents the
values considered in this direct final
rule.
To monetize the benefits of reducing
GHG emissions, this analysis uses the
interim estimates presented in the
Technical Support Document: Social
Cost of Carbon, Methane, and Nitrous
Oxide Interim Estimates Under
Executive Order 13990 published in
February 2021 by the IWG (‘‘February
2021 SC–GHG TSD’’).
1. Monetization of Greenhouse Gas
Emissions
DOE estimates the monetized benefits
of the reductions in emissions of CO2,
CH4, and N2O by using a measure of the
SC of each pollutant (e.g., SC–CO2).
These estimates represent the monetary
value of the net harm to society
associated with a marginal increase in
emissions of these pollutants in a given
year, or the benefit of avoiding that
increase. These estimates are intended
to include (but are not limited to)
climate-change-related changes in net
agricultural productivity, human health,
property damages from increased flood
risk, disruption of energy systems, risk
of conflict, environmental migration,
and the value of ecosystem services.
DOE exercises its own judgment in
presenting monetized climate benefits
as recommended by applicable
Executive orders, and DOE would reach
the same conclusion presented in this
proposed rulemaking in the absence of
the estimated benefits from reductions
in GHG emissions. That is, the social
E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM
07MYR8
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8
38800
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
costs of greenhouse gases, whether
measured using the February 2021
interim estimates presented by the
Interagency Working Group on the
Social Cost of Greenhouse Gases or by
another means, did not affect the rule
ultimately proposed by DOE.
DOE estimated the global social
benefits of CO2, CH4, and N2O
reductions using SC–GHG values that
were based on the interim values
presented in the Technical Support
Document: Social Cost of Carbon,
Methane, and Nitrous Oxide Interim
Estimates under Executive Order 13990,
published in February 2021 by the IWG
(‘‘February 2021 SC–GHG TSD’’). The
SC–GHG is the monetary value of the
net harm to society associated with a
marginal increase in emissions in a
given year, or the benefit of avoiding
that increase. In principle, the SC–GHG
includes the value of all climate change
impacts, including (but not limited to)
changes in net agricultural productivity,
human health effects, property damage
from increased flood risk and natural
disasters, disruption of energy systems,
risk of conflict, environmental
migration, and the value of ecosystem
services. The SC–GHG therefore, reflects
the societal value of reducing emissions
of the gas in question by one metric ton.
The SC–GHG is the theoretically
appropriate value to use in conducting
benefit-cost analyses of policies that
affect CO2, N2O and CH4 emissions. As
a member of the IWG involved in the
development of the February 2021 SC–
GHG TSD, DOE agreed that the interim
SC–GHG estimates represent the most
appropriate estimate of the SC–GHG
until revised estimates were developed
reflecting the latest, peer-reviewed
science. See 87 FR 78382, 78406–78408
for discussion of the development and
details of the IWG SC–GHG estimates.
There are a number of limitations and
uncertainties associated with the SC–
GHG estimates. First, the current
scientific and economic understanding
of discounting approaches suggests
discount rates appropriate for
intergenerational analysis in the context
of climate change are likely to be less
than 3 percent, near 2 percent or
lower.66 Second, the IAMs used to
produce these interim estimates do not
include all of the important physical,
ecological, and economic impacts of
climate change recognized in the
climate change literature and the
science underlying their ‘‘damage
functions’’—i.e., the core parts of the
IAMs that map global mean temperature
changes and other physical impacts of
climate change into economic (both
market and nonmarket) damages—lags
behind the most recent research. For
example, limitations include the
incomplete treatment of catastrophic
and non-catastrophic impacts in the
integrated assessment models, their
incomplete treatment of adaptation and
technological change, the incomplete
way in which inter-regional and
intersectoral linkages are modeled,
uncertainty in the extrapolation of
damages to high temperatures, and
inadequate representation of the
relationship between the discount rate
and uncertainty in economic growth
over long time horizons. Likewise, the
socioeconomic and emissions scenarios
used as inputs to the models do not
reflect new information from the last
decade of scenario generation or the full
range of projections. The modeling
limitations do not all work in the same
direction in terms of their influence on
the SC–CO2 estimates. However, as
discussed in the February 2021 SC–GHG
TSD, the IWG has recommended that,
taken together, the limitations suggest
that the interim SC–GHG estimates used
in this final rule likely underestimate
the damages from GHG emissions. DOE
concurs with this assessment.
In the February 2021 SC–GHG TSD,
the IWG stated that the models used to
produce the interim estimates do not
include all of the important physical,
ecological, and economic impacts of
climate change recognized in the
climate change literature. For these
same impacts, the science underlying
their ‘‘damage functions’’ lags behind
the most recent research. In the
judgment of the IWG, these and other
limitations suggest that the range of four
interim SC–GHG estimates presented in
the TSD likely underestimate societal
damages from GHG emissions. The IWG
is in the process of assessing how best
to incorporate the latest peer-reviewed
science and the recommendations of the
National Academies to develop an
updated set of SC–GHG estimates, and
DOE remains engaged in that process.
DOE is aware that in December 2023,
EPA issued a new set of SC–GHG
estimates in connection with a final
rulemaking under the Clean Air Act.67
As DOE had used the IWG interim
values in proposing this rule and is
currently reviewing the updated 2023
SC–GHG values, for this final rule, DOE
used these updated 2023 SC–GHG
values to conduct a sensitivity analysis
of the value of GHG emissions
reductions. DOE notes that because
EPA’s estimates are considerably higher
than the IWG’s interim SC–GHG values
applied for this direct final rule, an
analysis that uses the EPA’s estimates
results in significantly greater climaterelated benefits. However, such results
would not affect DOE’s decision in this
direct final rule. As stated elsewhere in
this document, DOE would reach the
same conclusion regarding the
economic justification of the standards
presented in this direct final rule
without considering the IWG’s interim
SC–GHG values, which DOE agrees are
conservative estimates. For the same
reason, if DOE were to use EPA’s higher
SC–GHG estimates, they would not
change DOE’s conclusion that the
standards are economically justified.
DOE’s derivations of the SC–CO2, SC–
N2O, and SC–CH4 values used for this
NOPR are discussed in the following
sections, and the results of DOE’s
analyses estimating the benefits of the
reductions in emissions of these GHGs
are presented in section V.B.6 of this
document.
66 Interagency Working Group on Social Cost of
Greenhouse Gases. 2021. Technical Support
Document: Social Cost of Carbon, Methane, and
Nitrous Oxide Interim Estimates under Executive
Order 13990. February. United States Government.
Available at: www.whitehouse.gov/briefing-room/
blog/2021/02/26/a-return-to-science-evidencebased-estimates-of-the-benefits-of-reducing-climatepollution/.
67 See www.epa.gov/environmental-economics/
scghg.
68 See EPA, Revised 2023 and Later Model Year
Light-Duty Vehicle GHG Emissions Standards:
Regulatory Impact Analysis, Washington, DC,
December 2021. Available at nepis.epa.gov/Exe/
ZyPDF.cgi?Dockey=P1013ORN.pdf (last accessed
November 21, 2023).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:31 May 06, 2024
Jkt 262001
PO 00000
Frm 00040
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
a. Social Cost of Carbon
The SC–CO2 values used for this final
rule were based on the values developed
for the February 2021 SC–GHG TSD,
which are shown in Table IV.12 in 5year increments from 2020 to 2050. The
set of annual values that DOE used,
which was adapted from estimates
published by EPA,68 is presented in
appendix 14A of the direct final rule
TSD. These estimates are based on
methods, assumptions, and parameters
identical to the estimates published by
the IWG (which were based on EPA
modeling), and include values for 2051
to 2070. DOE expects additional climate
benefits to accrue for products still
operating after 2070, but a lack of
available SC–CO2 estimates for
emissions years beyond 2070 prevents
DOE from monetizing these potential
benefits in this analysis.
E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM
07MYR8
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
38801
Table IV.12. Annual SC-CO2 Values from 2021 Interagency Update, 2020-2050
• Ton CO2:)
'2020$ per M et rIC
Discount Rate and Statistic
3%
2.5%
5%
Year
Average
Average
Average
14
17
19
22
25
28
32
51
56
62
67
73
79
85
76
83
89
96
103
110
116
2020
2025
2030
2035
2040
2045
2050
DOE multiplied the CO2 emissions
reduction estimated for each year by the
SC–CO2 value for that year in each of
the four cases. DOE adjusted the values
to 2022$ using the implicit price
deflator for gross domestic product
(‘‘GDP’’) from the Bureau of Economic
Analysis. To calculate a present value of
the stream of monetary values, DOE
discounted the values in each of the
four cases using the specific discount
3%
95th
percentile
152
169
187
206
225
242
260
rate that had been used to obtain the
SC–CO2 values in each case.
b. Social Cost of Methane and Nitrous
Oxide
The SC–CH4 and SC–N2O values used
for this direct final rule were based on
the values developed for the February
2021 SC–GHG TSD. Table IV.13 shows
the updated sets of SC–CH4 and SC–N2O
estimates from the latest interagency
update in 5-year increments from 2020
to 2050. The full set of annual values
used is presented in appendix 14–A of
the direct final rule TSD. To capture the
uncertainties involved in regulatory
impact analysis, DOE has determined it
is appropriate to include all four sets of
SC–CH4 and SC–N2O values, as
recommended by the IWG. DOE derived
values after 2050 using the approach
previously described for the SC–CO2.
Table IV.13. Annual SC-CH4 and SC-N2O Values from 2021 Interagency Update,
2020-2050 (2020$ per Metric Ton)
5%
3%
2.5%
Average
Average
Average
670
800
940
1100
1300
1500
1700
1500
1700
2000
2200
2500
2800
3100
2000
2200
2500
2800
3100
3500
3800
DOE multiplied the CH4 and N2O
emissions reduction estimated for each
year by the SC–CH4 and SC–N2O
estimates for that year in each of the
cases. DOE adjusted the values to 2022$
using the implicit price deflator for GDP
from the Bureau of Economic Analysis.
To calculate a present value of the
stream of monetary values, DOE
discounted the values in each of the
cases using the specific discount rate
that had been used to obtain the SC–CH4
and SC–N2O estimates in each case.
c. Sensitivity Analysis Using Updated
2023 SC–GHG Estimates
In December 2023 EPA issued a new
set of SC–GHG estimates (2023 SC–
GHG) in connection with a final
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:31 May 06, 2024
Jkt 262001
3%
95th
percentile
3900
4500
5200
6000
6700
7500
8200
5%
3%
2.5%
Average
Average
Average
5800
6800
7800
9000
10000
12000
13000
18000
21000
23000
25000
28000
30000
33000
27000
30000
33000
36000
39000
42000
45000
rulemaking under the Clean Air Act.69
These estimates incorporate recent
research and address recommendations
of the National Academies (2017) and
comments from a 2023 external peer
review of the accompanying technical
report. For this rulemaking, DOE used
these updated 2023 SC–GHG values to
conduct a sensitivity analysis of the
value of GHG emissions reductions
associated with alternative standards for
circulator pumps. This sensitivity
analysis provides an expanded range of
potential climate benefits associated
with amended standards. The final year
of EPA’s new 2023 SC–GHG estimates is
69 See www.epa.gov/environmental-economics/
scghg.
PO 00000
Frm 00041
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
3%
95th
percentile
48000
54000
60000
67000
74000
81000
88000
2080; therefore, DOE did not monetize
the climate benefits of GHG emissions
reductions occurring after 2080.
The overall climate benefits are
greater when using the higher, updated
SC–GHG 2023 estimates, compared to
the climate benefits using the older IWG
SC–GHG estimates. The results of the
sensitivity analysis are presented in
appendix 14C of the direct final rule
TSD.
2. Monetization of Other Emissions
Impacts
For this direct final rule, DOE
estimated the monetized value of NOX
and SO2 emissions reductions from
electricity generation using benefit per
ton estimates for that sector from the
E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM
07MYR8
ER07MY24.021
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8
2020
2025
2030
2035
2040
2045
2050
SC-N20
Discount Rate and Statistic
ER07MY24.020
Year
SC-CH4
Discount Rate and Statistic
38802
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
EPA’s Benefits Mapping and Analysis
Program.70 DOE used EPA’s values for
PM2.5-related benefits associated with
NOX and SO2 and for ozone-related
benefits associated with NOX for 2025
and 2030, and 2040, calculated with
discount rates of 3 percent and 7
percent. DOE used linear interpolation
to define values for the years not given
in the 2025 to 2040 range; for years
beyond 2040 the values are held
constant. DOE combined the EPA
regional benefit-per-ton estimates with
regional information on electricity
consumption and emissions from
AEO2023 to define weighted-average
national values for NOX and SO2 (see
appendix 14B of the direct final rule
TSD).
DOE multiplied the site emissions
reduction (in tons) in each year by the
associated $/ton values and then
discounted each series using discount
rates of 3 percent and 7 percent as
appropriate.
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8
M. Utility Impact Analysis
The utility impact analysis estimates
the changes in installed electrical
capacity and generation projected to
result for each considered TSL. The
analysis is based on published output
from the NEMS associated with
AEO2023. NEMS produces the AEO
Reference case, as well as a number of
side cases that estimate the economywide impacts of changes to energy
supply and demand. For the current
analysis, impacts are quantified by
comparing the levels of electricity sector
generation, installed capacity, fuel
consumption and emissions in the
AEO2023 Reference case and various
side cases. Details of the methodology
are provided in the appendices to
chapters 13 and 15 of the direct final
rule TSD.
The output of this analysis is a set of
time-dependent coefficients that capture
the change in electricity generation,
primary fuel consumption, installed
capacity and power sector emissions
due to a unit reduction in demand for
a given end use. These coefficients are
multiplied by the stream of electricity
savings calculated in the NIA to provide
estimates of selected utility impacts of
potential new or amended energy
conservation standards.
70 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.
Estimating the Benefit per Ton of Reducing
Directly-Emitted PM2.5, PM2.5 Precursors and Ozone
Precursors from 21 Sectors. Available at
www.epa.gov/benmap/estimating-benefit-tonreducing-directly-emitted-pm25-pm25-precursorsand-ozone-precursors (last accessed December 4,
2023).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:31 May 06, 2024
Jkt 262001
N. Employment Impact Analysis
DOE considers employment impacts
in the domestic economy as one factor
in selecting a standard. Employment
impacts from new or amended energy
conservation standards include both
direct and indirect impacts. Direct
employment impacts are any changes in
the number of employees of
manufacturers of the products subject to
standards. The MIA addresses those
impacts. Indirect employment impacts
are changes in national employment
that occur due to the shift in
expenditures and capital investment
caused by the purchase and operation of
more-efficient appliances. Indirect
employment impacts from standards
consist of the net jobs created or
eliminated in the national economy,
other than in the manufacturing sector
being regulated, caused by (1) reduced
spending by consumers on energy, (2)
reduced spending on new energy supply
by the utility industry, (3) increased
consumer spending on the products to
which the new standards apply and
other goods and services, and (4) the
effects of those three factors throughout
the economy.
One method for assessing the possible
effects on the demand for labor of such
shifts in economic activity is to compare
sector employment statistics developed
by the Labor Department’s BLS. BLS
regularly publishes its estimates of the
number of jobs per million dollars of
economic activity in different sectors of
the economy, as well as the jobs created
elsewhere in the economy by this same
economic activity. Data from BLS
indicate that expenditures in the utility
sector generally create fewer jobs (both
directly and indirectly) than
expenditures in other sectors of the
economy.71 There are many reasons for
these differences, including wage
differences and the fact that the utility
sector is more capital-intensive and less
labor-intensive than other sectors.
Energy conservation standards have the
effect of reducing consumer utility bills.
Because reduced consumer
expenditures for energy likely lead to
increased expenditures in other sectors
of the economy, the general effect of
efficiency standards is to shift economic
activity from a less labor-intensive
sector (i.e., the utility sector) to more
labor-intensive sectors (e.g., the retail
and service sectors). Thus, the BLS data
suggest that net national employment
71 See U.S. Department of Commerce–Bureau of
Economic Analysis. Regional Multipliers: A User
Handbook for the Regional Input-Output Modeling
System (‘‘RIMS II’’). 1997. U.S. Government Printing
Office: Washington, DC. Available at https://
apps.bea.gov/scb/pdf/regional/perinc/meth/
rims2.pdf (last accessed November 29, 2023).
PO 00000
Frm 00042
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
may increase due to shifts in economic
activity resulting from energy
conservation standards.
DOE estimated indirect national
employment impacts for the standard
levels considered in this direct final rule
using an input/output model of the U.S.
economy called Impact of Sector Energy
Technologies version 4 (‘‘ImSET’’).72
ImSET is a special-purpose version of
the ‘‘U.S. Benchmark National InputOutput’’ (‘‘I–O’’) model, which was
designed to estimate the national
employment and income effects of
energy-saving technologies. The ImSET
software includes a computer- based I–
O model having structural coefficients
that characterize economic flows among
187 sectors most relevant to industrial,
commercial, and residential building
energy use.
DOE notes that ImSET is not a general
equilibrium forecasting model, and that
the uncertainties involved in projecting
employment impacts, especially
changes in the later years of the
analysis. Because ImSET does not
incorporate price changes, the
employment effects predicted by ImSET
may over-estimate actual job impacts
over the long run for this direct final
rule. Therefore, DOE used ImSET only
to generate results for near-term
timeframes (2029–2033), where these
uncertainties are reduced. For more
details on the employment impact
analysis, see chapter 16 of the direct
final rule TSD.
O. Other Comments
As discussed previously, DOE
considered relevant comments, data,
and information obtained through the
2023 NOPR public comment process in
determining whether the recommended
standards from the Joint Agreement are
in accordance with 42 U.S.C. 6295(o).
And while some of those comments
were directed at specific aspects of
DOE’s analysis of the Joint Agreement
under 42 U.S.C. 6295(o), others were
more generally applicable to DOE’s
energy conservation standards
rulemaking program as a whole. The
ensuing discussion focuses on these
general comments concerning energy
conservation standards issued under
EPCA.
The National Academies of Sciences,
Engineering, and Medicine (‘‘NAS’’)
periodically appoint a committee to
peer review the assumptions, models,
and methodologies that DOE uses in
setting energy conservation standards
72 Livingston, O.V., S.R. Bender, M.J. Scott, and
R.W. Schultz. ImSET 4.0: Impact of Sector Energy
Technologies Model Description and User’s Guide.
2015. Pacific Northwest National Laboratory:
Richland, WA. PNNL–24563.
E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM
07MYR8
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
for covered products and equipment.
The most recent such peer review was
conducted in a series of meetings in
2020, and NAS issued the report 73 in
2021 detailing its findings and
recommendations on how DOE can
improve its analyses and align them
with best practices for cost-benefit
analysis.
In response to the March 2023 NOPR,
AHAM stated that despite previous
requests from AHAM and others, DOE
has failed to review and incorporate the
recommendations of the NAS report,
instead indicating that it will conduct a
separate rulemaking process without
such a process having been initiated.
(AHAM, No. 31 at p. 8) AHAM further
stated that DOE seems to be ignoring the
recommendations in the NAS Report
and even conducting analysis that is
opposite to the recommendations.
AHAM commented that DOE cannot
continue to perpetuate the errors in its
analytical approach that have been
pointed out by stakeholders and the
NAS report as to do so will lead to
arbitrary and capricious rules. (Id.)
As discussed, the rulemaking process
for establishing new or amended
standards for covered products and
equipment are specified at appendix A
to subpart C of 10 CFR part 430 (the
Process Rule). DOE periodically
examines and revises these provisions
in separate rulemaking proceedings. The
recommendations provided in the NAS
Report, which pertain to the processes
by which DOE analyzes energy
conservation standards, will be
considered by DOE in a separate,
forthcoming rulemaking process.
V. Analytical Results and Conclusions
The following section addresses the
results from DOE’s analyses with
respect to the considered energy
conservation standards for MREFs. It
addresses the TSLs examined by DOE,
the projected impacts of each of these
levels if adopted as energy conservation
standards for MREFs, and the standards
levels that DOE is adopting in this direct
final rule. Additional details regarding
DOE’s analyses are contained in the
direct final rule TSD supporting this
document.
A. Trial Standard Levels
In general, DOE typically evaluates
potential new or amended standards for
products and equipment by grouping
individual efficiency levels for each
class into TSLs. Use of TSLs allows DOE
to identify and consider manufacturer
cost interactions between the product
classes, to the extent that there are such
interactions, and price elasticity of
consumer purchasing decisions that
may change when different standard
levels are set.
In the analysis conducted for this
direct final rule, DOE analyzed the
benefits and burdens of five TSLs for
MREFs. DOE developed TSLs that
combine efficiency levels for each
38803
analyzed product class. TSL 1
represents a 10 percent increase in
efficiency, corresponding to the lowest
analyzed efficiency level above the
baseline for each analyzed product
class. TSL 2 represents efficiency levels
consistent with Energy Star
requirements for coolers, which in most
cases except freestanding coolers (‘‘FC’’)
represent an increase compared to TSL
1, and a modest increase in efficiency
for certain combination cooler product
classes compared to TSL 1. TSL 3
increases the efficiency for FC by an
additional 10 percent compared to TSLs
1 and 2 and built-in coolers (‘‘BIC’’) by
an additional 10 percent compared to
TSL 1 74, while maintaining the same
efficiency levels as TSL 2 for
combination coolers. TSL 4 (the
recommended TSL) further increases
the standard level adopted in this direct
final rule for all product classes except
built-in compact cooler (‘‘BICC’’), BIC,
C–3A and C–3A–BI, which remain at
the same level as in TSL 3. TSL 5
represents max-tech for each product
class, which represents an increase from
TSL 4 in all cases. DOE presents the
results for the TSLs in this document,
while the results for all efficiency levels
that DOE analyzed are in the direct final
rule TSD.
Table V.1 presents the TSLs and the
corresponding efficiency levels that
DOE has identified for potential
amended energy conservation standards
for MREFs.
FCC
ELI
(10%)
EL2
TSL2
(20%)
EL2
TSL3
(20%)
EL3
TSL4
(30%)
EL5
TSLS
(59%,
50%)*
* Corresponding to 3.1 cu.
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8
TSLl
FC
17:31 May 06, 2024
BIC
C-13A
C-13ABI
EL 1
(10%)
EL 1
(10%)
EL2
(20%)
EL3
(30%)
EL 1
EL 1
EL 1
EL 1
(10%)
(10%)
(10%)
(10%)
EL3
EL3
EL2
EL2
(16%)
(16%)
(30%)
(30%)
EL3
EL2
EL2
EL2
(20%)
(16%)
(16%)
(30%)
EL3
EL2
EL3
EL3
(30%)
(20%)
(20%)
(20%)
EL5
EL5
EL5
EL5
EL5
(59%,
(38%)
(38%)
(28%)
(28%)
50%)*
ft. and 5.1 cu. ft. representative units, respectively.
73 National Academies of Sciences, Engineering,
and Medicine. 2021. Review of Methods Used by the
U.S. Department of Energy in Setting Appliance
VerDate Sep<11>2014
BICC
Jkt 262001
and Equipment Standards. Washington, DC: The
National Academies Press. Available at doi.org/
10.17226/25992 (last accessed August 2, 2023).
PO 00000
Frm 00043
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
C-3A
C-3A-BI
EL 1
(10%)
EL 1
(10%)
EL 1
(10%)
EL 1
(10%)
EL 1
(10%)
EL 1
(10%)
EL 1
(10%)
EL 1
(10%)
EL4
(24%)
EL4
(24%)
74 For BIC, the considered EL is lower at TSL 3
than TSL 2 due to the relatively high Energy Star
level included in TSL 2.
E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM
07MYR8
ER07MY24.022
Table V.1 Trial Standard Levels for MREFs
38804
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
B. Economic Justification and Energy
Savings
1. Economic Impacts on Individual
Consumers
DOE analyzed the economic impacts
on MREF consumers by looking at the
effects that potential amended standards
at each TSL would have on the LCC and
PBP. DOE also examined the impacts of
potential standards on selected
consumer subgroups. These analyses are
discussed in the following sections.
a. Life-Cycle Cost and Payback Period
In general, higher-efficiency products
affect consumers in two ways: (1)
purchase price increases and (2) annual
operating costs decrease. Inputs used for
calculating the LCC and PBP include
total installed costs (i.e., product price
plus installation costs), and operating
costs (i.e., annual energy use, energy
prices, energy price trends, repair costs,
and maintenance costs). The LCC
calculation also uses product lifetime
and a discount rate. Chapter 8 of the
direct final rule TSD provides detailed
information on the LCC and PBP
analyses.
Tables V.2 through V.17 show the
LCC and PBP results for the TSLs
considered for each product class. In the
first of each pair of tables, the simple
payback is measured relative to the
baseline product. In the second table,
the impacts are measured relative to the
efficiency distribution in the no-newstandards case in the compliance year
(see section IV.F.8 of this document).
Because some consumers purchase
products with higher efficiency in the
no-new-standards case, the average
savings are less than the difference
between the average LCC of the baseline
product and the average LCC at each
TSL. The savings refer only to
consumers who are affected by a
standard at a given TSL. Those who
already purchase a product with
efficiency at or above a given TSL are
not affected. Consumers for whom the
LCC increases at a given TSL experience
a net cost.
BILLING CODE 6450–01–P
.
Table V2 Averai:e LCC an dPBPResuIts tor BIC
TSL
-I
3,4
2
-5
Efficiency
Level
Baseline
I
2
3
4
5
Average Costs
2022$
First Year's
Lifetime
Operating
Operating
Cost
Cost
469.37
39.78
423.09
35.86
32.27
380.67
28.39
334.88
26.58
313.49
25.68
302.80
Installed
Cost
1,877.84
1,905.01
1,911.08
1,980.25
2,261.59
2,325.00
LCC
2,347.21
2,328.10
2,291.75
2,315.12
2,575.08
2,627.79
Simple
Payback
Average
Lifetime
Years
years
-
14.5
14.5
14.5
14.5
14.5
14.5
6.9
4.4
9.0
29.1
31.7
Note: The results for each TSL are calculated assuming that all consumers use products at that efficiency level. The
PBP is measured relative to the baseline product.
Table V.3 Average LCC Savings Relative to the No-New-Standards Case for BIC
TSL
Efficiency
Level
1
3,4
2
-5
1
2
3
4
5
.
Life-O cle Cost Savine:s
Average LCC Savings
Percent of Consumers that
Experience Net Cost
2022$
18.99
19.2
53.56
4.6
19.27
52.7
(240.68)
97.5
(293.40)
98.4
1
ER07MY24.024
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:31 May 06, 2024
Jkt 262001
PO 00000
Frm 00044
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM
07MYR8
ER07MY24.023
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8
* The savings represent the average LCC for affected consumers.
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
38805
Table V.4Avera~e LCC an d PBP R esuIt s tor BICC
TSL
-1
-2-4
-5
Efficiency
Level
Baseline
1
2
3
4
5
Average Costs
2022$
First Year's
Lifetime
Operating
Operating
Cost
Cost
26.35
239.64
23.88
217.17
21.30
193.67
18.95
172.20
16.47
149.60
12.06
109.45
Installed
Cost
749.12
754.97
778.61
808.77
857.81
969.53
LCC
988.76
972.14
972.27
980.97
1,007.41
1,078.98
Simple
Payback
Years
Average
Lifetime
years
-
10.6
10.6
10.6
10.6
10.6
10.6
2.4
5.8
8.1
11.0
15.4
Note: The results for each TSL are calculated assuming that all consumers use products at that efficiency level. The
PBP is measured relative to the baseline product.
Table V.5 Averae;e LCC Savine;s Relative to the No-New-Standards Case for BICC
TSL
.
Life-C cle Cost Savings
Average LCC Savings
Percent of Consumers that
2022$
Experience Net Cost
16.08
0.9
11.21
10.0
15.1
1.53
(25.46)
20.0
(97.38)
23.7
Efficiency
Level
1
1
2
3
4
5
-2-4
-5
* The savings represent the average LCC for affected consumers.
Table V.6 Avera~e LCC an d PBP ResuIts tor C-13A
TSL
-1
2,3
4
-5
Efficiency
Level
Baseline
1
2
3
4
5
Average Costs
2022$
First Year's
Lifetime
Operating
Operating
Cost
Cost
32.29
293.98
29.24
266.25
27.41
249.53
26.21
238.54
24.71
224.89
23.68
215.46
Installed
Cost
1,155.05
1,158.39
1,161.33
1,199.58
1,279.30
1,322.51
LCC
1,449.03
1,424.64
1,410.86
1,438.12
1,504.19
1,537.97
Simple
Payback
Years
Average
Lifetime
Years
-
10.7
10.7
10.7
10.7
10.7
10.7
1.1
1.3
7.3
16.4
19.4
Efficiency
Level
1
2,3
4
-5
1
2
3
4
5
.
Life-C cle Cost Savings
Average LCC Savings
Percent of Consumers that
2022$
Experience Net Cost
24.36
0.2
37.86
0.6
10.60
47.2
(55.47)
89.1
(89.25)
93.9
* The savings represent the average LCC for affected consumers.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:31 May 06, 2024
Jkt 262001
PO 00000
Frm 00045
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM
07MYR8
ER07MY24.026 ER07MY24.027
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8
TSL
ER07MY24.025
Table V.7 Averae;e LCC Savine;s Relative to the No-New-Standards Case for C-13A
ER07MY24.028
Note: The results for each TSL are calculated assuming that all consumers use products at that efficiency level. The
PBP is measured relative to the baseline product.
38806
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
T able V.8 Avera~e LCC an d PBP R esuIts i or C 13A BI
- -
TSL
-1
2,3
4
-5
Efficiency
Level
Baseline
1
2
3
4
5
Average Costs
2022$
First Year's
Lifetime
Operating
Operating
Cost
Cost
35.48
321.01
32.14
290.75
30.13
272.51
28.81
260.52
27.17
245.63
26.03
235.34
Installed
Cost
1,372.62
1,376.17
1,379.30
1,420.01
1,504.85
1,550.84
LCC
1,693.63
1,666.92
1,651.81
1,680.53
1,750.48
1,786.18
Simple
Payback
Years
Average
Lifetime
years
-
10.6
10.6
10.6
10.6
10.6
10.6
1.1
1.2
7.1
15.9
18.9
Note: The results for each TSL are calculated assuming that all consumers use products at that efficiency level. The
PBP is measured relative to the baseline product.
Table V.9 Average LCC Savings Relative to the No-New-Standards Case for C-13ABI
.
Life-O,cie Cost Savin2s
Average LCC Savings
Percent of Consumers that
2022$
Experience Net Cost
26.69
0.4
41.53
0.5
12.81
46.0
(57.14)
87.8
(92.83)
93.1
Efficiency
Level
TSL
1
2,3
4
1
2
3
4
5
-5
* The savings represent the average LCC for affected consumers.
.
Table V 10 Average LCC and PBP Results for C-3A
TSL
-1-4
--5
Efficiency
Level
Baseline
1
2
3
4
Average Costs
2022$
First Year's
Lifetime
Operating
Operating
Cost
Cost
32.58
386.24
29.53
349.99
28.09
332.95
26.64
315.69
25.35
300.39
Installed
Cost
1,092.34
1,097.64
1,146.86
1,347.15
1,420.65
LCC
1,478.58
1,447.63
1,479.80
1,662.84
1,721.04
Simple
Payback
Years
Average
Lifetime
years
-
14.6
14.6
14.6
14.6
14.6
1.7
12.1
42.9
45.4
Efficiency
Level
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8
1-4
--5
1
2
3
4
.
Life-C cle Cost Savin2s
Percent of Consumers that
Average LCC Savings
2022$
Experience Net Cost
30.95
0.0
(1.22)
64.0
(184.26)
99.4
(242.46)
99.6
* The savings represent the average LCC for affected consumers.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:31 May 06, 2024
Jkt 262001
PO 00000
Frm 00046
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM
07MYR8
ER07MY24.030 ER07MY24.031
TSL
ER07MY24.029
Table V.11 Average LCC Savings Relative to the No-New-Standards Case for C-3A
ER07MY24.032
Note: The results for each TSL are calculated assuming that all consumers use products at that efficiency level. The
PBP is measured relative to the baseline product.
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
38807
- -
T able V.12 Avera ge LCC an d PBP ResuIts i or C 3A BI
TSL
-1-4
--5
Efficiency
Level
Baseline
1
2
3
4
Average Costs
2022$
First Year's
Lifetime
Operating
Operating
Cost
Cost
37.11
443.60
33.62
401.77
31.87
380.86
30.12
359.95
28.80
344.15
Installed
Cost
1,525.00
1,530.64
1,583.02
1,796.17
1,874.39
LCC
1,968.60
1,932.41
1,963.88
2,156.12
2,218.55
Simple
Payback
Years
Average
Lifetime
years
-
14.7
14.7
14.7
14.7
14.7
1.6
11.1
38.8
42.0
Note: The results for each TSL are calculated assuming that all consumers use products at that efficiency level. The
PBP is measured relative to the baseline product.
Table V.13 Average LCC Savings Relative to the No-New-Standards Case for C-3ABI
TSL
.
Life-C cle Cost Savings
Average LCC Savings
Percent of Consumers that
2022$
Experience Net Cost
36.19
0.0
4.72
57.2
(187.52)
99.0
(249.95)
99.3
Efficiency
Level
1-4
1
2
3
4
--5
* The savings represent the average LCC for affected consumers.
Table V.14 Avera ge LCC an d PBP ResuIts i or FC
TSL
-1,2
3
4
-5
Efficiency
Level
Baseline
1
2
3
4
5
Average Costs
2022$
First Year's
Lifetime
Operating
Operating
Cost
Cost
39.71
468.33
35.80
422.17
32.22
379.87
28.35
334.20
26.55
312.87
25.64
302.21
Installed
Cost
1,416.63
1,442.18
1,447.90
1,512.93
1,777.48
1,837.10
LCC
1,884.96
1,864.36
1,827.76
1,847.13
2,090.35
2,139.31
Simple
Payback
Years
Average
Lifetime
years
-
14.5
14.5
14.5
14.5
14.5
14.5
6.5
4.2
8.5
27.4
29.9
Note: The results for each TSL are calculated assuming that all consumers use products at that efficiency level. The
PBP is measured relative to the baseline product.
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8
1,2
3
4
-5
1
2
3
4
5
.
Life-C,.,cle Cost Savin2s
Percent of Consumers that
Average LCC Savings
2022$
Experience Net Cost
21.06
10.0
45.59
1.8
26.22
44.0
(217.00)
97.5
(265.96)
98.2
* The savings represent the average LCC for affected consumers.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:31 May 06, 2024
Jkt 262001
PO 00000
Frm 00047
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM
07MYR8
ER07MY24.034 ER07MY24.035
Efficiency
Level
ER07MY24.033
TSL
ER07MY24.036
Table V.15 Average LCC Savings Relative to the No-New-Standards Case for FC
38808
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
.
Table V 16 Average LCC and PBP Results for FCC
TSL
-1
2,3
4
-5
Efficiency
Level
Baseline
1
2
3
4
5
Average Costs
2022$
First Year's
Lifetime
Operating
Operating
Cost
Cost
26.30
238.78
23.84
216.42
21.27
193.04
18.92
171.72
16.45
149.24
12.02
108.95
Installed
Cost
547.98
552.90
573.06
598.43
639.67
732.92
LCC
786.76
769.33
766.10
770.15
788.91
841.87
Simple
Payback
Years
Average
Lifetime
years
-
10.6
10.6
10.6
10.6
10.6
10.6
2.0
5.0
6.8
9.3
12.9
Note: The results for each TSL are calculated assuming that all consumers use products at that efficiency level. The
PBP is measured relative to the baseline product.
Table V.17 Averae;e LCC Savine;s Relative to the No-New-Standards Case for FCC
TSL
.
Life-C cle Cost Savings
Average LCC Savings
Percent of Consumers that
Experience Net Cost
2022$
17.53
1.9
17.55
30.6
12.97
46.8
(5.79)
65.5
(58.75)
81.6
Efficiency
Level
1
2,3
4
-5
1
2
3
4
5
* The savings represent the average LCC for affected consumers.
b. Consumer Subgroup Analysis
ER07MY24.038
consumer subgroup with similar metrics
for the entire consumer sample for all
product classes. In most cases, the
average LCC savings and PBP for senioronly households at the considered
efficiency levels are improved (i.e.,
higher LCC savings and equal or lesser
payback periods) from the average for
all households. Chapter 11 of the direct
final rule TSD presents the complete
LCC and PBP results for the subgroup.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:31 May 06, 2024
Jkt 262001
PO 00000
Frm 00048
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM
07MYR8
ER07MY24.037
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8
In the consumer subgroup analysis,
DOE estimated the impact of the
considered TSLs on senior-only
households, which account for 8.7% of
the total MREF household sample. DOE
did not consider low-income consumers
in this direct final rule because MREFs
are not products generally used by this
subgroup, as they typically cost more
than comparable compact refrigerators,
which are able to maintain lower
temperatures compared to MREFs, and
therefore serve a wider range of
applications. Based on the TraQline
wine chiller data, less than 4 percent of
MREF owners are below the federal
household income threshold for
poverty. Table V.18 compares the
average LCC savings and PBP at each
efficiency level for the senior-only
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
38809
Table V.18 Comparison of LCC Savings and PBP for Senior-Only Consumer
Subgroup and All Consumers
Average LCC Savings*
2022$
TSL
FCC
1
2,3
4
5
FC
1,2
3
4
5
BICC
1
2-4
5
BIC
I
3,4
2
5
C-13A
1
2,3
4
5
C-13A-BI
1
2,3
4
5
C-3A
1-4
5
C-3A-BI
1-4
5
Simple Payback
years
Senior-Only
Households
All
Households
Senior-Only
Households
All
Households
18.26
18.81
14.87
(54.77)
17.53
17.55
12.97
(58.75)
1.9
4.9
6.6
12.6
2.0
5.0
6.8
13.0
23.08
48.17
30.69
(260.04)
21.06
45.59
26.22
(265.96)
6.3
4.0
8.2
28.9
6.5
4.2
8.5
29.9
16.95
4.12
(92.37)
16.08
1.53
(97.38)
2.3
7.8
15.0
2.4
8.1
15.4
21.14
57.44
24.36
(286.98)
18.99
53.56
19.27
(293.40)
6.7
4.3
8.7
30.7
6.9
4.4
9.0
31.7
25.22
39.23
12.30
(86.88)
24.36
37.86
10.60
(89.25)
1.1
1.3
7.1
19.0
1.1
1.3
7.3
19.5
27.67
43.09
14.75
(90.13)
26.69
41.53
12.81
(92.83)
1.0
1.2
6.9
18.4
1.1
1.3
7.1
18.9
32.33
(239.10)
30.95
(242.46)
1.7
44.0
1.7
45.4
37.91
(245.98)
36.19
(249.95)
1.6
40.6
1.6
42.0
BILLING CODE 6450–01–C
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8
c. Rebuttable Presumption Payback
As discussed in section IV.F.9 of this
document, EPCA establishes a
rebuttable presumption that an energy
conservation standard is economically
justified if the increased purchase cost
for a product that meets the standard is
less than three times the value of the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:31 May 06, 2024
Jkt 262001
first-year energy savings resulting from
the standard. (42 U.S.C.
6295(o)(2)(B)(iii)) In calculating a
rebuttable presumption payback period
for each of the considered TSLs, DOE
used discrete values and, as required by
EPCA, based the energy use calculation
on the DOE test procedure for MREFs.
In contrast, the PBPs presented in
section V.B.1.a of this document were
PO 00000
Frm 00049
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
calculated using distributions that
reflect the range of energy use in the
field.
Table V.19 presents the rebuttablepresumption payback periods for the
considered TSLs for MREFs. While DOE
examined the rebuttable-presumption
criterion, it considered whether the
standard levels considered for this rule
are economically justified through a
E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM
07MYR8
ER07MY24.039
* The savings represent the average LCC for affected consumers.
38810
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
more detailed analysis of the economic
impacts of those levels, pursuant to 42
U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i), that considers
the full range of impacts to the
consumer, manufacturer, Nation, and
environment. The results of that
analysis serve as the basis for DOE to
definitively evaluate the economic
justification for a potential standard
level, thereby supporting or rebutting
the results of any preliminary
determination of economic justification.
Table V.19 Rebuttable-Presumption Payback Periods
1
2
3
4
5
Rebuttable Payback Period
Years
FCC
1.8
4.5
6.2
8.4
11.7
FC
5.9
3.7
7.6
24.6
26.8
2. Economic Impacts on Manufacturers
DOE performed an MIA to estimate
the impact of amended energy
conservation standards on
manufacturers of MREFs. The next
section describes the expected impacts
on manufacturers at each considered
TSL. Chapter 12 of the direct final rule
TSD explains the analysis in further
detail.
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8
a. Industry Cash Flow Analysis Results
In this section, DOE provides GRIM
results from the analysis, which
examines changes in the industry that
would result from a standard. The
following tables summarize the
estimated financial impacts (represented
by changes in INPV) of potential
amended energy conservation standards
on manufacturers of MREFs, as well as
the conversion costs that DOE estimates
manufacturers of MREFs would incur at
each TSL.
The impact of amended energy
conservation standards was analyzed
under two scenarios: (1) the
preservation-of-gross-margin percentage;
and (2) the preservation-of-operatingprofit, as discussed in section IV.J.2.d of
this document. The preservation-ofgross-margin percentages applies a
‘‘gross margin percentage’’ of 20 percent
BICC
2.1
5.3
7.3
9.9
13.9
BIC
6.2
4.0
8.1
26.2
28.5
C-13A
1.0
1.2
6.6
14.9
17.6
C-13A-BI
1.0
1.1
6.4
14.4
17.1
for FCC and 28 percent for all other
product classes.75 This scenario
assumes that a manufacturer’s per-unit
dollar profit would increase as MPCs
increase in the standards cases and
represents the upper-bound to industry
profitability under potential new or
amended energy conservation
standards.
The preservation-of-operating-profit
scenario reflects manufacturers’
concerns about their inability to
maintain margins as MPCs increase to
reach more stringent efficiency levels. In
this scenario, while manufacturers make
the necessary investments required to
convert their facilities to produce
compliant products, operating profit
does not change in absolute dollars and
decreases as a percentage of revenue.
The preservation-of-operating-profit
scenario results in the lower (or more
severe) bound to impacts of potential
amended standards on industry.
Each of the modeled scenarios results
in a unique set of cash flows and
corresponding INPV for each TSL. INPV
is the sum of the discounted cash flows
to the industry from the base year
through the end of the analysis period.
The ‘‘change in INPV’’ refers to the
difference in industry value between the
no-new-standards case and standards
C-3A
1.6
11.0
38.7
41.0
C-3A-BI
1.5
10.0
35.2
38.1
--
--
case at each TSL. To provide
perspective on the short-run cash flow
impact, DOE includes a comparison of
free cash flow between the no-newstandards case and the standards case at
each TSL in the year before amended
standards would take effect. This figure
provides an understanding of the
magnitude of the required conversion
costs relative to the cash flow generated
by the industry in the no-new-standards
case.
Conversion costs are one-time
investments for manufacturers to bring
their manufacturing facilities and
product designs into compliance with
potential amended standards. As
described in section IV.J.2.c of this
document, conversion cost investments
occur between the year of publication of
the direct final rule and the year by
which manufacturers must comply with
the amended standards. The conversion
costs can have a significant impact on
the short-term cash flow of the industry
and generally result in lower free cash
flow in the period between the
publication of the direct final rule and
the compliance date of potential
amended standards. Conversion costs
are independent of the manufacturer
markup scenarios and are not presented
as a range in this analysis.
75 The gross margin percentages of 20 percent and
28 percent are based on manufacturer markups of
1.25 and 1.38 percent, respectively.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:31 May 06, 2024
Jkt 262001
PO 00000
Frm 00050
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM
07MYR8
ER07MY24.040
Efficiency
Level
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
38811
Unit
INPV
2022$
Million
Change in
INPV*
Free Cash
Flow (2028)
No-NewStandards
Case
TSLl
TSL2
TSL3
TSL4
TSLS
807.7
773.7 to
777.2
758.7 to
770.6
761.9 to
772.1
715.6 to
747.4
386.7 to
524.5
-
(4.2) to
(3.8)
(6.l)to
(4.6)
(5.7) to
(4.4)
(11.4) to
(7.5)
(52.l)to
(35.1)
60.4
41.5
34.3
35.8
13.2
(169.9)
(43.1)
(40.7)
(78.2)
(381.5)
68.4
70.8
104.1
375.3
6.4
1.3
26.6
179.7
74.8
72.1
130.7
555.1
%
2022$
Million
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8
Change in
(31.2)
%
Free Cash
Flow (2028)
Product
2022$
Conversion
54.0
Million
Costs
Capital
2022$
Conversion
1.3
Million
Costs
Total
2022$
Conversion
55.3
Million
Costs
*Parentheses denote negative(-) values.
The following cash flow discussion
refers to product classes as defined in
Table I.1 in section I of this document
and the efficiency levels and design
options as detailed in Table IV.4 in
section IV.C.3 of this document.
At TSL 1, the standard represents a
modest increase in efficiency,
corresponding to the lowest analyzed
efficiency level above baseline for all
classes, except product classes C–9 and
C–9–BI at baseline efficiency. The
change in INPV is expected to range
from –4.2 to –3.8 percent. At this level,
the free cash flow is estimated to
decrease by 41.5 percent compared to
the no-new-standards case value of
$60.4 million in the year 2028, the year
before the standards year. Currently,
24.4 percent of MREF shipments meet
the efficiencies required at TSL 1. See
Table V.21 for the percentage of
shipments that meet each TSL by
product class.
DOE analyzed implementing various
design options for the range of directly
analyzed product classes. These design
options could include implementing
more efficient single-speed compressors,
tube and fin evaporators and/or
condensers, hot walls, and argon-filled
glass. At TSL 1, capital conversion costs
are minimal because most
manufacturers can incorporate design
options with component changes.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:31 May 06, 2024
Jkt 262001
Product conversion costs may be
necessary for sourcing components,
building prototypes, and testing new
components. DOE estimates capital
conversion costs of $1.3 million and
product conversion costs of $54.0
million. Conversion costs total $55.3
million.
At TSL 1, the shipment-weighted
average MPC for all MREFs is expected
to increase by 0.7 percent relative to the
no-new-standards case shipmentweighted average MPC for all MREFs in
2029. Given the relatively small increase
in production costs, DOE does not
project a notable drop in shipments in
the year the standard takes effect. In the
preservation-of-gross-margin percentage
scenario, the minor increase in cashflow
from the higher MSP is slightly
outweighed by the $55.3 million in
conversion costs, causing a small
negative change in INPV at TSL 1 under
this scenario. Under the preservation-ofoperating-profit scenario, manufacturers
earn the same per-unit operating profit
as would be earned in the no-newstandards case, but manufacturers do
not earn additional profit from their
investments. In this scenario, the
manufacturer markup decreases in 2030,
the year after the analyzed 2029
compliance year. This reduction in the
manufacturer markup and the $55.3
million in conversion costs incurred by
PO 00000
Frm 00051
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
manufacturers cause a slightly negative
change in INPV at TSL 1 under the
preservation-of-operating-profit
scenario. See section IV.J.2.d of this
document for details on the
manufacturer markup scenarios.
TSL 2 represents efficiency levels
consistent with ENERGY STAR
requirements for coolers and a modest
increase in efficiency for certain
combination cooler product classes. The
change in INPV is expected to range
from –6.1 to –4.6 percent. At this level,
the free cash flow is estimated to
decrease by 43.1 percent compared to
the no-new-standards case value of
$60.4 million in the year 2028, the year
before the standards year. Currently,
12.6 percent of MREF shipments meet
the efficiencies required at TSL 2.
The design options DOE analyzed for
most product classes include
implementing similar design options as
TSL 1, such as more efficient singlespeed compressors. For FCC, C–13A,
and C–13A–BI, TSL 2 corresponds to EL
2. For BICC and BIC, TSL 2 corresponds
to EL 3. For the remaining product
classes, the efficiencies required at TSL
2 are the same as TSL 1. The increase
in conversion costs compared to TSL 1
are largely driven by the higher
efficiencies required for BICs, which
account for 3.5 percent of MREF
shipments. For BIC products that do not
E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM
07MYR8
ER07MY24.041
Table V.20 Manufacturer Impact Analysis Results for Miscellaneous Refrigeration
Products
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8
38812
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
meet this level, increasing insulation
thickness would likely mean new
cabinets, liners, and fixtures as well as
new shelf designs. Implementing
variable-speed compressors could
require more advanced controls and
electronics and new test stations. DOE
estimates capital conversion costs of
$6.4 million and product conversion
costs of $68.4 million. Conversion costs
total $74.8 million.
At TSL 2, the shipment-weighted
average MPC for all MREFs is expected
to increase by 3.4 percent relative to the
no-new-standards case shipmentweighted average MPC for all MREFs in
2029. In the preservation-of-grossmargin percentage scenario, the minor
increase in cashflow from the higher
MSP is slightly outweighed by the $74.8
million in conversion costs, causing a
small negative change in INPV at TSL 2
under this scenario. Under the
preservation-of-operating-profit
scenario, manufacturers earn the same
per-unit operating profit as would be
earned in the no-new-standards case,
but manufacturers do not earn
additional profit from their investments.
In this scenario, the manufacturer
markup decreases in 2030, the year after
the analyzed compliance year. This
reduction in the manufacturer markup
and the $74.8 million in conversion
costs incurred by manufacturers cause a
negative change in INPV at TSL 2 under
the preservation-of-operating-profit
scenario.
TSL 3 increases the efficiency for FCs
by an additional 10 percent compared to
TSL 2, and TSL 3 decreases the
efficiency for BICs by 10 percent.
Combination coolers are at the same
efficiency levels as TSL 2. The change
in INPV is expected to range from –5.7
to –4.4 percent. At this level, free cash
flow is estimated to decrease by 40.7
percent compared to the no-newstandards case value of $60.4 million in
the year 2028, the year before the
standards year. Currently,
approximately 5.8 percent of domestic
MREF shipments meet the efficiencies
required at TSL 3.
At this level, DOE analyzed similar
design options as TSL 1 and TSL 2, such
as implementing incrementally more
efficient single-speed compressors. For
all product classes except FC and BIC,
the efficiencies required at TSL 3 are the
same as TSL 2. For FC, TSL 3
corresponds to EL 2. For BIC, TSL 3
reflects a lower efficiency level (EL 2) as
compared to TSL 2 (EL 3). Industry
capital conversion costs decrease at TSL
3 as compared to TSL 2 due to the lower
efficiency level required for BIC. As
previously discussed, DOE expects
manufacturers of BIC would likely need
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:31 May 06, 2024
Jkt 262001
to increase insulation thickness at TSL
2 (EL 3) and incorporate variable-speed
compressors. However, at TSL 3, DOE’s
engineering analysis and manufacturer
feedback indicate that manufacturers
could achieve EL 2 efficiencies for BIC
with relatively straightforward
component swaps versus a larger
product redesign associated with
increasing insulation. DOE estimates
capital conversion costs of $1.3 million
and product conversion costs of $70.8
million. Conversion costs total $72.1
million.
At TSL 3, the shipment-weighted
average MPC for all MREFs is expected
to increase by 3.2 percent relative to the
no-new-standards case shipmentweighted average MPC for all MREFs in
2029. In the preservation-of-grossmargin-percentage scenario, the slight
increase in cashflow from the higher
MSP is outweighed by the $72.1 million
in conversion costs, causing a slightly
negative change in INPV at TSL 3 under
this scenario. Under the preservation-ofoperating-profit scenario, the
manufacturer markup decreases in 2030,
the year after the analyzed compliance
year. This reduction in the manufacturer
markup and the $72.1 million in
conversion costs incurred by
manufacturers cause a slightly negative
change in INPV at TSL 3 under the
preservation-of-operating-profit
scenario.
At the Recommended TSL (i.e., TSL
4), the standard reflects an increase in
efficiency level for the product classes
that make up the vast majority of MREF
shipments (FCC, FC, C–13A). The
Recommended TSL further increases the
standard level adopted in this direct
final rule for all product classes except
BICC, BIC, C–3A, and C–3A–BI. The
change in INPV is expected to range
from –11.4 to –7.5 percent. At this level,
free cash flow is estimated to decrease
by 78.2 percent compared to the nonew-standards case value of $60.4
million in the year 2028, the year before
the standards year. Currently,
approximately 3.9 percent of domestic
MREF shipments meet the efficiencies
required at the Recommended TSL.
At the Recommended TSL, all
product classes correspond to EL 3,
except BIC, C–3A, C–3A–BI, C–9, and
C–9–BI. For BIC, the Recommended TSL
corresponds to EL 2. For C–3A, the
efficiencies required at the
Recommended TSL are the same as TSL
3 (EL 1). For C–3A–BI, the
Recommended TSL corresponds to EL 1.
Both C–9 and C–9–BI correspond to
baseline efficiency. At this level,
conversion costs are largely driven by
the efficiencies required for FC, which
accounts for approximately 11.8 percent
PO 00000
Frm 00052
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
of industry shipments. DOE’s shipments
analysis estimates that no FC shipments
currently meet the efficiencies required
at the Recommended TSL. All
manufacturers would need to update
their product platforms, which could
include increasing insulation thickness
and implementing variable-speed
compressors. Increasing insulation
thickness would likely result in the loss
of interior volume or an increase in
exterior product dimensions. A decrease
of interior volume would require
redesign of the cabinet as well as the
designs and tooling associated with the
interior of the product, such as the liner,
shelving, racks, and drawers. DOE
estimates capital conversion costs of
$26.6 million and product conversion
costs of $104.1 million. Conversion
costs total $130.7 million.
At the Recommended TSL, the
shipment-weighted average MPC for all
MREFs is expected to increase by 8.1
percent relative to the no-new-standards
case shipment-weighted average MPC
for all MREFs in 2029. Given the
projected increase in production costs,
DOE expects an estimated 4 percent
drop in shipments in the year the
standard takes effect relative to the nonew-standards case. In the preservationof-gross-margin-percentage scenario, the
increase in cashflow from the higher
MSP is outweighed by the $130.7
million in conversion costs and the drop
in annual shipments, causing a negative
change in INPV at the Recommended
TSL under this scenario. Under the
preservation-of-operating-profit
scenario, the manufacturer markup
decreases in 2030, the year after the
analyzed compliance year. This
reduction in the manufacturer markup,
the $130.7 million in conversion costs
incurred by manufacturers, and the drop
in annual shipments cause a negative
change in INPV at the Recommended
TSL under the preservation-ofoperating-profit scenario.
TSL 5 represents max-tech efficiency
levels for all product classes. The
change in INPV is expected to range
from –52.1 to –35.1 percent. At this
level, free cash flow is estimated to
decrease by 381.5 percent compared to
the no-new-standards case value of
$60.4 million in the year 2028, the year
before the standards year. Currently,
approximately 2.9 percent of domestic
MREF shipments meet the efficiencies
required at TSL 5.
DOE’s shipments analysis estimates
that no shipments meet the efficiencies
required across all product classes
except for BICC, which account for only
4 percent of industry shipments. A maxtech standard would necessitate
significant investment to redesign
E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM
07MYR8
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
nearly all product platforms and
incorporate design options such as the
most efficient variable-speed
compressors, triple-pane glass,
increased foam insulation thickness,
and VIP technology. Capital conversion
costs may be necessary for new tooling
for VIP placement as well as new testing
stations for high-efficiency components.
Increasing insulation thickness would
likely result in the loss of interior
volume or an increase in exterior
product dimensions. Loss of interior
volume would require redesign of the
cabinet as well as the designs and
tooling associated with the interior of
the product, such as the liner, shelving,
racks, and drawers. Product conversion
costs at max-tech are significant as
manufacturers work to completely
redesign their product platforms. For
products implementing VIPs, product
conversion costs may be necessary for
prototyping and testing for VIP
placement, design, and sizing.
Manufacturers implementing triplepane glass may need to redesign the
door frame and hinges to support the
added thickness and weight. DOE
estimates capital conversion costs of
$179.7 million and product conversion
costs of $375.3 million. Conversion
costs total $555.1 million.
At TSL 5, the large conversion costs
result in a free cash flow dropping
below zero in the years before the
standards year. The negative free cash
flow calculation indicates
manufacturers may need to access cash
reserves or outside capital to finance
conversion efforts.
At TSL 5, the shipment-weighted
average MPC for all MREFs is expected
to increase by 32.7 percent relative to
the no-new-standards case shipmentweighted average MPC for all MREFs in
2029. Given the projected increase in
38813
production costs, DOE expects an
estimated 13 percent drop in shipments
in the year the standard takes effect
relative to the no-new-standards case. In
the preservation-of-gross-marginpercentage scenario, the increase in
cashflow from the higher MSP is
outweighed by the $555.1 million in
conversion costs and drop in annual
shipments, causing a significant
negative change in INPV at TSL 5 under
this scenario. Under the preservation-ofoperating-profit scenario, the
manufacturer markup decreases in 2030,
the year after the analyzed compliance
year. This reduction in the manufacturer
markup, the $555.1 million in
conversion costs incurred by
manufacturers, and the drop in annual
shipments cause a significant decrease
in INPV at TSL 5 under the
preservation-of-operating-profit
scenario.
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8
b. Direct Impacts on Employment
To quantitatively assess the potential
impacts of amended energy
conservation standards on direct
employment in the MREF industry, DOE
used the GRIM to estimate the domestic
labor expenditures and number of direct
employees in the no-new-standards case
and in each of the standards cases
during the analysis period. For this
direct final rule, DOE used the most upto-date information available. DOE
calculated these values using statistical
data from the 2021 ASM,76 BLS
76 U.S. Census Bureau, Annual Survey of
Manufactures. ‘‘Summary Statistics for Industry
Groups and Industries in the U.S (2021).’’ Available
at www.census.gov/programs-surveys/asm/
data.html (last accessed July 5, 2023).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:31 May 06, 2024
Jkt 262001
employee compensation data,77 results
from the engineering analysis, and
manufacturer interviews conducted in
support of the March 2023 NOPR.
Labor expenditures related to product
manufacturing depend on the labor
intensity of the product, the sales
volume, and an assumption that wages
remain fixed in real terms over time.
The total labor expenditures in each
year are calculated by multiplying the
total MPCs by the labor percentage of
MPCs. The total labor expenditures in
the GRIM were then converted to total
production employment levels by
dividing production labor expenditures
by the average fully burdened wage
77 U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics. Employer Costs
for Employee Compensation—June 2023. September
12, 2023. Available at www.bls.gov/news.release/
pdf/ecec.pdf (last accessed October 30, 2023).
PO 00000
Frm 00053
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
multiplied by the average number of
hours worked per year per production
worker. To do this, DOE relied on the
ASM inputs: Production Workers
Annual Wages, Production Workers
Annual Hours, Production Workers for
Pay Period, and Number of Employees.
DOE also relied on the BLS employee
compensation data to determine the
fully burdened wage ratio. The fully
burdened wage ratio factors in paid
leave, supplemental pay, insurance,
retirement and savings, and legally
required benefits.
The number of production employees
is then multiplied by the U.S. labor
Percentage to convert total production
employment to total domestic
production employment. The U.S. labor
percentage represents the industry
fraction of domestic manufacturing
E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM
07MYR8
ER07MY24.042
Table V.21 Percentages of 2024 Shipments that Meet each TSL by Product Class
Product Class
TSLl
TSL2
TSL3
TSL4
TSLS
21.0%
3.0%
3.0%
0.0%
0.0%
FCC
58.0%
58.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
FC
82.0%
75.0%
76.0%
76.0%
74.0%
BICC
28.0%
28.0%
28.0%
28.0%
0.0%
BIC
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
C-3A
100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
C-3A-BI
100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
C-9
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
C-9-BI
1.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
C-13A
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
C-13A-BI
24.4%
12.6%
5.8%
3.9%
2.9%
Total
38814
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
production capacity for the covered
product. This value is derived from
manufacturer interviews, product
database analysis, and publicly
available information. Consistent with
the March 2023 NOPR, DOE estimates
that 7.8 percent of MREFs are produced
domestically.
The domestic production employees
estimate covers production line
workers, including line supervisors,
who are directly involved in fabricating
and assembling products within the
OEM facility. Workers performing
services that are closely associated with
production operations, such as
materials-handling tasks using forklifts,
are also included as production labor.
DOE’s estimates only account for
production workers who manufacture
the specific products covered by this
rulemaking.
Non-production workers account for
the remainder of the direct employment
figure. The non-production employees
estimate covers domestic workers who
are not directly involved in the
production process, such as sales,
engineering, human resources, and
management.78 Using the amount of
domestic production workers calculated
above, non-production domestic
employees are extrapolated by
multiplying the ratio of non-production
workers in the industry compared to
production employees. DOE assumes
that this employee distribution ratio
remains constant between the no-newstandards case and standards cases.
Using the GRIM, DOE estimates in the
absence of amended energy
conservation standards there would be
211 domestic production and nonproduction workers for MREFs in 2029.
Table V.22 shows the range of the
impacts of energy conservation
standards on U.S. manufacturing
employment in the MREF industry. The
following discussion provides a
qualitative evaluation of the range of
potential impacts presented in Table
V.22.
Table V.22 Domestic Direct Employment Impacts for MREF Manufacturers in 2029
No-NewStandards
Case
TSL 1
TSL2
TSL3
TSL4
TSLS
The direct employment impacts
shown in Table V.22 represent the
potential domestic employment changes
that could result following the
compliance date for the MREF product
classes in this direct final rule. The
upper bound estimate corresponds to a
change in the number of domestic
workers that would result from
amended energy conservation standards
if manufacturers continue to produce
the same scope of covered products
within the United States after
compliance takes effect. The lower
bound estimate represents the
maximum decrease in production
workers if manufacturing moved to
lower labor-cost countries. At lower
TSLs, DOE believes the likelihood of
changes in production location due to
amended standards are low due to the
relatively minor production line
updates required. However, as amended
standards increase in stringency and
both the complexity and cost of
production facility updates increases,
manufacturers may reevaluate domestic
production siting options. Specifically,
implementing VIPs could necessitate
additional labor content and significant
capital investment. However, at the
Recommended TSL (i.e., TSL 4), none of
the analyzed product classes would
likely require VIPs to meet the
recommended efficiency levels.
Furthermore, DOE notes that of the six
manufacturers with U.S. manufacturing
facilities producing MREFs, five
manufacturers are AHAM members, a
key signatory of the Joint Agreement.
Additional detail on the analysis of
direct employment can be found in
chapter 12 of the direct final rule TSD.
Additionally, the employment impacts
discussed in this section are
independent of the employment impacts
from the broader U.S. economy, which
are documented in chapter 16 of the
direct final rule TSD.
78 The comprehensive description of production
and non-production workers is available at
‘‘Definitions and Instructions for the Annual Survey
of Manufacturers, MA–10000’’ (pp. 13–14)
www2.census.gov/programs-surveys/asm/technicaldocumentation/questionnaire/2021/instructions/
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:31 May 06, 2024
Jkt 262001
c. Impacts on Manufacturing Capacity
In interviews, manufacturers noted
that the majority of MREFs—namely
FCC—are manufactured in Asia and
PO 00000
Frm 00054
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
rebranded by home appliance
manufacturers. Manufacturers had few
concerns about manufacturing
constraints below the max-tech level
and the implementation of VIPs.
However, at max-tech, some
manufacturers expressed technical
uncertainty about industry’s ability to
meet the efficiencies required as few
OEMs offer products at max-tech today.
For example, DOE is not aware of any
OEMs that currently offer FCC that meet
TSL 5 efficiencies. DOE’s shipments
analysis estimates that except for BICC,
which only accounts for 4 percent of
MREF shipments, no shipments of other
product classes meet the max-tech
efficiencies.
Some low-volume domestic and
European-based OEMs offer niche or
high-end MREFs (i.e., built-ins,
combination coolers, FCCs that can be
integrated into kitchen cabinetry). In
interviews, these manufacturers stated
that, due to their low volume and wide
range of product offerings, they could
face engineering resource constraints
MA_10000_Instructions.pdf (last accessed
September 9, 2023).
E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM
07MYR8
ER07MY24.043
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8
Direct Employment
in 2029 (Production
201
Workers+ Non211
210
207
207
204
Production
Workers)
Potential Changes in
(188) to
(188) to
(188) to
(188) to
(188) to
Direct Employment
(1)
(9)
(3)
(3)
(6)
Workers*
*DOE presents a range of potential employment impacts. Numbers in parentheses denote negative values.
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8
should amended standards necessitate a
significant redesign, such as requiring
insulation thickness changes for FCs at
the Recommended TSL (i.e., TSL 4) or
requiring VIPs for all product classes at
TSL 5. These manufacturers further
stated that the extent of their resource
constraints depend, in part, on the
outcome of other ongoing DOE energy
conservation standards rulemakings that
impact related products, in particular,
the energy conservation standards for
RF. DOE notes that the January 2024 RF
Direct Final Rule amending the energy
conservation standards for RF was
published in the Federal Register on
January 17, 2024. 89 FR 3026. In that
direct final rule, compliance with
amended standards would be required
in 2029 or 2030, depending on the
product class, instead of 2027, as
analyzed in the RF NOPR published in
the Federal Register on February 27,
2023. See 88 FR 12452. Thus,
manufacturers will have more time to
redesign RF products to meet amended
standards, compared to the EPCAspecified compliance period.
Additionally, for OEMs that
manufacture both MREFs and RFs, DOE
expects that the alignment of the
compliance dates for these covered
products would help mitigate regulatory
burden by reducing the number of times
manufacturers would need to reorganize
production lines.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:31 May 06, 2024
Jkt 262001
d. Impacts on Subgroups of
Manufacturers
Using average cost assumptions to
develop industry cash-flow estimates
may not capture the differential impacts
among subgroups of manufacturers.
Small manufacturers, niche players, or
manufacturers exhibiting a cost
structure that differs substantially from
the industry average could be affected
disproportionately. DOE investigated
small businesses as a manufacturer
subgroup that could be
disproportionally impacted by energy
conservation standards and could merit
additional analysis.
DOE analyzes the impacts on small
businesses in a separate analysis for the
standards proposed in the NOPR
published elsewhere in this issue of the
Federal Register and in chapter 12 of
the direct final rule TSD. In summary,
the SBA defines a ‘‘small business’’ as
having 1,500 employees or less for
NAICS 335220, ‘‘Major Household
Appliance Manufacturing’’ or as having
1,250 employees of less for the
secondary NAICS code of 333415: ‘‘AirConditioning and Warm Air Heating
Equipment and Commercial and
Industrial Refrigeration Equipment
Manufacturing.’’ Using the more
conservative (i.e., more inclusive)
threshold of 1,500 employees, DOE
identified one domestic OEM that
qualifies as small business and is not
PO 00000
Frm 00055
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
38815
foreign-owned and operated. For a
discussion of the impacts on the small
business manufacturer group, see
chapter 12 of the direct final rule TSD.
e. Cumulative Regulatory Burden
One aspect of assessing manufacturer
burden involves looking at the
cumulative impact of multiple DOE
standards and the regulatory actions of
other Federal agencies and States that
affect the manufacturers of a covered
product or equipment. While any one
regulation may not impose a significant
burden on manufacturers, the combined
effects of several existing or impending
regulations may have serious
consequences for some manufacturers,
groups of manufacturers, or an entire
industry. Multiple regulations affecting
the same manufacturer can strain profits
and lead companies to abandon product
lines or markets with lower expected
future returns than competing products.
For these reasons, DOE conducts an
analysis of cumulative regulatory
burden as part of its rulemakings
pertaining to appliance efficiency.
For the cumulative regulatory burden
analysis, DOE examines Federal,
product-specific regulations that could
affect MREF manufacturers that take
effect approximately 3 years before and
after 2029 the compliance date. This
information is presented in Table V.23.
BILLING CODE 6450–01–P
E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM
07MYR8
38816
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
Approx.
Number ofOEMs
Standards
Federal Energy
Number of
Affected by This
OEMs*
Compliance
Conservation Standard
Rule**
Year
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8
Automatic Commercial
Ice Makerst
88 FR30508
(May 11, 2023)
Dishwashers t
88 FR32514
(May 19, 2023)
Refrigerated Bottled or
Canned Beverage
Vending Machines t
88 FR33968
(May 25, 2023)
Room Air Conditioners
88 FR34298
(May 26, 2023)
Microwave Ovens
88 FR39912
(June 20, 2023)
Consumer Water
Heaterst
88 FR49058
(July 27, 2023)
Consumer Boilerst
88 FR 55128
(August 14,2023)
Commercial Water
Heating Equipment
88 FR69686
(October 6, 2023)
Commercial
Refrigerators,
Refrigerator-Freezers,
and Freezerst
88 FR 70196
(October 10, 2023)
Dehumidifiers t
88 FR 76510
(November 6, 2023)
Consumer Furnaces
88 FR87502
(December 18, 2023)
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:31 May 06, 2024
Jkt 262001
Industry
Conversion
Costs
(Millions)
Industry
Conversion
Costs/
Equipment
Revenue***
23
5
2027
$15.9
(2022$)
0.6%
21
12
2027
$125.6
(2021$)
2.1%
5
1
2028
$1.5
(2022$)
0.2%
8
4
2026
$24.8
(2021$)
0.4%
18
8
2026
$46.1
(2021$)
0.7%
22
3
2030
$228.1
(2022$)
1.1%
24
1
2030
$98.0
(2022$)
3.6%
15
1
2026
$42.7
(2022$)
3.8%
83
10
2028
$226.4
(2022$)
1.6%
20
4
2028
$6.9
(2022$)
0.4%
15
1
2029
$162.0
(2022$)
1.8%
PO 00000
Frm 00056
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM
07MYR8
ER07MY24.044
Table V.23 Compliance Dates and Expected Conversion Expenses of Federal
Energy Conservation Standards Affecting Miscellaneous Refrigeration Products
Orie:inal Equipment Manufacturers
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
38817
Refrigerators,
Refrigerator-Freezers,
2029 and
$830.3
1.3%
and Freezers
63
13
(2022$)
2030t
89 FR3026
(Januarv17,2024)
Consumer Conventional
Cooking Products
$66.7
0.3%
35
9
2028
(2022$)
89 FR 11548
(February 14, 2024)
Consumer Clothes
$180.7
Dryers
2028
1.4%
19
8
(2022$)
89 FR 18164
(March 12, 2024)
Residential Clothes
Washers
$320.0
22
2028
1.8%
7
(2022$)
89 FR 19026
(March 15, 2024)
* This column presents the total number of OEMs identified in the energy conservation standard rule that is
contributing to cumulative regulatory burden.
** This column presents the number ofOEMs producing MREFs that are also listed as OEMs in the
identified energy conservation standard that is contributing to cumulative regulatory burden.
*** This column presents industry conversion costs as a percentage of equipment revenue during the
conversion period. Industry conversion costs are the upfront investments manufacturers must make to sell
compliant products/equipment. The revenue used for this calculation is the revenue from just the covered
product/equipment associated with each row. The conversion period is the time frame over which
conversion costs are made and lasts from the publication year of a final rule to the compliance year of the
energy conservation standard. The conversion period typically ranges from 3 to 5 years, depending on the
rulemaking.
t These rulemakings are at the NOPR stage, and all values are subject to change until fmalized through
publication of a fmal rule.
t For the refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, and freezers energy conservation standards direct fmal rule,
the compliance year (2029 or 2030) varies by product class.
As shown in Table V.23, most of the
rulemakings with the largest overlap of
MREF OEMs include RFs, consumer
conventional cooking products,
residential clothes washers, consumer
clothes dryers, and MREFs, which are
all part of the multi-product Joint
Agreement submitted by interested
parties.79 The multi-product Joint
Agreement states the ‘‘jointly
recommended compliance dates will
achieve the overall energy and
economic benefits of this agreement
while allowing necessary lead-times for
manufacturers to redesign products and
retool manufacturing plants to meet the
recommended standards across product
categories.’’ (Joint Agreement, No. 34 at
p. 2) As discussed previously, the
staggered compliance dates help
mitigate manufacturers’ concerns about
their ability to allocate sufficient
resources to comply with multiple
79 The microwave ovens energy conservation
standards final rule (88 FR 39912), which has 8
overlapping OEMs, was published prior to the joint
submission of the multi-product Joint Agreement.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:31 May 06, 2024
Jkt 262001
PO 00000
Frm 00057
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
concurrent amended standards and
about the need to align compliance
dates for products that are typically
designed or sold as matched pairs. See
section IV.J.3 of this document for
stakeholder comments about cumulative
regulatory burden. See Table V.24 for a
comparison of the estimated compliance
dates based on EPCA-specified
timelines and the compliance dates
detailed in the Joint Agreement.
E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM
07MYR8
ER07MY24.045
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8
BILLING CODE 6450–01–C
38818
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
Table V.24 Expected Compliance Dates for Multi-Product Joint Agreement
Rule making
Estimated Compliance
Year based on EPCA
Requirements
Compliance Year in the
Joint Agreement
Consumer Clothes Dryers
2027
2028
Residential Clothes Washers
2027
2028
Consumer Conventional
Cooking Products
2027
2028
2027
2027*
2029 or 2030 depending
on the product class
Dishwashers
Refrigerators, RefrigeratorFreezers, and Freezers
Miscellaneous Refrigeration
Products
2027
2029
2029
*Estimated compliance year. The Joint Agreement states, "3 years after the publication of a final rule in the Federal
Register." (Joint Agreement, No. 34 at p. 2)
3. National Impact Analysis
a. Significance of Energy Savings
This section presents DOE’s estimates
of the national energy savings and the
NPV of consumer benefits that would
result from each of the TSLs considered
as potential amended standards.
To estimate the energy savings
attributable to potential amended
standards for MREFs, DOE compared
their energy consumption under the nonew-standards case to their anticipated
energy consumption under each TSL.
The savings are measured over the
entire lifetime of products purchased in
the 30-year period that begins in the
year of anticipated compliance with
amended standards (2029–2058). Table
V.25 presents DOE’s projections of the
national energy savings for each TSL
considered for MREFs. The savings were
calculated using the approach described
in section IV.H.2 of this document.
Table V.25 Cumulative National Energy Savings for MREFs; 30 Years of
Shi ments 2029-2058
5
0.54
0.55
OMB Circular A–4 80 requires
agencies to present analytical results,
including separate schedules of the
monetized benefits and costs that show
the type and timing of benefits and
costs. Circular A–4 also directs agencies
to consider the variability of key
elements underlying the estimates of
benefits and costs. For this rulemaking,
DOE undertook a sensitivity analysis
using 9 years, rather than 30 years, of
product shipments. The choice of a 9year period is a proxy for the timeline
in EPCA for the review of certain energy
conservation standards and potential
revision of and compliance with such
revised standards.81 The review
timeframe established in EPCA is
generally not synchronized with the
product lifetime, product manufacturing
cycles, or other factors specific to
MREFs. Thus, such results are presented
for informational purposes only and are
not indicative of any change in DOE’s
analytical methodology. The NES
sensitivity analysis results based on a 9year analytical period are presented in
Table V.26. The impacts are counted
over the lifetime of MREFs purchased in
2029–2037.
80 U.S. Office of Management and Budget.
Circular A–4: Regulatory Analysis. Available at
www.whitehouse.gov/omb/information-foragencies/circulars/ (last accessed January 5, 2024).
DOE used the prior version of Circular A–4 (2003)
as a result of the effective date of the new version.
81 EPCA requires DOE to review its standards at
least once every 6 years, and requires, for certain
products, a 3-year period after any new standard is
promulgated before compliance is required, except
that in no case may any new standards be required
within 6 years of the compliance date of the
previous standards. (42 U.S.C. 6295(m)) While
adding a 6-year review to the 3-year compliance
period adds up to 9 years, DOE notes that it may
undertake reviews at any time within the 6-year
period and that the 3-year compliance date may
yield to the 6-year backstop. A 9-year analysis
period may not be appropriate given the variability
that occurs in the timing of standards reviews and
the fact that for some products, the compliance
period is 5 years rather than 3 years.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:31 May 06, 2024
Jkt 262001
PO 00000
Frm 00058
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM
07MYR8
ER07MY24.047
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8
0.10
0.10
Trial Standard Level
3
4
uads
0.20
0.21
0.31
0.20
0.22
0.32
2
ER07MY24.046
1
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
38819
Table V.26 Cumulative National Energy Savings for MREFs; 9 Years of Shipments
2029-2037)
Primary energy
FFC energy
b. Net Present Value of Consumer Costs
and Benefits
DOE estimated the cumulative NPV of
the total costs and savings for
1
I
0.03
0.03
I
I
Trial Standard Level
3
4
I
I
quads
0.05
I 0.06
I 0.09
0.06
I 0.06
I 0.09
2
consumers that would result from the
TSLs considered for MREFs. In
accordance with OMB’s guidelines on
regulatory analysis,82 DOE calculated
NPV using both a 7-percent and a 3-
I
5
I
I
0.15
0.15
percent real discount rate. Table V.27
shows the consumer NPV results with
impacts counted over the lifetime of
products purchased in 2029–2058.
Table V.27 Cumulative Net Present Value of Consumer Benefits for MREFs;
30 Years of Shipments (2029-2058)
3 percent
7 percent
The NPV results based on the
aforementioned 9-year analytical period
are presented in Table V.28. The
impacts are counted over the lifetime of
1
I
0.49
0.19
I
I
Trial Standard Level
4
3
I
I
Billion 2022$
0.72
I 0.87
I 0.77
0.24
I 0.31
I 0.17
2
products purchased in 2029–2037. As
mentioned previously, such results are
presented for informational purposes
only and are not indicative of any
I
5
I
I
-1.68
-1.36
change in DOE’s analytical methodology
or decision criteria.
Table V.28 Cumulative Net Present Value of Consumer Benefits for MREFs;
9 Years of Shipments (2029-2037)
0.17
0.09
I
I
Trial Standard Level
4
3
I
I
Billion 2022$
0.23
I 0.29
I 0.20
0.10
I 0.14
I 0.04
2
The previous results reflect the use of
a default trend to estimate the change in
price for MREFs over the analysis
period (see section IV.H.3 of this
document). DOE also conducted a
sensitivity analysis that considered a
low benefits scenario which combines a
lower rate of price decline and AEO
2023 Low Economic Growth, as well as
a high benefits scenario which combines
a higher rate of price decline and AEO
2023 High Economic Growth. The
results of these alternative cases are
presented in appendix 10C of the direct
final rule TSD. In the high benefits
scenario where high-price-decline case
is applied, the NPV of consumer
benefits is higher than in the default
case. In the low benefits scenario where
low-price-decline case is applied, the
NPV of consumer benefits is lower than
in the default case.
c. Indirect Impacts on Employment
82 U.S. Office of Management and Budget.
Circular A–4: Regulatory Analysis. Available at
www.whitehouse.gov/omb/information-foragencies/circulars/ (last accessed January 5, 2024).
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:31 May 06, 2024
Jkt 262001
DOE estimates that amended energy
conservation standards for MREFs will
reduce energy expenditures for
consumers of those products, with the
resulting net savings being redirected to
other forms of economic activity. These
expected shifts in spending and
economic activity could affect the
demand for labor. As described in
section IV.N of this document, DOE
used an input/output model of the U.S.
economy to estimate indirect
employment impacts of the TSLs that
DOE considered. There are uncertainties
involved in projecting employment
impacts, especially changes in the later
years of the analysis. Therefore, DOE
generated results for near-term
timeframes (2029–2033), where these
uncertainties are reduced.
PO 00000
Frm 00059
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
I
5
I
I
-0.91
-0.83
The results suggest that the adopted
standards are likely to have a negligible
impact on the net demand for labor in
the economy. The net change in jobs is
so small that it would be imperceptible
in national labor statistics and might be
offset by other, unanticipated effects on
employment. Chapter 16 of the direct
final rule TSD presents detailed results
regarding anticipated indirect
employment impacts.
4. Impact on Utility or Performance of
Products
As discussed in section III.E.1.d of
this document, DOE has concluded that
the standards adopted in this direct
final rule will not lessen the utility or
performance of the MREFs under
consideration in this rulemaking.
Manufacturers of these products
DOE used the prior version of Circular A–4 (2003)
as a result of the effective date of the new version.
E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM
07MYR8
ER07MY24.049 ER07MY24.050
I
ER07MY24.048
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8
3 percent
7 percent
1
38820
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
currently offer units that meet or exceed
the adopted standards.
5. Impact of Any Lessening of
Competition
DOE considered any lessening of
competition that would be likely to
result from amended standards. As
discussed in section III.E.1.e of this
document, EPCA directs the Attorney
General of the United States (‘‘Attorney
General’’) to determine the impact, if
any, of any lessening of competition
likely to result from a proposed
standard and to transmit such
determination in writing to the
Secretary within 60 days of the
publication of a proposed rule, together
with an analysis of the nature and
extent of the impact. To assist the
Attorney General in making this
determination, DOE is providing DOJ
with copies of this direct final rule and
the direct final rule TSD for review.
6. Need of the Nation To Conserve
Energy
Enhanced energy efficiency, where
economically justified, improves the
Nation’s energy security, strengthens the
economy, and reduces the
environmental impacts (costs) of energy
production. Reduced electricity demand
due to energy conservation standards is
also likely to reduce the cost of
maintaining the reliability of the
electricity system, particularly during
peak-load periods. Chapter 15 in the
direct final rule TSD presents the
estimated impacts on electricity-
generating capacity, relative to the nonew-standards case, for the TSLs that
DOE considered in this rulemaking.
Energy conservation resulting from
potential energy conservation standards
for MREFs is expected to yield
environmental benefits in the form of
reduced emissions of certain air
pollutants and greenhouse gases. Table
V.29 provides DOE’s estimate of
cumulative emissions reductions
expected to result from the TSLs
considered in this rulemaking. The
emissions were calculated using the
multipliers discussed in section IV.K of
this document. DOE reports annual
emissions reductions for each TSL in
chapter 13 of the direct final rule TSD.
Table V.29 Cumulative Emissions Reduction for MREFs Shipped in 2029-2058
Trial Standard Level
1
2
3
Electric Power Sector and Site Emissions
1.64
3.33
3.63
0.12
0.25
0.27
0.02
0.04
0.03
0.77
1.57
1.70
1.23
0.56
1.13
0.01
0.00
O.oI
Upstream Emissions
0.16
0.33
0.36
14.90
30.19
32.88
0.00
0.00
0.00
2.55
5.18
5.64
0.01
0.02
0.02
0.00
0.00
0.00
Total FFC Emissions
1.81
3.66
3.99
15.02
30.44
33.15
0.02
0.04
0.04
7.34
3.33
6.75
1.25
0.57
1.15
0.01
0.00
O.oI
CO2 (million metric tons)
CHi (thousand tons)
N2O (thousand tons)
NOx (thousand tons)
SO2 (thousand tons)
Hg (tons)
CO2 (million metric tons)
CHi (thousand tons)
N2O (thousand tons)
NOx (thousand tons)
SO2 (thousand tons)
Hg (tons)
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8
As part of the analysis for this direct
final rule, DOE estimated monetary
benefits likely to result from the
reduced emissions of CO2 that DOE
estimated for each of the considered
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:31 May 06, 2024
Jkt 262001
TSLs for MREFs. Section IV.L of this
document discusses the estimated SC–
CO2 values that DOE used. Table V.30
presents the value of CO2 emissions
reduction at each TSL for each of the
PO 00000
Frm 00060
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
5
5.32
0.40
0.06
2.50
1.81
0.01
9.12
0.68
0.10
4.28
3.10
0.02
0.53
48.24
0.00
8.27
0.03
0.00
0.91
82.73
0.00
14.19
0.05
0.00
5.85
48.64
0.06
10.77
1.84
0.01
10.03
83.41
0.10
18.47
3.15
0.02
SC–CO2 cases. The time-series of annual
values is presented for the selected TSL
in chapter 14 of the direct final rule
TSD.
E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM
07MYR8
ER07MY24.051
CO2 (million metric tons)
CHi (thousand tons)
N2O (thousand tons)
NOx (thousand tons)
SO2 (thousand tons)
Hg (tons)
4
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
38821
Table V.30 Present Value of CO2 Emissions Reduction for MREFs Shipped in 20292058
TSL
5%
Average
1
2
3
4
5
18.2
36.9
40.0
58.6
100.5
SC-CO2 Case
Discount Rate and Statistics
3%
2.5%
Average
Average
million 2022$
77.6
121.3
157.5
246.1
170.8
266.8
250.3
391.1
429.5
671.2
As discussed in section IV.L.2 of this
document, DOE estimated the climate
benefits likely to result from the
reduced emissions of methane and N2O
that DOE estimated for each of the
considered TSLs for MREFs. Table V.31
presents the value of the CH4 emissions
reduction at each TSL, and Table V.32
presents the value of the N2O emissions
reduction at each TSL. The time-series
3%
95 th percentile
235.6
478.1
518.2
759.4
1,303.2
of annual values is presented for the
selected TSL in chapter 14 of the direct
final rule TSD.
Table V.31 Present Value of Methane Emissions Reduction for MREFs Shipped in
2029-2058
TSL
5%
Avera2:e
1
2
3
4
5
6.9
14.1
15.3
22.3
38.4
SC-CH4 Case
Discount Rate and Statistics
3%
2.5%
Avera2:e
Avera2:e
million 2022$
20.7
28.9
42.0
58.6
45.6
63.6
66.9
93.3
114.8
160.3
3%
95 th percentile
54.8
111.1
120.6
176.8
303.6
5%
Average
1
2
3
4
5
0.1
0.1
0.2
0.2
0.4
DOE is well aware that scientific and
economic knowledge about the
contribution of CO2 and other GHG
emissions to changes in the future
global climate and the potential
resulting damages to the global and U.S.
economy continues to evolve rapidly.
DOE, together with other Federal
agencies, will continue to review
methodologies for estimating the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:31 May 06, 2024
Jkt 262001
monetary value of reductions in CO2
and other GHG emissions. This ongoing
review will consider the comments on
this subject that are part of the public
record for this and other rulemakings, as
well as other methodological
assumptions and issues. DOE notes,
however, that the adopted standards in
this direct final rule would be
economically justified even without
PO 00000
Frm 00061
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
3%
95 th percentile
0.7
1.5
1.6
2.4
4.1
inclusion of monetized benefits of
reduced GHG emissions.
DOE also estimated the monetary
value of the economic benefits
associated with NOX and SO2 emissions
reductions anticipated to result from the
considered TSLs for MREFs. The dollarper-ton values that DOE used are
discussed in section IV.L of this
document. Table V.33 presents the
E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM
07MYR8
ER07MY24.053 ER07MY24.054
TSL
SC-N2O Case
Discount Rate and Statistics
3%
2.5%
Average
Average
million 2022$
0.3
0.4
0.6
0.9
0.6
0.9
1.4
0.9
2.4
1.5
ER07MY24.052
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8
Table V.32 Present Value of Nitrous Oxide Emissions Reduction for MREFs
Shipped in 2029-2058
38822
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
present value for NOX emissions
reduction for each TSL calculated using
7-percent and 3-percent discount rates,
and Table V.34 presents similar results
for SO2 emissions reductions. The
results in these tables reflect application
of EPA’s low dollar-per-ton values,
which DOE used to be conservative. The
time-series of annual values is presented
for the selected TSL in chapter 14 of the
direct final rule TSD.
Table V.33 Present Value ofNOx Emissions Reduction for MREFs Shipped in
2029-2058
TSL
3% Discount Rate
1
2
3
4
5
155.0
314.4
341.0
499.7
857.1
7% Discount Rate
million 2022$
60.6
123.0
133.0
194.6
333.1
Table V.34 Present Value of SO2 Emissions Reduction for MREFs Shipped in 20292058
TSL
1
2
3
4
5
3% Discount Rate
7%
I
million 2022$
37.1
75.3
81.6
119.6
205.1
Not all the public health and
environmental benefits from the
reduction of greenhouse gases, NOX,
and SO2 are captured in the values
above, and additional unquantified
benefits from the reductions of those
pollutants as well as from the reduction
of direct PM and other co-pollutants
may be significant. DOE has not
included monetary benefits of the
reduction of Hg emissions because the
amount of reduction is very small.
Discount Rate
14.7
29.9
32.3
47.2
80.8
7. Other Factors
The Secretary of Energy, in
determining whether a standard is
economically justified, may consider
any other factors that the Secretary
deems to be relevant. (42 U.S.C.
6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(VII)) No other factors
were considered in this analysis.
8. Summary of Economic Impacts
Table V.35 presents the NPV values
that result from adding the estimates of
the economic benefits resulting from
reduced GHG and NOX and SO2
emissions to the NPV of consumer
benefits calculated for each TSL
considered in this rulemaking. The
consumer benefits are domestic U.S.
monetary savings that occur as a result
of purchasing the covered MREFs and
are measured for the lifetime of
products shipped in 2029–2058. The
climate benefits associated with reduced
GHG emissions resulting from the
adopted standards are global benefits
and are also calculated based on the
lifetime of MREFs shipped in 2029–
2058.
Table V.35 Consumer NPV Combined with Present Value of Climate Benefits and
Health Benefits
TSL3
TSL4
TSLS
Usin2 3% discount rate for Consumer NPV and Health Benefits /billion 2022$)
0.7
1.1
1.3
1.3
5% Average SC-GHG case
1.2
1.4
1.6
3% Average SC-GHG case
0.8
1.4
1.6
1.7
2.5% Average SC-GHG case
0.8
1.6
1.9
1.0
2.2
3% 95th percentile SC-GHG case
-1.0
-0.6
-0.4
0.4
Usinf( 7% discount rate for Consumer NPVand Health Benefits /billion 2022$)
5% Average SC-GHG case
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.4
0.4
0.6
0.7
0.7
3% Average SC-GHG case
0.4
0.7
0.8
0.8
2.5% Average SC-GHG case
3% 95th percentile SC-GHG case
0.6
1.0
1.1
1.3
-1.1
-0.6
-0.4
0.4
17:31 May 06, 2024
Jkt 262001
PO 00000
Frm 00062
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM
07MYR8
ER07MY24.056 ER07MY24.057
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8
VerDate Sep<11>2014
TSL2
ER07MY24.055
TSL 1
Cate2orv
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
C. Conclusion
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8
When considering new or amended
energy conservation standards, the
standards that DOE adopts for any type
(or class) of covered product must be
designed to achieve the maximum
improvement in energy efficiency that
the Secretary determines is
technologically feasible and
economically justified. (42 U.S.C.
6295(o)(2)(A)) In determining whether a
standard is economically justified, the
Secretary must determine whether the
benefits of the standard exceed its
burdens by, to the greatest extent
practicable, considering the seven
statutory factors discussed previously.
(42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)) The new or
amended standard must also result in
significant conservation of energy. (42
U.S.C. 6295(o)(3)(B))
For this direct final rule, DOE
considered the impacts of amended
standards for MREFs at each TSL,
beginning with the maximum
technologically feasible level, to
determine whether that level was
economically justified. Where the maxtech level was not justified, DOE then
considered the next most efficient level
and undertook the same evaluation until
it reached the highest efficiency level
that is both technologically feasible and
economically justified and saves a
significant amount of energy.
To aid the reader as DOE discusses
the benefits and/or burdens of each TSL,
tables in this section present a summary
of the results of DOE’s quantitative
analysis for each TSL. In addition to the
quantitative results presented in the
tables, DOE also considers other
burdens and benefits that affect
economic justification. These include
the impacts on identifiable subgroups of
consumers who may be
disproportionately affected by a national
standard and impacts on employment.
DOE also notes that the economics
literature provides a wide-ranging
discussion of how consumers trade off
upfront costs and energy savings in the
absence of government intervention.
Much of this literature attempts to
explain why consumers appear to
undervalue energy efficiency
improvements, an issue known as the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:31 May 06, 2024
Jkt 262001
‘‘energy efficiency gap’’. There is
evidence that consumers undervalue
future energy savings as a result of (1)
a lack of information; (2) a lack of
sufficient salience of the long-term or
aggregate benefits; (3) a lack of sufficient
savings to warrant delaying or altering
purchases; (4) excessive focus on the
short term, in the form of inconsistent
weighting of future energy cost savings
relative to available returns on other
investments; (5) computational or other
difficulties associated with the
evaluation of relevant tradeoffs; and (6)
a divergence in incentives (for example,
between renters and owners, or builders
and purchasers).83 Having less than
perfect foresight and a high degree of
uncertainty about the future, consumers
may trade off these types of investments
at a higher than expected rate between
current consumption and uncertain
future energy cost savings.
In DOE’s current regulatory analysis,
potential changes in the benefits and
costs of a regulation due to changes in
consumer purchase decisions are
included in two ways. First, if
consumers forgo the purchase of a
product in the standards case, this
decreases sales for product
manufacturers, and the impact on
manufacturers attributed to lost revenue
is included in the MIA. Second, DOE
accounts for energy savings attributable
only to products actually used by
consumers in the standards case; if a
standard decreases the number of
products purchased by consumers, this
decreases the potential energy savings
from an energy conservation standard.
DOE provides estimates of shipments
and changes in the volume of product
purchases in chapter 9 of the direct final
rule TSD. However, DOE’s current
analysis does not explicitly control for
heterogeneity in consumer preferences,
preferences across subcategories of
products or specific features, or
consumer price sensitivity variation
according to household income.84
83 Gillingham and Palmer (2014), Gerarden et al.
(2015) and Allcott and Greenstone (2012) discuss a
wide range of potential factors contributing to the
energy efficiency gap.
84 P.C. Reiss and M.W. White. Household
Electricity Demand, Revisited. Review of Economic
PO 00000
Frm 00063
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
38823
DOE continues to explore additional
potential updates to the quantifiable
framework for estimating the benefits
and costs of changes in consumer
purchase decisions due to an energy
conservation standard, and DOE is
committed to developing a framework
that can support empirical quantitative
tools for improved assessment of the
consumer welfare impacts of appliance
standards. DOE has posted a paper that
discusses the issue of consumer welfare
impacts of appliance energy
conservation standards and potential
enhancements to the methodology by
which these impacts are defined and
estimated in the regulatory process.85
DOE welcomes comments on how to
more fully assess the potential impact of
energy conservation standards on
consumer choice and how to quantify
this impact in its regulatory analysis in
future rulemakings.
1. Benefits and Burdens of TSLs
Considered for MREF Standards
Tables V.36 and V.37 summarize the
quantitative impacts estimated for each
TSL for MREFs. The national impacts
are measured over the lifetime of MREFs
purchased in the 30-year period that
begins in the anticipated year of
compliance with amended standards
(2029–2058). The energy savings,
emissions reductions, and value of
emissions reductions refer to full-fuelcycle results. DOE is presenting
monetized benefits of GHG emissions
reductions in accordance with the
applicable Executive orders and DOE
would reach the same conclusion
presented in this document in the
absence of the estimated benefits from
reductions in GHG emissions, including
the Interim Estimates presented by the
Interagency Working Group. The
efficiency levels contained in each TSL
are described in section V.A of this
document.
BILLING CODE 6450–01–P
Studies. 2005. 72(3): pp. 853–883. doi: 10.1111/
0034–6527.00354.
85 Sanstad, A.H. Notes on the Economics of
Household Energy Consumption and Technology
Choice. 2010. Lawrence Berkeley National
Laboratory. Available at www1.eere.energy.gov/
buildings/appliance_standards/pdfs/consumer_ee_
theory.pdf (last accessed November 29, 2023).
E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM
07MYR8
38824
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
Table V.36 Summary of Analytical Results for MREFs TSLs Shipped in 2029-2058:
National Impacts
Catee:ory
TSLl
TSL2
TSL3
Cumulative FFC National Enere:y Savine:s
Quads
0.10
0.20
0.22
Cumulative FFC Emissions Reduction
1.81
3.66
3.99
CO2 (million metric tons)
CH4 (thousand tons)
15.02
30.44
33.15
N2O (thousand tons)
0.02
0.04
0.04
3.33
6.75
7.34
NOx (thousand tons)
SO2 (thousand tons)
1.25
0.57
1.15
Hg (tons)
0.01
0.01
0.00
Present Value of Benefits and Costs (3% discount rate, billion 2022$)
Consumer Operating Cost Savings
0.62
1.26
1.37
Climate Benefits*
0.22
0.10
0.20
Health Benefits**
0.42
0.19
0.39
Total Benefitst
0.91
2.01
1.85
Consumer Incremental Product Costsl
0.54
0.13
0.50
Consumer Net Benefits
0.49
0.72
0.87
1.31
1.51
Total Net Benefits
0.78
Present Value of Benefits and Costs (7% discount rate, billion 2022$)
Consumer Operating Cost Savings
0.54
0.27
0.59
Climate Benefits*
0.22
0.10
0.20
Health Benefits**
0.15
0.17
0.08
Total Benefitst
0.44
0.90
0.97
Consumer Incremental Product Costs:!:
0.07
0.30
0.28
Consumer Net Benefits
0.19
0.24
0.31
Total Net Benefits
0.37
0.60
0.69
TSL4
TSLS
0.32
0.55
5.85
10.03
48.64
0.06
10.77
1.84
0.01
83.41
0.10
18.47
3.15
0.02
2.00
0.32
0.62
2.94
1.23
0.77
1.71
3.44
0.55
1.06
5.04
5.12
-1.68
-0.07
0.86
0.32
0.24
1.42
0.69
0.17
0.73
1.47
0.55
0.41
2.43
2.83
-1.36
-0.40
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:31 May 06, 2024
Jkt 262001
PO 00000
Frm 00064
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM
07MYR8
ER07MY24.058
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8
Note: This table presents the costs and benefits associated with MREFs shipped during the period
2029-2058. These results include benefits to consumers which accrue after 2058 from the products
shipped in 2029-2058.
* Climate benefits are calculated using four different estimates of the SC-CO2, SC-C~ and SC-N2O.
Together, these represent the global SC-GHG. For presentational purposes of this table, the climate
benefits associated with the average SC-GHG at a 3 percent discount rate are shown; however, DOE
emphasizes the importance and value of considering the benefits calculated using all four sets of SC-GHG
estimates. To monetize the benefits ofreducing GHG emissions, this analysis uses the interim estimates
presented in the Technical Support Document: Social Cost of Carbon, Methane, and Nitrous Oxide Interim
Estimates Under Executive Order 13990 published in February 2021 by the IWG.
** Health benefits are calculated using benefit-per-ton values for NOx and SO2. DOE is currently only
monetizing (for NOx and SO2) PM2.s precursor health benefits and (for NOx) ozone precursor health
benefits but will continue to assess the ability to monetize other effects such as health benefits from
reductions in direct PM2.s emissions. The health benefits are presented at real discount rates of 3 and 7
percent. See section IV.L of this document for more details.
t Total and net benefits include consumer, climate, and health benefits. For presentation purposes, total
and net benefits for both the 3-percent and 7-percent cases are presented using the average SC-GHG with
3-percent discount rate.
! Costs include incremental equipment costs.
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
38825
Table V.37 Summary of Analytical Results for MREF TSLs: Manufacturer and
Consumer Impacts
Category
TSLl
TSL2
TSL3
Manufacturer Impacts
Industry NPV (million
2022$) (No-new773.7 to
758.7 to
761.9 to
standards case INPV =
777.2
770.6
772.1
807.7)
Industry NPV (%
(4.2) to
(6.l)to
(5.7) to
change)
(3.8)
(4.6)
(4.4)
Consumer Avera2e LCC Savin2s (2022$)
FCC
17.53
17.55
17.55
BICC
16.08
1.53
1.53
FC
21.06
21.06
45.59
BIC
18.99
19.27
53.56
C-3A
30.95
30.95
30.95
C-3A-BI
36.19
36.19
36.19
C-13A
24.36
37.86
37.86
Shipment-Weighted
37.52
21.11
25.23
Average •
Consumer Simple PBP <, ears)
FCC
2.0
5.0
5.0
BICC
2.4
8.1
8.1
FC
6.5
6.5
4.2
BIC
4.4
6.9
9.0
C-3A
1.7
1.7
1.7
C-3A-BI
1.6
1.6
1.6
C-13A
1.1
1.3
1.3
Shipment-Weighted
2.6
4.7
4.3
Average •
Percent of Consumers that Experience a Net Cost
FCC
1.9
30.6
30.6
BICC
15.1
15.1
0.9
FC
10.0
10.0
1.8
BIC
19.2
52.7
4.6
C-3A
0.0
0.0
0.0
C-3A-BI
0.0
0.0
0.0
C-13A
0.3
0.6
0.6
Shipment-Weighted
3.1
22.9
20.3
Average •
TSL4
TSL5
715.6 to
747.4
386.7 to
524.5
(11.4) to
(7.5)
(52.l)to
(35.1)
12.97
1.53
26.22
53.56
30.95
36.19
10.60
(58.75)
(97.38)
(265.96)
(293.40)
(242.46)
(249.95)
(89.25)
15.24
(99.49)
6.8
8.1
8.5
4.4
1.7
1.6
7.3
13.0
15.4
29.9
31.7
45.4
42.0
19.5
7.1
17.1
46.8
15.1
44.0
4.6
0.0
0.0
47.2
81.6
23.7
98.2
98.4
99.6
99.3
93.9
43.7
84.5
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8
BILLING CODE 6450–01–C
DOE first considered TSL 5, which
represents the max-tech efficiency
levels. For coolers (i.e., FCC, FC, BICC,
and BIC), which account for
approximately 82 percent of MREF
shipments, DOE expects that products
would require use of VIPs, VSCs, and
triple-glazed doors at this TSL. DOE
expects that VIPs would be used in the
products’ side walls. In addition, the
products would use the best-availableefficiency variable-speed compressors,
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:31 May 06, 2024
Jkt 262001
forced-convection heat exchangers with
multi-speed brushless-DC (‘‘BLDC’’)
fans, and increase in cabinet wall
thickness as compared to most baseline
products. TSL 5 would save an
estimated 0.55 quads of energy, an
amount which DOE considers
significant. Under TSL 5, the NPV of
consumer benefit would be negative,
i.e., ¥$1.36 billion using a discount rate
of 7 percent, and ¥$1.68 billion using
a discount rate of 3 percent.
PO 00000
Frm 00065
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
The cumulative emissions reductions
at TSL 5 are 10.0 Mt of CO2, 3.15
thousand tons of SO2, 18.5 thousand
tons of NOX, 0.02 tons of Hg, 83.4
thousand tons of CH4, and 0.10
thousand tons of N2O. The estimated
monetary value of the climate benefits
from reduced GHG emissions
(associated with the average SC–GHG at
a 3-percent discount rate) at TSL 5 is
$0.6 billion. The estimated monetary
value of the health benefits from
E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM
07MYR8
ER07MY24.059
Parentheses indicate negative (-) values.
* Weighted by shares of each product class in total projected shipments in 2029.
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8
38826
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
reduced SO2 and NOX emissions at TSL
5 is $0.4 billion using a 7-percent
discount rate and $1.1 billion using a 3percent discount rate.
Using a 7-percent discount rate for
consumer benefits and costs, health
benefits from reduced SO2 and NOX
emissions, and the 3-percent discount
rate case for climate benefits from
reduced GHG emissions, the estimated
total NPV at TSL 5 is ¥$0.4 billion.
Using a 3-percent discount rate for all
benefits and costs, the estimated total
NPV at TSL 5 is ¥$0.07 billion. The
estimated total monetized NPV is
provided for additional information,
however, consistent with the statutory
factors and framework for along with
appropriate consideration of its full
range of statutory factors when
determining whether a proposed
standard level is economically justified,
DOE considers a range of quantitative
and qualitative benefits and burdens,
including the costs and cost savings for
consumers, impacts to consumer
subgroups, energy savings, emission
reductions, and impacts on
manufacturers.
At TSL 5, for the product classes with
the largest market share, which are FCC,
FC, and C–13A and together account for
approximately 92 percent of annual
shipments, the LCC savings are all
negative (¥$45.3, ¥$178.8, and
¥$73.4, respectively) and their payback
periods are 13.0 years, 29.9 years, and
19.5 years, respectively, which are all
longer than their corresponding average
lifetimes. For these product classes, the
fraction of consumers experiencing a net
LCC cost is 81.6 percent, 98.2 percent,
and 93.9 percent due to increases in first
cost of $185.0, $420.5, and $167.5,
respectively. Overall, a majority of
MREF consumers (84.5 percent) would
experience a net cost and the average
LCC savings would be negative for all
analyzed product classes.
At TSL 5, the projected change in
INPV ranges from a decrease of $421.0
million to a decrease of $283.2 million,
which corresponds to decreases of 51.2
percent and 35.1 percent, respectively.
DOE estimates that industry must invest
$555.1 million to comply with
standards set at TSL 5.
DOE estimates that approximately 2.9
percent of current MREF shipments
meet the max-tech levels. For FCC, FC,
and C–13A, which together account for
approximately 92 percent of annual
shipments, DOE estimates that zero
shipments currently meet max-tech
efficiencies.
At TSL 5, manufacturers would likely
need to implement all the most efficient
design options analyzed in the
engineering analysis. Manufacturers that
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:31 May 06, 2024
Jkt 262001
do not currently offer products that
meet TSL 5 efficiencies would need to
develop new product platforms, which
would require significant investment.
Conversion costs are driven by the need
for changes to cabinet construction,
such as increasing foam insulation
thickness and/or incorporating VIP
technology. Increasing insulation
thickness could result in a loss of
interior volume or an increase in
exterior volume. If manufacturers chose
to maintain exterior dimensions,
increasing insulation thickness would
require redesign of the cabinet as well
as the designs and tooling associated
with the interior of the product, such as
the liner, shelving, racks, and drawers.
Incorporating VIPs into MREF designs
could also require redesign of the
cabinet to maximize the efficiency
benefit of this technology. In addition to
insulation changes, manufacturers may
need to implement triple-pane glass,
which could require implementing
reinforced hinges and redesigning the
door structure.
At this level, DOE estimates a 13percent drop in shipments in the year
the standard takes effect compared to
the no-new-standards case, as some
consumers may forgo purchasing a new
MREF due to the increased upfront cost
of baseline models.
At TSL 5 for MREFs, the Secretary
concludes that the benefits of energy
savings, emission reductions, and the
estimated monetary value of the
emissions reductions would be
outweighed by the economic burden on
many consumers, negative NPV of
consumer benefits, and the impacts on
manufacturers, including the significant
potential reduction in INPV. A majority
of MREF consumers (84.5 percent)
would experience a net cost and the
average LCC savings would be negative.
Additionally, manufacturers would
need to make significant upfront
investments to update product
platforms. The potential reduction in
INPV could be as high as 52.1 percent.
Consequently, the Secretary has
concluded that TSL 5 is not
economically justified.
DOE then considered the
Recommended TSL (i.e., TSL 4), which
represents EL 3 for all analyzed product
classes except for C–3A and C–3A–BI,
for which this TSL corresponds to EL 1
and BIC, for which this TSL
corresponds to EL 2. At the
Recommended TSL, products of most
classes would use high-efficiency
single-speed compressors with forcedconvection evaporators and condensers
using brushless DC fan motors. Doors
would be double-glazed with lowconductivity gas fill (e.g., argon) and a
PO 00000
Frm 00066
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
single low-emissivity glass layer.
Products would not require use of VIPs,
but the FC product class would require
thicker walls than corresponding
baseline products. The Recommended
TSL would save an estimated 0.32
quads of energy, an amount DOE
considers significant. Under the
Recommended TSL, the NPV of
consumer benefit would be $0.17 billion
using a discount rate of 7 percent, and
$0.77 billion using a discount rate of 3
percent.
The cumulative emissions reductions
at the Recommended TSL are 5.9 Mt of
CO2, 1.8 thousand tons of SO2, 10.8
thousand tons of NOX, 0.01 tons of Hg,
48.6 thousand tons of CH4, and 0.06
thousand tons of N2O. The estimated
monetary value of the climate benefits
from reduced GHG emissions
(associated with the average SC–GHG at
a 3-percent discount rate) at the
Recommended TSL is $0.3 billion. The
estimated monetary value of the health
benefits from reduced SO2 and NOX
emissions at the Recommended TSL is
$0.2 billion using a 7-percent discount
rate and $0.6 billion using a 3-percent
discount rate.
Using a 7-percent discount rate for
consumer benefits and costs, health
benefits from reduced SO2 and NOX
emissions, and the 3-percent discount
rate case for climate benefits from
reduced GHG emissions, the estimated
total NPV at the Recommended TSL is
$0.7 billion. Using a 3-percent discount
rate for all benefits and costs, the
estimated total NPV at the
Recommended TSL is $1.7 billion. The
estimated total monetized NPV is
provided for additional information,
however, consistent with the statutory
factors and framework for determining
whether a standard level is
economically justified, DOE considers a
range of quantitative and qualitative
benefits and burdens, including the
costs and cost savings for consumers,
impacts to consumer subgroups, energy
savings, emission reductions, and
impacts on manufacturers.
At the Recommended TSL, for the
product classes with the largest market
share, which are FCC, FC, and C–13A,
the LCC savings are $12.6, $28.0, and
$12.0, respectively, and their payback
periods are 6.8 years, 8.5 years, and 7.3
years, respectively, which are all shorter
than their corresponding average
lifetimes. For these product classes, the
fraction of consumers experiencing a net
LCC cost is 46.8 percent, 44.0 percent,
and 47.2 percent, and increases in first
cost for these classes are $91.7, $360.9,
and $124.3, respectively. Overall, the
LCC savings would be positive for all
MREF product classes, and, while 43.7
E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM
07MYR8
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
percent of MREF consumers would
experience a net cost, slightly more than
half of MREF consumers would
experience a net benefit (52.9 percent).
At the Recommended TSL (i.e., TSL
4), the projected change in INPV ranges
from a decrease of $92.1 million to a
decrease of $60.3 million, which
correspond to decreases of 11.4 percent
and 7.5 percent, respectively. DOE
estimates that industry must invest
$130.7 million to comply with
standards set at Recommended TSL.
DOE estimates that approximately 3.9
percent of shipments currently meet the
required efficiencies at the
Recommended TSL. For most product
classes (i.e., FCC, BICC, BIC, C–13A, C–
13A–BI, C–3A, C–3A–BI), DOE expects
manufacturers could reach the required
efficiencies with relatively
straightforward component swaps, such
as implementing incrementally more
efficient compressors, rather than the
full platform redesigns required at maxtech. DOE expects that FC
manufacturers would need to increase
foam insulation thickness and
incorporate variable-speed compressor
systems at this level. At the
Recommended TSL, DOE estimates a 4percent drop in shipments in the year
the standard takes effect compared to
the no-new-standards case, as some
consumers may forgo purchasing a new
MREF due to the increased upfront cost
of baseline models.
After considering the analysis and
weighing the benefits and burdens, the
Secretary has concluded that at a
standard set at the recommended TSL
for MREFs would be economically
justified. At this TSL, the average LCC
savings are positive for all product
classes for which an amended standard
is considered, with a shipmentweighted average of $15.2 savings. The
FFC national energy savings are
significant and the NPV of consumer
benefits is positive using both a 3percent and 7-percent discount rate. The
standard levels at TSL 4 are
economically justified even without
weighing the estimated monetary value
of emissions reductions. When those
emissions reductions are included—
representing $0.3 billion in climate
benefits (associated with the average
SC–GHG at a 3-percent discount rate),
and $0.6 billion (using a 3-percent
discount rate) or $0.2 billion (using a 7percent discount rate) in health
benefits—the rationale becomes stronger
still.
As stated, DOE conducts the walkdown analysis to determine the TSL that
represents the maximum improvement
in energy efficiency that is
technologically feasible and
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:31 May 06, 2024
Jkt 262001
economically justified as required under
EPCA. The walk-down is not a
comparative analysis, as a comparative
analysis would result in the
maximization of net benefits instead of
energy savings that are technologically
feasible and economically justified,
which would be contrary to the statute.
See 86 FR 70892, 70908. Although DOE
has not conducted a comparative
analysis to select the adopted energy
conservation standards, DOE notes that
the Recommended TSL represents the
option with positive LCC savings ($15.2)
for all product classes compared to TSL
5 (¥$99.5). Further, when comparing
the cumulative NPV of consumer benefit
using a 7% discount rate, TSL 4 ($0.7
billion) has a higher benefit value than
TSL 5 (¥$0.4 billion), while for a 3percent discount rate, TSL 4 ($1.7
billion) is also higher than TSL 5
(¥$0.07 billion), which yields negative
NPV in both cases. These additional
savings and benefits at the
Recommended TSL are significant. DOE
considers the impacts to be, as a whole,
economically justified at the
Recommended TSL.
Although DOE considered amended
standard levels for MREFs by grouping
the efficiency levels for each product
class into TSLs, DOE evaluates all
analyzed efficiency levels in its
analysis. For all product classes, except
for BIC and C–3A–BI, the amended
standard level represents the maximum
energy savings that does not result in
negative LCC savings. DOE did not
include efficiency levels with negative
LCC savings in any TSLs with the
exception of TSL 5, which represents
the max-tech efficiency levels.
Specifically, for FC, FCC, BICC, C–13 A,
and C13–A–BI, DOE did not include
EL4 in a TSL due to negative LCC
savings, and for C–3A, DOE did not
include EL 2 or 3, and for C–3A–BI,
DOE did not include EL 3 for the same
reason. For BIC and C–3A–BI, the
standard level represents the maximum
energy savings that is economically
justified. For BIC, DOE did not include
EL4 in any TSL due to negative LCC
savings. TSL 4, the Recommended TSL
and the one adopted here, includes an
EL for BIC that is lower than the EL at
TSL 2. That is because TSL 2 represents
ENERGY STAR for all product classes
for which an ENERGY STAR criterion
exists, including EL 3 for BIC. As such,
DOE analyzed TSL 2 with a higher
efficiency level for BIC than TSL 4
because of the ENERGY STAR criterion.
TSL 4 also includes an EL for C–3A–BI,
EL1, that is lower than another EL, EL2,
that has positive LCC savings. DOE has
considered standards at those ELs for
PO 00000
Frm 00067
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
38827
those products and found them not to be
economically justified. Although these
ELs have positive LCC savings, they
would result in a majority of purchasers
experiencing a net cost (53% and 57%,
respectively). Further, for BIC products,
DOE expects some manufacturers would
likely need to increase insulation
thickness to meet efficiency levels above
EL 2, which could require new cabinet
designs and fixtures. Due to the high
percentage of consumers with a net cost
and the extensive redesigns that would
be needed to support EL3, DOE has
concluded that this efficiency level for
BIC is not economically justified.
However, at the Recommended TSL (EL
2 for BIC), DOE expects manufacturers
could likely meet the efficiency level
required for BIC without significant
redesign. The ELs at the amended
standard level result in positive LCC
savings for all product classes and
reduce the decrease in INPV and
conversion costs to the point where
DOE has concluded they are
economically justified, as discussed for
the Recommended TSL in the preceding
paragraphs.
Therefore, based on the previous
considerations, DOE adopts the energy
conservation standards for MREFs at the
Recommended TSL.
While DOE considered each potential
TSL under the criteria laid out in 42
U.S.C. 6295(o) as discussed in the
preceding paragraphs, DOE notes that
the Recommended TSL for MREFs in
this direct final rule is part of a multiproduct Joint Agreement covering six
rulemakings (RFs; MREFs; conventional
cooking products; residential clothes
washers; consumer clothes dryers; and
dishwashers). The signatories indicate
that the Joint Agreement for the six
rulemakings should be considered as a
joint statement of recommended
standards, to be adopted in its entirety.
As discussed in section V.B.2.e of this
document, many MREF OEMs also
manufacture RFs, conventional cooking
products, residential clothes washers,
consumer clothes dryers, and
dishwashers. Rather than requiring
compliance with five amended
standards in a single year (2027),86 the
negotiated multi-product Joint
Agreement staggers the compliance
dates for the five amended standards
86 The refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, and
freezers rulemaking (88 FR 12452); consumer
conventional cooking products rulemaking (88 FR
6818); residential clothes washers rulemaking (88
FR 13520); consumer clothes dryers rulemaking (87
FR 51734); and dishwashers rulemaking (88 FR
32514) utilized a 2027 compliance year for analysis
at the proposed rule stage. The miscellaneous
refrigeration products rulemaking (88 FR 12452)
utilized a 2029 compliance year for the NOPR
analysis.
E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM
07MYR8
38828
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
over a 4-year period (2027–2030). In
response to the March 2023 NOPR,
AHAM expressed concerns about the
timing of ongoing home appliance
rulemakings. Specifically, AHAM
commented that the combination of the
stringency of DOE’s proposals, the short
lead-in time required under EPCA to
comply with standards, and the
overlapping timeframe of multiple
standards affecting the same
manufacturers represents significant
cumulative regulatory burden for the
home appliance industry. (AHAM, No.
31 at p. 13) AHAM has submitted
similar comments to other ongoing
consumer product rulemakings.87
However, as AHAM is a key signatory
of the Joint Agreement, DOE
understands that the compliance dates
recommended in the Joint Agreement
would help reduce cumulative
regulatory burden. These compliance
dates help relieve concern on the part of
some manufacturers about their ability
to allocate sufficient resources to
comply with multiple concurrent
amended standards, about the need to
align compliance dates for products that
are typically designed or sold as
matched pairs, and about the ability of
their suppliers to ramp up production of
key components. The Joint Agreement
also provides additional years of
regulatory certainty for manufacturers
and their suppliers while still achieving
the maximum improvement in energy
efficiency that is technologically
feasible and economically justified.
The amended energy conservation
standards for MREFs, which are
expressed in kWh/yr, are shown in
Table V.38.
BILLING CODE 6450–01–P
Table V.38 Amended Ener!!V Conservation Standards for MREFs
Equations for maximum
energy use
(kWh/yr)
Product class
1. Freestanding compact coolers ("FCC")
5.52AV + 109.1
2. Freestanding coolers ("FC")
5.52AV + 109.1
3. Built-in compact coolers ("BlCC")
5.52AV + 109.1
4. Built-in coolers ("BlC")
6.30AV + 124.6
C-3A. Cooler with all-refrigerator-automatic defrost
4.llAV + 117.4
C-3A-BI. Built-in cooler with all-refrigerator-automatic
defrost
4.67AV + 133.0
C-5-BI. Built-in cooler with refrigerator-freezer -automatic
defrost with bottom-mounted freezer
5.47AV + 196.2 + 281
C-9. Cooler with upright freezer with automatic defrost
rwithout an automatic icemaker
5.58AV + 147.7 + 281
C-9-BI. Built-in cooler with upright freezer with automatic
defrost without an automatic icemaker
6.38AV + 168.8 + 281
C-13A. Compact cooler with all-refrigerator-automatic
defrost
4.74AV + 155.0
C-13A-BI. Built-in compact cooler with all-refrigeratorautomatic defrost
5.22AV + 170.5
lA.V = Total adjusted volume, expressed in ft 3, as determined in appendix A to subpart B
of 10 CFR part 430.
1 for a product with an automatic icemaker and = 0 for a product without an automatic
icemaker.
87 AHAM has submitted written comments
regarding cumulative regulatory burden for the
other five rulemakings included in the multiproduct Joint Agreement. AHAM’s written
comments on cumulative regulatory burden are
available at: www.regulations.gov/document/EERE-
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:31 May 06, 2024
Jkt 262001
2017-BT-STD-0003-0069 (pp. 19–22) for
refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, and freezers;
www.regulations.gov/comment/EERE-2014-BT-STD0005-2285 (pp. 44–47) for consumer conventional
cooking products; www.regulations.gov/comment/
EERE-2017-BT-STD-0014-0464 (pp. 40–44) for
PO 00000
Frm 00068
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
residential clothes washers; www.regulations.gov/
comment/EERE-2014-BT-STD-0058-0046 (pp. 12–
13) for consumer clothes dryers; and
www.regulations.gov/comment/EERE-2019-BT-STD0039-0051 (pp. 21–24) for dishwashers.
E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM
07MYR8
ER07MY24.060
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8
[ =
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8
2. Annualized Benefits and Costs of the
Adopted Standards
The benefits and costs of the adopted
standards can also be expressed in terms
of annualized values. The annualized
net benefit is (1) the annualized national
economic value (expressed in 2022$) of
the benefits from operating products
that meet the adopted standards
(consisting primarily of operating cost
savings from using less energy), minus
increases in product purchase costs, and
(2) the annualized monetary value of the
climate and health benefits.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:31 May 06, 2024
Jkt 262001
Table V.39 shows the annualized
values for MREFs under the
Recommended TSL, expressed in 2022$.
The results under the primary estimate
are as follows.
Using a 7-percent discount rate for
consumer benefits and costs and NOX
and SO2 reduction benefits, and a 3percent discount rate case for GHG
social costs, the estimated cost of the
standards for MREFs is $72.7 million
per year in increased product costs,
while the estimated annual benefits are
$90.6 million in reduced product
PO 00000
Frm 00069
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
38829
operating costs, $18.3 million in climate
benefits, and $25.6 million in health
benefits. The net benefit amounts to
$61.7 million per year. Using a 3percent discount rate for all benefits and
costs, the estimated cost of the adopted
standards for MREFs is $70.8 million
per year in increased equipment costs,
while the estimated annual benefits are
$115 million in reduced operating costs,
$18.3 million in climate benefits, and
$35.6 million in health benefits. The net
benefit amounts to $98 million per year.
E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM
07MYR8
38830
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
Table V.39 Annualized Benefits and Costs of Adopted Standards Shipped in 20292058 (TSL 4, the Recommended TSL) for MREFs
Million 2022$/year
Primary
Estimate
Low-Net-Benefits
Estimate
High-Net-Benefits
Estimate
3% discount rate
Consumer Operating Cost Savings
115.0
111.5
116.3
Climate Benefits*
18.3
17.7
18.5
Health Benefits**
35.6
34.5
36.0
Total Monetized Benefitst
168.9
163.7
170.7
Consumer Incremental Product
Costs:t
70.8
74.9
68.7
Net Benefits
98.0
88.8
102.0
Change in Producer Cashflow
(INPV)tt
(7.7) - (5.0)
Consumer Operating Cost Savings
90.6
88.1
91.5
Climate Benefits* (3% discount rate)
18.3
17.7
18.5
Health Benefits**
25.6
24.9
25.8
Total Benefitst
134.4
130.7
135.7
Consumer Incremental Product
Costs:t
72.7
75.8
70.9
Net Benefits
61.7
54.9
64.8
Change in Producer Cashflow
(7.7) - (5.0)
(INPV):t:t
Note: This table presents the costs and benefits associated with MREFs shipped during the period
2029-2058. These results include consumer, climate, and health benefits that accrue after 2058 from the
products shipped in 2029-2058. The Primary, Low Net Benefits, and High Net Benefits Estimates utilize
projections of energy prices from the AEO2023 Reference case, Low Economic Growth case, and High
Economic Growth case, respectively. In addition, incremental equipment costs reflect a medium decline
rate in the Primary Estimate, a low decline rate in the Low Net Benefits Estimate, and a high decline rate in
the High Net Benefits Estimate. The methods used to derive projected price trends are explained in section
IV.H.3 of this document. Note that the Benefits and Costs may not sum to the Net Benefits due to
rounding.
* Climate benefits are calculated using four different estimates of the global SC-GHG (see section IV.L of
this document). For presentational purposes of this table, the climate benefits associated with the average
SC-GHG at a 3 percent discount rate are shown, but DOE does not have a single central SC-GHG point
estimate, and it emphasizes the importance and value of considering the benefits calculated using all four
sets ofSC-GHG estimates. To monetize the benefits ofreducing GHG emissions, this analysis uses the
interim estimates presented in the Technical Support Document: Social Cost of Carbon, Methane, and
Nitrous Oxide Interim Estimates Under Executive Order I 3990 published in February 2021 by the IWG.
** Health benefits are calculated using benefit-per-ton values for NOx and SO2. DOE is currently only
monetizing (for SO2 and NOx) PM2s precursor health benefits and (for NOx) ozone precursor health
benefits but will continue to assess the ability to monetize other effects such as health benefits from
reductions in direct PM2.s emissions. See section IV.L of this document for more details.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:31 May 06, 2024
Jkt 262001
PO 00000
Frm 00070
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM
07MYR8
ER07MY24.061
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8
7% discount rate
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
38831
t Total benefits for both the 3-percent and 7-percent cases are presented using the average SC-GHG with 3percent discount rate, but DOE does not have a single central SC-GHG point estimate.
t Costs include incremental equipment costs.
UOperating Cost Savings are calculated based on the life cycle costs analysis and national impact analysis
as discussed in detail below. See sections IV.F and IV.Hof this document. DOE's national impacts
analysis includes all impacts (both costs and benefits) along the distribution chain beginning with the
increased costs to the manufacturer to manufacture the product and ending with the increase in price
experienced by the consumer. DOE also separately conducts a detailed analysis on the impacts on
manufacturers (i.e., manufacturer impact analysis, or "MIA"). See section IV.J of this document. In the
detailed MIA, DOE models manufacturers' pricing decisions based on assumptions regarding investments,
conversion costs, cashflow, and margins. The MIA produces a range of impacts, which is the direct final
rule's expected impact on the INPV. The change in INPV is the present value of all changes in industry
cash flow, including changes in production costs, capital expenditures, and manufacturer profit margins.
The annualized change in INPV is calculated using the industry weighted average cost of capital value of
7.7 percent that is estimated in the manufacturer impact analysis (see chapter 12 of the direct fmal rule TSD
for a complete description of the industry weighted average cost of capital). For MREFs, the annualized
change in INPV ranges from $7.7 million to $5.0 million. DOE accounts for that range oflikely impacts in
analyzing whether a trial standard level is economically justified. See section V.C of this document. DOE
is presenting the range of impacts to the INPV under two manufacturer markup scenarios: the Preservation
of Gross Margin scenario, which is the manufacturer markup scenario used in the calculation of Consumer
Operating Cost Savings in this table; and the Preservation of Operating Profit scenario, where DOE
assumed manufacturers would not be able to increase per-unit operating profit in proportion to increases in
manufacturer production costs. DOE includes the range of estimated annual change in INPV in the above
table, drawing on the MIA explained further in section IV.J of this document to provide additional context
for assessing the estimated impacts of this direct fmal rule to society, including potential changes in
production and consumption, which is consistent with OMB's Circular A-4 and E.O. 12866. IfDOE were
to include the INPV into the annualized net benefit calculation for this direct fmal rule, the annualized net
benefits would range from $90.3 million to $93.0 million at 3-percent discount rate and would range from
$54.0 million to $56.7 million at 7-percent discount rate. Parentheses indicate negative(-) values.
VI. Procedural Issues and Regulatory
Review
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8
A. Review Under Executive Orders
12866, 13563, and 14094
Executive Order (‘‘E.O.’’) 12866,
‘‘Regulatory Planning and Review,’’ as
supplemented and reaffirmed by E.O.
13563, ‘‘Improving Regulation and
Regulatory Review,’’ 76 FR 3821 (Jan.
21, 2011) and amended by E.O. 14094,
‘‘Modernizing Regulatory Review,’’ 88
FR 21879 (April 11, 2023), requires
agencies, to the extent permitted by law,
to (1) propose or adopt a regulation only
upon a reasoned determination that its
benefits justify its costs (recognizing
that some benefits and costs are difficult
to quantify); (2) tailor regulations to
impose the least burden on society,
consistent with obtaining regulatory
objectives, taking into account, among
other things, and to the extent
practicable, the costs of cumulative
regulations; (3) select, in choosing
among alternative regulatory
approaches, those approaches that
maximize net benefits (including
potential economic, environmental,
public health and safety, and other
advantages; distributive impacts; and
equity); (4) to the extent feasible, specify
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:31 May 06, 2024
Jkt 262001
performance objectives, rather than
specifying the behavior or manner of
compliance that regulated entities must
adopt; and (5) identify and assess
available alternatives to direct
regulation, including providing
economic incentives to encourage the
desired behavior, such as user fees or
marketable permits, or providing
information upon which choices can be
made by the public. DOE emphasizes as
well that E.O. 13563 requires agencies to
use the best available techniques to
quantify anticipated present and future
benefits and costs as accurately as
possible. In its guidance, the Office of
Information and Regulatory Affairs
(‘‘OIRA’’) in the Office of Management
and Budget (‘‘OMB’’) has emphasized
that such techniques may include
identifying changing future compliance
costs that might result from
technological innovation or anticipated
behavioral changes. For the reasons
stated in this preamble, this final
regulatory action is consistent with
these principles.
Section 6(a) of E.O. 12866 also
requires agencies to submit ‘‘significant
regulatory actions’’ to OIRA for review.
OIRA has determined that this final
regulatory action constitutes a
‘‘significant regulatory action’’ within
PO 00000
Frm 00071
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
the scope of section 3(f)(1) of E.O.
12866. DOE has provided to OIRA an
assessment, including the underlying
analysis, of benefits and costs
anticipated from the final regulatory
action, together with, to the extent
feasible, a quantification of those costs;
and an assessment, including the
underlying analysis, of costs and
benefits of potentially effective and
reasonably feasible alternatives to the
planned regulation, and an explanation
why the planned regulatory action is
preferable to the identified potential
alternatives. These assessments are
summarized in this preamble and
further detail can be found in the
technical support document for this
rulemaking.
B. Review Under the Regulatory
Flexibility Act
The Regulatory Flexibility Act (5
U.S.C. 601 et seq.) requires preparation
of an initial regulatory flexibility
analysis (‘‘IRFA’’) and a final regulatory
flexibility analysis (‘‘FRFA’’) for any
rule that by law must be proposed for
public comment, unless the agency
certifies that the rule, if promulgated,
will not have a significant economic
impact on a substantial number of small
entities. As required by E.O. 13272,
E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM
07MYR8
ER07MY24.062
BILLING CODE 6450–01–C
38832
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
‘‘Proper Consideration of Small Entities
in Agency Rulemaking,’’ 67 FR 53461
(Aug. 16, 2002), DOE published
procedures and policies on February 19,
2003, to ensure that the potential
impacts of its rules on small entities are
properly considered during the
rulemaking process. 68 FR 7990. DOE
has made its procedures and policies
available on the Office of the General
Counsel’s website (www.energy.gov/gc/
office-general-counsel).
DOE is not obligated to prepare a
regulatory flexibility analysis for this
rulemaking because there is not a
requirement to publish a general notice
of proposed rulemaking under the
Administrative Procedure Act. See 5
U.S.C. 601(2), 603(a). As discussed
previously, DOE has determined that
the Joint Agreement meets the necessary
requirements under EPCA to issue this
direct final rule for energy conservation
standards for MREFs under the
procedures in 42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4). DOE
notes that the NOPR for energy
conservation standards for MREFs
published elsewhere in this Federal
Register contains an IRFA.
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8
C. Review Under the Paperwork
Reduction Act
Manufacturers of MREFs must certify
to DOE that their products comply with
any applicable energy conservation
standards. In certifying compliance,
manufacturers must test their products
according to the DOE test procedures for
MREFs, including any amendments
adopted for those test procedures. DOE
has established regulations for the
certification and recordkeeping
requirements for all covered consumer
products and commercial equipment,
including MREFs. (See generally 10 CFR
part 429). The collection-of-information
requirement for the certification and
recordkeeping is subject to review and
approval by OMB under the Paperwork
Reduction Act (‘‘PRA’’). This
requirement has been approved by OMB
under OMB control number 1910–1400.
Public reporting burden for the
certification is estimated to average 35
hours per response, including the time
for reviewing instructions, searching
existing data sources, gathering and
maintaining the data needed, and
completing and reviewing the collection
of information.
Notwithstanding any other provision
of the law, no person is required to
respond to, nor shall any person be
subject to a penalty for failure to comply
with, a collection of information subject
to the requirements of the PRA, unless
that collection of information displays a
currently valid OMB Control Number.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:31 May 06, 2024
Jkt 262001
D. Review Under the National
Environmental Policy Act of 1969
Pursuant to the National
Environmental Policy Act of 1969
(‘‘NEPA’’), DOE has analyzed this
proposed action rule in accordance with
NEPA and DOE’s NEPA implementing
regulations (10 CFR part 1021). DOE has
determined that this rule qualifies for
categorical exclusion under 10 CFR part
1021, subpart D, appendix B5.1 because
it is a rulemaking that establishes energy
conservation standards for consumer
products or industrial equipment, none
of the exceptions identified in B5.1(b)
apply, no extraordinary circumstances
exist that require further environmental
analysis, and it meets the requirements
for application of a categorical
exclusion. See 10 CFR 1021.410.
Therefore, DOE has determined that
promulgation of this direct final rule is
not a major Federal action significantly
affecting the quality of the human
environment within the meaning of
NEPA, and does not require an
environmental assessment or an
environmental impact statement.
E. Review Under Executive Order 13132
E.O. 13132, ‘‘Federalism,’’ 64 FR
43255 (Aug. 10, 1999), imposes certain
requirements on Federal agencies
formulating and implementing policies
or regulations that preempt State law or
that have federalism implications. The
Executive order requires agencies to
examine the constitutional and statutory
authority supporting any action that
would limit the policymaking discretion
of the States and to carefully assess the
necessity for such actions. The
Executive order also requires agencies to
have an accountable process to ensure
meaningful and timely input by State
and local officials in the development of
regulatory policies that have federalism
implications. On March 14, 2000, DOE
published a statement of policy
describing the intergovernmental
consultation process it will follow in the
development of such regulations. 65 FR
13735. DOE has examined this direct
final rule and has determined that it
would not have a substantial direct
effect on the States, on the relationship
between the national government and
the States, or on the distribution of
power and responsibilities among the
various levels of government. EPCA
governs and prescribes Federal
preemption of State regulations as to
energy conservation for the products
that are the subject of this direct final
rule. States can petition DOE for
exemption from such preemption to the
extent, and based on criteria, set forth in
EPCA. (42 U.S.C. 6297) Therefore, no
PO 00000
Frm 00072
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
further action is required by Executive
Order 13132.
F. Review Under Executive Order 12988
With respect to the review of existing
regulations and the promulgation of
new regulations, section 3(a) of E.O.
12988, ‘‘Civil Justice Reform,’’ imposes
on Federal agencies the general duty to
adhere to the following requirements:
(1) eliminate drafting errors and
ambiguity, (2) write regulations to
minimize litigation, (3) provide a clear
legal standard for affected conduct
rather than a general standard, and (4)
promote simplification and burden
reduction. 61 FR 4729 (Feb. 7, 1996).
Regarding the review required by
section 3(a), section 3(b) of E.O. 12988
specifically requires that Executive
agencies make every reasonable effort to
ensure that the regulation (1) clearly
specifies the preemptive effect, if any,
(2) clearly specifies any effect on
existing Federal law or regulation, (3)
provides a clear legal standard for
affected conduct while promoting
simplification and burden reduction, (4)
specifies the retroactive effect, if any, (5)
adequately defines key terms, and (6)
addresses other important issues
affecting clarity and general
draftsmanship under any guidelines
issued by the Attorney General. Section
3(c) of E.O. 12988 requires Executive
agencies to review regulations in light of
applicable standards in section 3(a) and
section 3(b) to determine whether they
are met or it is unreasonable to meet one
or more of them. DOE has completed the
required review and determined that, to
the extent permitted by law, this direct
final rule meets the relevant standards
of E.O. 12988.
G. Review Under the Unfunded
Mandates Reform Act of 1995
Title II of the Unfunded Mandates
Reform Act of 1995 (‘‘UMRA’’) requires
each Federal agency to assess the effects
of Federal regulatory actions on State,
local, and Tribal governments and the
private sector. Public Law 104–4, sec.
201 (codified at 2 U.S.C. 1531). For a
regulatory action likely to result in a
rule that may cause the expenditure by
State, local, and Tribal governments, in
the aggregate, or by the private sector of
$100 million or more in any one year
(adjusted annually for inflation), section
202 of UMRA requires a Federal agency
to publish a written statement that
estimates the resulting costs, benefits,
and other effects on the national
economy. (2 U.S.C. 1532(a), (b)) The
UMRA also requires a Federal agency to
develop an effective process to permit
timely input by elected officers of State,
local, and Tribal governments on a
E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM
07MYR8
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
‘‘significant intergovernmental
mandate,’’ and requires an agency plan
for giving notice and opportunity for
timely input to potentially affected
small governments before establishing
any requirements that might
significantly or uniquely affect them. On
March 18, 1997, DOE published a
statement of policy on its process for
intergovernmental consultation under
UMRA. 62 FR 12820. DOE’s policy
statement is also available at
www.energy.gov/sites/prod/files/gcprod/
documents/umra_97.pdf.
DOE has concluded that this direct
final rule may require expenditures of
$100 million or more in any one year by
the private sector. Such expenditures
may include (1) investment in research
and development and in capital
expenditures by MREF manufacturers in
the years between the direct final rule
and the compliance date for the new
standards and (2) incremental
additional expenditures by consumers
to purchase higher-efficiency MREFs,
starting at the compliance date for the
applicable standard.
Section 202 of UMRA authorizes a
Federal agency to respond to the content
requirements of UMRA in any other
statement or analysis that accompanies
the direct final rule. (2 U.S.C. 1532(c))
The content requirements of section
202(b) of UMRA relevant to a private
sector mandate substantially overlap the
economic analysis requirements that
apply under section 325(o) of EPCA and
Executive Order 12866. This
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION section and
the TSD for this direct final rule
respond to those requirements.
Under section 205 of UMRA, DOE is
obligated to identify and consider a
reasonable number of regulatory
alternatives before promulgating a rule
for which a written statement under
section 202 is required. (2 U.S.C.
1535(a)) DOE is required to select from
those alternatives the most cost-effective
and least burdensome alternative that
achieves the objectives of the rule
unless DOE publishes an explanation
for doing otherwise, or the selection of
such an alternative is inconsistent with
law. As required by 42 U.S.C. 6295(m),
this direct final rule establishes
amended energy conservation standards
for MREFs that are designed to achieve
the maximum improvement in energy
efficiency that DOE has determined to
be both technologically feasible and
economically justified, as required by
6295(o)(2)(A) and 6295(o)(3)(B). A full
discussion of the alternatives
considered by DOE is presented in
chapter 17 of the TSD for this direct
final rule.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:31 May 06, 2024
Jkt 262001
38833
H. Review Under the Treasury and
General Government Appropriations
Act, 1999
J. Review Under the Treasury and
General Government Appropriations
Act, 2001
Section 654 of the Treasury and
General Government Appropriations
Act, 1999 (Pub. L. 105–277) requires
Federal agencies to issue a Family
Policymaking Assessment for any
proposed rule or policy that may affect
family well-being. Although this direct
final rule would not have any impact on
the autonomy or integrity of the family
as an institution as defined, this rule
could impact a family’s well-being.
When developing a Family
Policymaking Assessment, agencies
must assess whether: (1) the action
strengthens or erodes the stability or
safety of the family and, particularly,
the marital commitment; (2) the action
strengthens or erodes the authority and
rights of parents in the education,
nurture, and supervision of their
children; (3) the action helps the family
perform its functions, or substitutes
governmental activity for the function;
(4) the action increases or decreases
disposable income or poverty of families
and children; (5) the proposed benefits
of the action justify the financial impact
on the family; (6) the action may be
carried out by State or local government
or by the family; and (7) the action
establishes an implicit or explicit policy
concerning the relationship between the
behavior and personal responsibility of
youth, and the norms of society.
DOE has considered how the
proposed benefits of this direct final
rule compare to the possible financial
impact on a family (the only factor
listed that is relevant to this rule). As
part of its rulemaking process, DOE
must determine whether the energy
conservation standards contained in this
direct final rule are economically
justified. As discussed in section V.C.1
of this document, DOE has determined
that the standards are economically
justified because the benefits to
consumers far outweigh the costs to
manufacturers. Families will also see
LCC savings as a result of this direct
final rule. Further, the standards will
also result in climate and health benefits
for families.
Section 515 of the Treasury and
General Government Appropriations
Act, 2001 (44 U.S.C. 3516, note)
provides for Federal agencies to review
most disseminations of information to
the public under information quality
guidelines established by each agency
pursuant to general guidelines issued by
OMB. OMB’s guidelines were published
at 67 FR 8452 (Feb. 22, 2002), and
DOE’s guidelines were published at 67
FR 62446 (Oct. 7, 2002). Pursuant to
OMB Memorandum M–19–15,
Improving Implementation of the
Information Quality Act (April 24,
2019), DOE published updated
guidelines which are available at
www.energy.gov/sites/prod/files/2019/
12/f70/DOE%20Final%20Updated
%20IQA%20Guidelines%20Dec
%202019.pdf. DOE has reviewed this
direct final rule under the OMB and
DOE guidelines and has concluded that
it is consistent with applicable policies
in those guidelines.
I. Review Under Executive Order 12630
Pursuant to E.O. 12630,
‘‘Governmental Actions and Interference
with Constitutionally Protected Property
Rights,’’ 53 FR 8859 (March 18, 1988),
DOE has determined that this rule
would not result in any takings that
might require compensation under the
Fifth Amendment to the U.S.
Constitution.
PO 00000
Frm 00073
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
K. Review Under Executive Order 13211
E.O. 13211, ‘‘Actions Concerning
Regulations That Significantly Affect
Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use,’’ 66
FR 28355 (May 22, 2001), requires
Federal agencies to prepare and submit
to OIRA at OMB, a Statement of Energy
Effects for any significant energy action.
A ‘‘significant energy action’’ is defined
as any action by an agency that
promulgates or is expected to lead to
promulgation of a final rule, and that (1)
is a significant regulatory action under
Executive Order 12866, or any successor
order; and (2) is likely to have a
significant adverse effect on the supply,
distribution, or use of energy, or (3) is
designated by the Administrator of
OIRA as a significant energy action. For
any significant energy action, the agency
must give a detailed statement of any
adverse effects on energy supply,
distribution, or use should the proposal
be implemented, and of reasonable
alternatives to the action and their
expected benefits on energy supply,
distribution, and use.
DOE has concluded that this
regulatory action, which sets forth
amended energy conservation standards
for MREFs, is not a significant energy
action because the standards are not
likely to have a significant adverse effect
on the supply, distribution, or use of
energy, nor has it been designated as
such by the Administrator at OIRA.
Accordingly, DOE has not prepared a
Statement of Energy Effects on this
direct final rule.
E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM
07MYR8
38834
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
L. Information Quality
On December 16, 2004, OMB, in
consultation with the Office of Science
and Technology Policy (‘‘OSTP’’),
issued its Final Information Quality
Bulletin for Peer Review (‘‘the
Bulletin’’). 70 FR 2664 (Jan. 14, 2005).
The Bulletin establishes that certain
scientific information shall be peer
reviewed by qualified specialists before
it is disseminated by the Federal
Government, including influential
scientific information related to agency
regulatory actions. The purpose of the
Bulletin is to enhance the quality and
credibility of the Government’s
scientific information. Under the
Bulletin, the energy conservation
standards rulemaking analyses are
‘‘influential scientific information,’’
which the Bulletin defines as ‘‘scientific
information the agency reasonably can
determine will have, or does have, a
clear and substantial impact on
important public policies or private
sector decisions.’’ 70 FR 2664, 2667.
In response to OMB’s Bulletin, DOE
conducted formal peer reviews of the
energy conservation standards
development process and the analyses
that are typically used and prepared a
report describing that peer review.88
Generation of this report involved a
rigorous, formal, and documented
evaluation using objective criteria and
qualified and independent reviewers to
make a judgment as to the technical/
scientific/business merit, the actual or
anticipated results, and the productivity
and management effectiveness of
programs and/or projects. Because
available data, models, and
technological understanding have
changed since 2007, DOE has engaged
with the National Academy of Sciences
to review DOE’s analytical
methodologies to ascertain whether
modifications are needed to improve
DOE’s analyses. DOE is in the process
of evaluating the resulting report.89
M. Congressional Notification
As required by 5 U.S.C. 801, DOE will
report to Congress on the promulgation
of this direct final rule prior to its
effective date. The report will state that
the Office of Information and Regulatory
Affairs has determined that this action
meets the criteria set forth in 5 U.S.C.
804(2).
VII. Approval of the Office of the
Secretary
The Secretary of Energy has approved
publication of this direct final rule.
List of Subjects in 10 CFR Part 430
Administrative practice and
procedure, Confidential business
information, Energy conservation,
Household appliances, Imports,
Intergovernmental relations, Reporting
and recordkeeping requirements, Small
businesses.
Signing Authority
This document of the Department of
Energy was signed on April 10, 2024, by
Jeffrey Marootian, Principal Deputy
Assistant Secretary for Energy Efficiency
and Renewable Energy, pursuant to
delegated authority from the Secretary
of Energy. That document with the
original signature and date is
maintained by DOE. For administrative
purposes only, and in compliance with
requirements of the Office of the Federal
Register, the undersigned DOE Federal
Register Liaison Officer has been
authorized to sign and submit the
document in electronic format for
publication, as an official document of
the Department of Energy. This
administrative process in no way alters
the legal effect of this document upon
publication in the Federal Register.
Signed in Washington, DC, on April 11,
2024.
Treena V. Garrett,
Federal Register Liaison Officer, U.S.
Department of Energy.
For the reasons set forth in the
preamble, DOE amends part 430 of
chapter II, subchapter D, of title 10 of
the Code of Federal Regulations, as set
forth below:
PART 430—ENERGY CONSERVATION
PROGRAM FOR CONSUMER
PRODUCTS
1. The authority citation for part 430
continues to read as follows:
■
Authority: 42 U.S.C. 6291–6309; 28 U.S.C.
2461 note.
2. Amend § 430.32 by revising
paragraph (aa) to read as follows:
■
§ 430.32 Energy and water conservation
standards and their compliance dates.
*
*
*
*
*
(aa) Miscellaneous refrigeration
products. The energy standards as
determined by the equations of the
following table(s) shall be rounded off to
the nearest kWh per year. If the equation
calculation is halfway between the
nearest two kWh per year values, the
standard shall be rounded up to the
higher of these values.
(1) Coolers. (i) Coolers manufactured
on or after October 28, 2019, and before
January 31, 2029, shall have an Annual
Energy Use (AEU) no more than:
Product class
(A) Freestanding compact. ............................
(B) Freestanding. ............
(C) Built-in compact. .......
(D) Built-in. ......................
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8
17:31 May 06, 2024
Jkt 262001
Frm 00074
Fmt 4701
155.8
155.8
155.8
155.8
Product class
(A) Freestanding compact. ............................
(B) Freestanding. ............
(C) Built-in compact. .......
(D) Built-in. ......................
AEU
(kWh/yr)
5.52AV
5.52AV
5.52AV
6.30AV
+
+
+
+
109.1
109.1
109.1
124.6
Note: AV = Total adjusted volume, expressed in ft3, as determined in appendix A to
subpart B of this part.
(2) Combination cooler refrigeration
products. (i) Combination cooler
refrigeration products manufactured on
or after October 28, 2019, and before
January 31, 2029, shall have an Annual
Energy Use (AEU) no more than:
AEU
(kWh/yr)
rulemaking-peer-review-report-0 (last accessed
November 29, 2023).
89 The report is available at
www.nationalacademies.org/our-work/review-of-
PO 00000
+
+
+
+
(ii) Coolers manufactured on or after
January 31, 2029, shall have an Annual
Energy Use (AEU) no more than:
(A) C–3A. Cooler with all-refrigerator—automatic defrost .............................................................................................................
(B) C–3A–BI. Built-in cooler with all-refrigerator—automatic defrost ............................................................................................
(C) C–9. Cooler with upright freezer with automatic defrost without an automatic icemaker ......................................................
(D) C–9–BI. Built-in cooler with upright freezer with automatic defrost without an automatic icemaker .....................................
(E) C–9I. Cooler with upright freezer with automatic defrost with an automatic icemaker ..........................................................
VerDate Sep<11>2014
7.88AV
7.88AV
7.88AV
7.88AV
Note: AV = Total adjusted volume, expressed in ft3, as determined in appendix A to
subpart B of this part.
Product class
88 The 2007 ‘‘Energy Conservation Standards
Rulemaking Peer Review Report’’ is available at the
following website: energy.gov/eere/buildings/
downloads/energy-conservation-standards-
AEU
(kWh/yr)
Sfmt 4700
4.57AV
5.19AV
5.58AV
6.38AV
5.58AV
+
+
+
+
+
130.4
147.8
147.7
168.8
231.7
methods-for-setting-building-and-equipmentperformance-standards (last accessed November 29,
2023).
E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM
07MYR8
Federal Register / Vol. 89, No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules and Regulations
38835
AEU
(kWh/yr)
Product class
(F) C–9I–BI. Built-in cooler with upright freezer with automatic defrost with an automatic icemaker ..........................................
(G) C–13A. Compact cooler with all-refrigerator—automatic defrost ...........................................................................................
(H) C–13A–BI. Built-in compact cooler with all-refrigerator—automatic defrost ...........................................................................
6.38AV + 252.8
5.93AV + 193.7
6.52AV + 213.1
Note: AV = Total adjusted volume, expressed in ft3, as determined in appendix A to subpart B of this part.
(ii) Combination cooler refrigeration
products manufactured on or after
January 31, 2029, shall have an Annual
Energy Use (AEU) no more than:
AEU
(kWh/yr)
Product class
(A) C–3A. Cooler with all-refrigerator—automatic defrost ...................................................................................................
(B) C–3A–BI. Built-in cooler with all-refrigerator—automatic defrost ..................................................................................
(C) C–5–BI. Built-in cooler with refrigerator-freezer with automatic defrost with bottom-mounted freezer ........................
(D) C–9. Cooler with upright freezer with automatic defrost without an automatic icemaker ............................................
(E) C–9–BI. Built-in cooler with upright freezer with automatic defrost without an automatic icemaker ............................
(F) C–13A. Compact cooler with all-refrigerator—automatic defrost ..................................................................................
(G) C–13A–BI. Built-in compact cooler with all-refrigerator—automatic defrost .................................................................
4.11AV + 117.4
4.67AV + 133.0
5.47AV + 196.2 + 28I
5.58AV + 147.7 + 28I
6.38AV + 168.8 + 28I
4.74AV + 155.0
5.22AV + 170.5
Note: AV = Total adjusted volume, expressed in ft3, as determined in appendix A to subpart B of this part. I = 1 for a product with an automatic icemaker and = 0 for a product without an automatic icemaker.
*
*
*
*
*
[FR Doc. 2024–08001 Filed 5–6–24; 8:45 am]
khammond on DSKJM1Z7X2PROD with RULES8
BILLING CODE 6450–01–P
VerDate Sep<11>2014
17:31 May 06, 2024
Jkt 262001
PO 00000
Frm 00075
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 9990
E:\FR\FM\07MYR8.SGM
07MYR8
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 89, Number 89 (Tuesday, May 7, 2024)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 38762-38835]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 2024-08001]
[[Page 38761]]
Vol. 89
Tuesday,
No. 89
May 7, 2024
Part VIII
Department of Energy
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
10 CFR Part 430
Energy Conservation Program: Energy Conservation Standards for
Miscellaneous Refrigeration Products; Direct Final Rule
Federal Register / Vol. 89 , No. 89 / Tuesday, May 7, 2024 / Rules
and Regulations
[[Page 38762]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY
10 CFR Part 430
[EERE-2020-BT-STD-0039]
RIN 1904-AF62
Energy Conservation Program: Energy Conservation Standards for
Miscellaneous Refrigeration Products
AGENCY: Office of Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy, Department of
Energy.
ACTION: Direct final rule.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: The Energy Policy and Conservation Act, as amended (``EPCA''),
prescribes energy conservation standards for various consumer products
and certain commercial and industrial equipment, including
miscellaneous refrigeration products. In this direct final rule, the
U.S. Department of Energy (``DOE'') is adopting amended energy
conservation standards for miscellaneous refrigeration products. DOE
has determined that the amended energy conservation standards for these
products would result in significant conservation of energy, and are
technologically feasible and economically justified.
DATES: The effective date of this rule is September 4, 2024. If adverse
comments are received by August 26, 2024 and DOE determines that such
comments may provide a reasonable basis for withdrawal of the direct
final rule under 42 U.S.C. 6295(o), a timely withdrawal of this rule
will be published in the Federal Register. If no such adverse comments
are received, compliance with the amended standards established for
miscellaneous refrigeration products in this direct final rule is
required on and after January 31, 2029. Comments regarding the likely
competitive impact of the standards contained in this direct final rule
should be sent to the Department of Justice contact listed in the
ADDRESSES section on or before June 6, 2024.
ADDRESSES: The docket for this rulemaking, which includes Federal
Register notices, public meeting attendee lists and transcripts,
comments, and other supporting documents/materials, is available for
review at www.regulations.gov. All documents in the docket are listed
in the www.regulations.gov index. However, not all documents listed in
the index may be publicly available, such as information that is exempt
from public disclosure.
The docket web page can be found at www.regulations.gov/docket/EERE-2020-BT-STD-0039. The docket web page contains instructions on how
to access all documents, including public comments, in the docket.
For further information on how to submit a comment or review other
public comments and the docket, contact the Appliance and Equipment
Standards Program staff at (202) 287-1445 or by email:
[email protected].
The U.S. Department of Justice Antitrust Division invites input
from market participants and other interested persons with views on the
likely competitive impact of the standards contained in this direct
final rule. Interested persons may contact the Antitrust Division at
[email protected] on or before the date specified in the
DATES section. Please indicate in the ``Subject'' line of your email
the title and Docket Number of this direct final rule.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Mr. Lucas Adin, U.S. Department of Energy, Office of Energy
Efficiency and Renewable Energy, Building Technologies Office, EE-5B,
1000 Independence Avenue SW, Washington, DC 20585-0121. Telephone:
(202) 287-5904. Email: [email protected].
Ms. Kristin Koernig, U.S. Department of Energy, Office of the
General Counsel, GC-33, 1000 Independence Avenue SW, Washington, DC
20585-0121. Telephone: (240) 243-3383. Email:
[email protected].
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Table of Contents
I. Synopsis of the Direct Final Rule
A. Benefits and Costs to Consumers
B. Impact on Manufacturers
C. National Benefits and Costs
D. Conclusion
II. Introduction
A. Authority
B. Background
1. Current Standards
2. Current Test Procedures
3. History of Standards Rulemaking for MREFs
4. The Joint Agreement
III. General Discussion
A. Scope of Coverage
B. Fairly Representative of Relevant Point of View
C. Technological Feasibility
1. General
2. Maximum Technologically Feasible Levels
D. Energy Savings
1. Determination of Savings
2. Significance of Savings
E. Economic Justification
1. Specific Criteria
a. Economic Impact on Manufacturers and Consumers
b. Savings in Operating Costs Compared To Increase in Price (LCC
and PBP)
c. Energy Savings
d. Lessening of Utility or Performance of Products
e. Impact of Any Lessening of Competition
f. Need for National Energy Conservation
g. Other Factors
2. Rebuttable Presumption
IV. Methodology and Discussion of Related Comments
A. Market and Technology Assessment
1. Product Classes
a. Product Classes With Automatic Icemakers
b. Addition of Product Class C-5-BI
2. Technology Options
B. Screening Analysis
1. Screened-Out Technologies
2. Remaining Technologies
C. Engineering Analysis
1. Efficiency Analysis
a. Built-In Classes
b. Baseline Efficiency/Energy Use
c. Higher Efficiency Levels
d. Variable-Speed Compressor Supply Chain
2. Cost Analysis
3. Cost-Efficiency Results
D. Markups Analysis
E. Energy Use Analysis
F. Life-Cycle Cost and Payback Period Analysis
1. Product Cost
2. Installation Cost
3. Annual Energy Consumption
4. Energy Prices
5. Maintenance and Repair Costs
6. Product Lifetime
7. Discount Rates
8. Energy Efficiency Distribution in the No-New-Standards Case
9. Payback Period Analysis
G. Shipments Analysis
H. National Impact Analysis
1. Product Efficiency Trends
2. National Energy Savings
3. Net Present Value Analysis
I. Consumer Subgroup Analysis
J. Manufacturer Impact Analysis
1. Overview
2. Government Regulatory Impact Model and Key Inputs
a. Manufacturer Production Costs
b. Shipments Projections
c. Product and Capital Conversion Costs
d. Manufacturer Markup Scenarios
3. Discussion of MIA Comments
K. Emissions Analysis
1. Air Quality Regulations Incorporated in DOE's Analysis
L. Monetizing Emissions Impacts
1. Monetization of Greenhouse Gas Emissions
a. Social Cost of Carbon
b. Social Cost of Methane and Nitrous Oxide
c. Sensitivity Analysis Using Updated 2023 SC-GHG Estimates
2. Monetization of Other Emissions Impacts
M. Utility Impact Analysis
N. Employment Impact Analysis
O. Other Comments
V. Analytical Results and Conclusions
A. Trial Standard Levels
[[Page 38763]]
B. Economic Justification and Energy Savings
1. Economic Impacts on Individual Consumers
a. Life-Cycle Cost and Payback Period
b. Consumer Subgroup Analysis
c. Rebuttable Presumption Payback
2. Economic Impacts on Manufacturers
a. Industry Cash Flow Analysis Results
b. Direct Impacts on Employment
c. Impacts on Manufacturing Capacity
d. Impacts on Subgroups of Manufacturers
e. Cumulative Regulatory Burden
3. National Impact Analysis
a. Significance of Energy Savings
b. Net Present Value of Consumer Costs and Benefits
c. Indirect Impacts on Employment
4. Impact on Utility or Performance of Products
5. Impact of Any Lessening of Competition
6. Need of the Nation To Conserve Energy
7. Other Factors
8. Summary of Economic Impacts
C. Conclusion
1. Benefits and Burdens of TSLs Considered for MREF Standards
2. Annualized Benefits and Costs of the Adopted Standards
VI. Procedural Issues and Regulatory Review
A. Review Under Executive Orders 12866, 13563, and 14094
B. Review Under the Regulatory Flexibility Act
C. Review Under the Paperwork Reduction Act
D. Review Under the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969
E. Review Under Executive Order 13132
F. Review Under Executive Order 12988
G. Review Under the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995
H. Review Under the Treasury and General Government
Appropriations Act, 1999
I. Review Under Executive Order 12630
J. Review Under the Treasury and General Government
Appropriations Act, 2001
K. Review Under Executive Order 13211
L. Information Quality
M. Congressional Notification
VII. Approval of the Office of the Secretary
I. Synopsis of the Direct Final Rule
The Energy Policy and Conservation Act, Public Law 94-163, as
amended (``EPCA''),\1\ authorizes DOE to regulate the energy efficiency
of a number of consumer products and certain industrial equipment. (42
U.S.C. 6291-6317, as codified) Title III, Part B of EPCA \2\
established the Energy Conservation Program for Consumer Products Other
Than Automobiles. (42 U.S.C. 6291-6309, as codified) These products
include miscellaneous refrigeration products (``MREFs''), the subject
of this direct final rule.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ All references to EPCA in this document refer to the statute
as amended through the Energy Act of 2020, Public Law 116-260 (Dec.
27, 2020), which reflect the last statutory amendments that impact
Parts A and A-1 of EPCA.
\2\ For editorial reasons, upon codification in the U.S. Code,
Part B was redesignated Part A.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pursuant to EPCA, any new or amended energy conservation standard
must, among other things, be designed to achieve the maximum
improvement in energy efficiency that DOE determines is technologically
feasible and economically justified. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(A))
Furthermore, the new or amended standard must result in significant
conservation of energy. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(3)(B))
In light of the statutory authority above and under the authority
provided by 42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4), DOE is issuing this direct final rule
amending the energy conservation standards for MREFs.
The adopted standard levels in this direct final rule were proposed
in a letter submitted to DOE jointly by groups representing
manufacturers, energy and environmental advocates, consumer groups, and
a utility. This letter, titled ``Energy Efficiency Agreement of 2023''
(hereafter, the ``Joint Agreement'' \3\), recommends specific energy
conservation standards for MREFs that, in the commenters' view, would
satisfy the EPCA requirements in 42 U.S.C. 6295(o). DOE subsequently
received letters of support from states, including California,
Massachusetts, and New York,\4\ as well as San Diego Gas and Electric
(``SDG&E'') and Southern California Edison (``SCE'') advocating for the
adoption of the recommended standards.\5\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\3\ This document is available in the docket at:
www.regulations.gov/document/EERE-2020-BT-STD-0039-0034.
\4\ This document is available in the docket at:
www.regulations.gov/document/EERE-2020-BT-STD-0039-0035.
\5\ This document is available in the docket at:
www.regulations.gov/document/EERE-2020-BT-STD-0039-0036.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
In accordance with the direct final rule provisions at 42 U.S.C.
6295(p)(4), DOE has determined that the recommendations contained
therein are compliant with 42 U.S.C. 6295(o). As required by 42 U.S.C.
6295(p)(4)(A)(i), DOE is also simultaneously publishing a notice of
proposed rulemaking (``NOPR'') that contains the identical standards to
those adopted in this direct final rule. Consistent with the statute,
DOE is providing a 110-day public comment period on the direct final
rule. (42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4)(B)) If DOE determines that any comments
received may provide a reasonable basis for withdrawal of the direct
final rule under 42 U.S.C. 6295(o), or any other applicable law, DOE
will publish the reasons for withdrawal and continue the rulemaking
under the NOPR. (42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4)(C)) See section II.A of this
document for more details on DOE's statutory authority.
The amended standards that DOE is adopting in this direct final
rule are the efficiency levels recommended in the Joint Agreement
(shown in Table I.1) expressed in terms of kilowatt hours per year
(``kWh/yr'') as measured according to DOE's current MREF test procedure
codified at title 10 of the Code of Federal Regulations (``CFR'') part
430, subpart B, appendix A (``appendix A'').
The amended standards recommended in the Joint Agreement are
represented as trial standard level (``TSL'') 4 in this document
(hereinafter the ``Recommended TSL'') and are described in section V.A
of this document. The Joint Agreement's standards for MREFs apply to
all products listed in Table I.1 and manufactured in or imported into
the United States starting on January 31, 2029.
BILLING CODE 6450-01-P
[[Page 38764]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.001
A. Benefits and Costs to Consumers
Table I.2 summarizes DOE's evaluation of the economic impacts of
the adopted standards on consumers of MREFs, as measured by the average
life-cycle cost (``LCC'') savings and the simple payback period
(``PBP'') \6\ The average LCC savings are positive for all product
classes, and the PBP is less than the average lifetime of MREFs, which
varies by product class (see section IV.F of this document).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\6\ The average LCC savings refer to consumers that are affected
by a standard and are measured relative to the efficiency
distribution in the no-new-standards case, which depicts the market
in the compliance year in the absence of new or amended standards
(see section IV.F.9 of this document). The simple PBP, which is
designed to compare specific efficiency levels, is measured relative
to the baseline product (see section IV.C of this document).
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.002
BILLING CODE 6450-01-C
DOE's analysis of the impacts of the adopted standards on consumers
is described in section IV.F of this document.
B. Impact on Manufacturers \7\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\7\ All monetary values in this document are expressed in 2022
dollars. unless indicated otherwise. For purposes of discounting
future monetary values, the present year in the analysis was 2024.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The industry net present value (``INPV'') is the sum of the
discounted cash flows to the industry from the base year through the
end of the analysis period (2024-2058). Using a real discount rate of
7.7 percent, DOE estimates that the INPV for manufacturers of MREFs in
the case without amended standards is $807.7 million. Under the adopted
standards, which align with the Recommended TSL (i.e., TSL 4) for
MREFs, DOE estimates the change in INPV to range
[[Page 38765]]
from -11.4 percent to -7.5 percent, which is approximately -$92.1
million to -$60.3 million. In order to bring products into compliance
with amended standards, it is estimated that industry will incur total
conversion costs of $130.7 million.
DOE's analysis of the impacts of the adopted standards on
manufacturers is described in sections IV.J and V.B.2 of this document.
C. National Benefits and Costs
DOE's analyses indicate that the adopted energy conservation
standards for MREFs would save a significant amount of energy. Relative
to the case without amended standards, the lifetime energy savings for
MREFs purchased in the 30-year period that begins in the anticipated
year of compliance with the amended standards (2029-2058) amount to
0.32 quadrillion British thermal units (``Btu''), or quads.\8\ This
represents a savings of 26 percent relative to the energy use of these
products in the case without amended standards (referred to as the
``no-new-standards case'').
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\8\ The quantity refers to full-fuel-cycle (``FFC'') energy
savings. FFC energy savings includes the energy consumed in
extracting, processing, and transporting primary fuels (i.e., coal,
natural gas, petroleum fuels), and, thus, presents a more complete
picture of the impacts of energy efficiency standards. For more
information on the FFC metric, see section IV.H.1 of this document.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The cumulative net present value (``NPV'') of total consumer
benefits of the standards for MREFs ranges from $0.17 billion (at a 7-
percent discount rate) to $0.77 billion (at a 3-percent discount rate).
This NPV expresses the estimated total value of future operating-cost
savings minus the estimated increased product costs for MREFs purchased
in 2029-2058.
In addition, the adopted standards for MREFs are projected to yield
significant environmental benefits. DOE estimates that the standards
will result in cumulative emission reductions (over the same period as
for energy savings) of 5.85 million metric tons (``Mt'') \9\ of carbon
dioxide (``CO2''), 1.84 thousand tons of sulfur dioxide
(``SO2''), 10.77 thousand tons of nitrogen oxides
(``NOX''), 48.64 thousand tons of methane
(``CH4''), 0.06 thousand tons of nitrous oxide
(``N2O''), and 0.01 tons of mercury (``Hg'').\10\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\9\ A metric ton is equivalent to 1.1 short tons. Results for
emissions other than CO2 are presented in short tons.
\10\ DOE calculated emissions reductions relative to the no-new-
standards-case, which reflects key assumptions in the Annual Energy
Outlook 2023 (``AEO2023''). AEO2023 represents current Federal and
State legislation and final implementation of regulations as of the
time of its preparation. See section IV.K of this document for
further discussion of AEO2023 assumptions that affect air pollutant
emissions.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
DOE estimates the value of climate benefits from a reduction in
greenhouse gases (``GHG'') using four different estimates of the social
cost of CO2 (``SC-CO2''), the social cost of
methane (``SC-CH4''), and the social cost of nitrous oxide
(``SC-N2O''). Together these represent the social cost of
GHG (``SC-GHG''). DOE used interim SC-GHG values (in terms of benefit
per ton of GHG avoided) developed by an Interagency Working Group on
the Social Cost of Greenhouse Gases (``IWG'').\11\ The derivation of
these values is discussed in section IV.L of this document. For
presentational purposes, the climate benefits associated with the
average SC-GHG at a 3-percent discount rate are estimated to be $0.32
billion. DOE does not have a single central SC-GHG point estimate and
it emphasizes the value of considering the benefits calculated using
all four sets of SC-GHG estimates. DOE notes, however, that the adopted
standards would be economically justified even without inclusion of the
estimated monetized benefits of reduced GHG emissions.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\11\ To monetize the benefits of reducing GHG emissions this
analysis uses the interim estimates presented in the Technical
Support Document: Social Cost of Carbon, Methane, and Nitrous Oxide
Interim Estimates Under Executive Order 13990 published in February
2021 by the IWG. (``February 2021 SC-GHG TSD''). www.whitehouse.gov/wp-content/uploads/2021/02/TechnicalSupportDocument_SocialCostofCarbonMethaneNitrousOxide.pdf
(last accessed November 29, 2023.)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
DOE estimated the monetary health benefits of SO2 and
NOX emissions reductions, using benefit per ton estimates
from the Environmental Protection Agency (``EPA''),\12\ as discussed in
section IV.L of this document. DOE estimated the present value of the
health benefits would be $0.24 billion using a 7-percent discount rate,
and $0.62 billion using a 3-percent discount rate.\13\ DOE is currently
only monetizing health benefits from changes in ambient fine
particulate matter (``PM2.5'') concentrations from two
precursors (SO2 and NOX), and from changes in
ambient ozone from one precursor (for NOX), but will
continue to assess the ability to monetize other effects such as health
benefits from reductions in direct PM2.5 emissions.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\12\ U.S. EPA. Estimating the Benefit per Ton of Reducing
Directly Emitted PM2.5, PM2.5 Precursors and
Ozone Precursors from 21 Sectors. Available at www.epa.gov/benmap/estimating-benefit-ton-reducing-pm25-precursors-21-sectors (last
accessed November 29, 2023.)
\13\ DOE estimates the economic value of these emissions
reductions resulting from the considered TSLs for the purpose of
complying with the requirements of Executive Order 12866.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table I.3 summarizes the monetized benefits and costs expected to
result from the amended standards for MREFs. There are other important
unquantified effects, including certain unquantified climate benefits,
unquantified public health benefits from the reduction of toxic air
pollutants and other emissions, unquantified energy security benefits,
and distributional effects, among others.
BILLING CODE 6450-01-P
[[Page 38766]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.003
[[Page 38767]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.004
The benefits and costs of the adopted standards can also be
expressed in terms of annualized values. The monetary values for the
total annualized net benefits are (1) the reduced consumer operating
costs, minus (2) the increase in product purchase prices and
installation costs, plus (3) the value of climate and health benefits
of emission reductions, all annualized.\14\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\14\ To convert the time-series of costs and benefits into
annualized values, DOE calculated a present value in 2022, the year
used for discounting the NPV of total consumer costs and savings.
For the benefits, DOE calculated a present value associated with
each year's shipments in the year in which the shipments occur
(e.g., 2030), and then discounted the present value from each year
to 2022. Using the present value, DOE then calculated the fixed
annual payment over a 30-year period, starting in the compliance
year, that yields the same present value.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The national operating cost savings are domestic private U.S.
consumer monetary savings that occur as a result of purchasing the
covered products and are measured for the lifetime of MREFs shipped
during the period 2029-2058. The benefits associated with reduced
emissions achieved as a result of the adopted standards are also
calculated based on the lifetime of MREFs shipped during the period
2029-2058. Total benefits for both the 3-percent and 7-percent cases
are presented using the average GHG social costs with 3-percent
discount rate. Estimates of SC-GHG values are presented for all four
discount rates in section IV.L of this document.
Table I.4 presents the total estimated monetized benefits and costs
associated with the standards adopted in this direct final rule,
expressed in terms of annualized values. The results under the primary
estimate are as follows.
Using a 7-percent discount rate for consumer benefits and costs and
health benefits from reduced NOX and SO2
emissions, and the 3-percent discount rate case for climate benefits
from reduced GHG emissions, the estimated cost of the standards adopted
in this direct final rule is $72.7 million per year in increased
equipment costs, while the estimated annual benefits are $90.6 million
in reduced equipment operating costs, $18.3 million in climate
benefits, and $25.6 million in health benefits. In this case, the net
benefit would amount to $61.7 million per year.
Using a 3-percent discount rate for all benefits and costs, the
estimated cost of the standards is $70.8 million per year in increased
equipment costs, while the estimated annual benefits are $115 million
in reduced operating costs, $18.3 million in climate benefits, and
$35.6 million in health benefits. In this case, the net benefit amounts
to $98.0 million per year.
[[Page 38768]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.005
[[Page 38769]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.006
BILLING CODE 6450-01-C
DOE's analysis of the national impacts of the adopted standards is
described in sections IV.H, IV.K, and IV.L of this document.
D. Conclusion
DOE has determined that the Joint Agreement was submitted jointly
by interested persons that are fairly representative of relevant points
of view, in accordance with 42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4)(A). After considering
the analysis and weighing the benefits and burdens, DOE has determined
that the recommended standards are in accordance with 42 U.S.C.
6295(o), which contains the criteria for prescribing new or amended
standards. Specifically, the Secretary has determined that the adoption
of the recommended standards would result in the significant
conservation of energy and is technologically feasible and economically
justified. In determining whether the recommended standards are
economically justified, the Secretary has determined that the benefits
of the recommended standards exceed the burdens. The Secretary has
concluded that the recommended standards, when considering the benefits
of energy savings, positive NPV of consumer benefits, emission
reductions, the estimated monetary value of the emissions reductions,
and positive average LCC savings, would yield benefits outweighing the
negative impacts on some consumers and on manufacturers, including the
conversion costs that could result in a reduction in INPV for
manufacturers.
Using a 7-percent discount rate for consumer benefits and costs and
NOx and SO2 reduction benefits, and a 3-percent discount
rate case for GHG social costs, the estimated cost of the standards for
MREFs is $72.7 million per year in increased product costs, while the
estimated annual benefits are $90.6 million in reduced product
operating costs, $18.3 million in climate benefits, and $25.6 million
in health benefits. The net benefit amounts to $61.7 million per year.
DOE notes that the net benefits are substantial even in the absence of
the climate benefits,\15\ and DOE would adopt the same standards in the
absence of such benefits.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\15\ The information on climate benefits is provided in
compliance with Executive Order 12866.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The significance of energy savings offered by a new or amended
energy conservation standard cannot be determined without knowledge of
the specific circumstances surrounding a given rulemaking.\16\ For
example, some covered products and equipment have most of their energy
consumption occur during periods of peak energy demand. The impacts of
these products on the energy infrastructure can be more pronounced than
products with relatively constant demand. Accordingly, DOE evaluates
the significance of energy savings on a case-by-case basis.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\16\ Procedures, Interpretations, and Policies for Consideration
in New or Revised Energy Conservation Standards and Test Procedures
for Consumer Products and Commercial/Industrial Equipment, 86 FR
70892, 70901 (Dec. 13, 2021).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
As previously mentioned, the standards are projected to result in
estimated national energy savings of 0.32 quads full-fuel-cycle
(``FFC''), the equivalent of the primary annual energy use of 2.1
million homes. In addition, they are projected to reduce cumulative
CO2 emissions by 5.85 million metric tons. Based on these
findings, DOE has determined the energy savings from the standard
levels adopted in this direct final rule are ``significant'' within the
meaning of 42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(3)(B). A more detailed discussion of the
basis for
[[Page 38770]]
these conclusions is contained in the remainder of this document and
the accompanying technical support document (``TSD'').\17\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\17\ The direct final rule TSD is available in the docket for
this rulemaking at www.regulations.gov/docket/EERE-2020-BT-STD-0039/document.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Under the authority provided by 42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4), DOE is
issuing this direct final rule amending the energy conservation
standards for MREFs. Consistent with this authority, DOE is also
simultaneously publishing elsewhere in this issue of the Federal
Register a NOPR proposing standards that are identical to those
contained in this direct final rule. See 42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4)(A)(i).
II. Introduction
The following section briefly discusses the statutory authority
underlying this direct final rule, as well as some of the relevant
historical background related to the establishment of standards for
MREFs.
A. Authority
EPCA authorizes DOE to regulate the energy efficiency of a number
of consumer products and certain industrial equipment. Title III, Part
B of EPCA \18\ established the Energy Conservation Program for Consumer
Products Other Than Automobiles, which, in addition to identifying
particular consumer products and commercial equipment as covered under
the statute, permits the Secretary of Energy to classify additional
types of consumer products as covered products. (42 U.S.C. 6292(a)(20))
DOE added MREFs as covered products through a final determination of
coverage published in the Federal Register on July 18, 2016 (the ``July
2016 Final Coverage Determination''). 81 FR 46768. MREFs are consumer
refrigeration products other than refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers,
or freezers, which include coolers and combination cooler refrigeration
products. 10 CFR 430.2. MREFs include refrigeration products such as
coolers (e.g., wine chillers and other specialty products) and
combination cooler refrigeration products (e.g., wine chillers and
other specialty compartments combined with a refrigerator,
refrigerator-freezers, or freezers). EPCA further provides that, not
later than 6 years after the issuance of any final rule establishing or
amending a standard, DOE must publish either a notice of determination
that standards for the product do not need to be amended, or a NOPR
including new proposed energy conservation standards (proceeding to a
final rule, as appropriate). (42 U.S.C. 6295(m)(1)) Not later than 3
years after issuance of a final determination not to amend standards,
DOE must publish either a notice of determination that standards for
the product do not need to be amended, or a NOPR including new proposed
energy conservation standards (proceeding to a final rule, as
appropriate). (42 U.S.C. 6295(m)(3)(B))
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\18\ For editorial reasons, upon codification in the U.S. Code,
Part B was redesignated Part A.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The energy conservation program under EPCA, consists essentially of
four parts: (1) testing, (2) labeling, (3) the establishment of Federal
energy conservation standards, and (4) certification and enforcement
procedures. Relevant provisions of the EPCA specifically include
definitions (42 U.S.C. 6291), test procedures (42 U.S.C. 6293),
labeling provisions (42 U.S.C. 6294), energy conservation standards (42
U.S.C. 6295), and the authority to require information and reports from
manufacturers (42 U.S.C. 6296).
Federal energy efficiency requirements for covered products
established under EPCA generally supersede State laws and regulations
concerning energy conservation testing, labeling, and standards. (42
U.S.C. 6297(a)-(c)) DOE may, however, grant waivers of Federal
preemption in limited instances for particular State laws or
regulations, in accordance with the procedures and other provisions set
forth under EPCA. (See 42 U.S.C. 6297(d))
Subject to certain criteria and conditions, DOE is required to
develop test procedures to measure the energy efficiency, energy use,
or estimated annual operating cost of each covered product. (42 U.S.C.
6295(o)(3)(A) and 42 U.S.C. 6295(r)) Manufacturers of covered products
must use the prescribed DOE test procedure as the basis for certifying
to DOE that their products comply with the applicable energy
conservation standards adopted under EPCA and when making
representations to the public regarding the energy use or efficiency of
those products. (42 U.S.C. 6293(c) and 6295(s)) Similarly, DOE must use
these test procedures to determine whether the products comply with
standards adopted pursuant to EPCA. (42 U.S.C. 6295(s)) The DOE test
procedure for MREFs appears at appendix A (Uniform Test Method for
Measuring the Energy Consumption of Refrigerators, Refrigerator-
Freezers, and Miscellaneous Refrigeration Products).
DOE must follow specific statutory criteria for prescribing new or
amended standards for covered products, including MREFs. Any new or
amended standard for a covered product must be designed to achieve the
maximum improvement in energy efficiency that the Secretary of Energy
determines is technologically feasible and economically justified. (42
U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(A) and 42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(3)(B)) Furthermore, DOE may
not adopt any standard that would not result in the significant
conservation of energy. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(3))
Moreover, DOE may not prescribe a standard (1) for certain
products, including MREFs, if no test procedure has been established
for the product, or (2) if DOE determines by rule that the standard is
not technologically feasible or economically justified. (42 U.S.C.
6295(o)(3)(A)-(B)) In deciding whether a proposed standard is
economically justified, DOE must determine whether the benefits of the
standard exceed its burdens. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)) DOE must make
this determination after receiving comments on the proposed standard,
and by considering, to the greatest extent practicable, the following
seven statutory factors:
(1) The economic impact of the standard on manufacturers and
consumers of the products subject to the standard;
(2) The savings in operating costs throughout the estimated average
life of the covered products in the type (or class) compared to any
increase in the price, initial charges, or maintenance expenses for the
covered products that are likely to result from the standard;
(3) The total projected amount of energy (or as applicable, water)
savings likely to result directly from the standard;
(4) Any lessening of the utility or the performance of the covered
products likely to result from the standard;
(5) The impact of any lessening of competition, as determined in
writing by the Attorney General, that is likely to result from the
standard;
(6) The need for national energy and water conservation; and
(7) Other factors the Secretary of Energy (``Secretary'') considers
relevant.
(42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(I)-(VII))
Further, EPCA, as codified, establishes a rebuttable presumption
that a standard is economically justified if the Secretary finds that
the additional cost to the consumer of purchasing a product complying
with an energy conservation standard level will be less than three
times the value of the energy savings during the first year that the
consumer will receive as a result of the standard, as calculated under
the applicable test procedure. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(iii))
[[Page 38771]]
EPCA, as codified, also contains what is known as an ``anti-
backsliding'' provision, which prevents the Secretary from prescribing
any amended standard that either increases the maximum allowable energy
use or decreases the minimum required energy efficiency of a covered
product. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(1)) Also, the Secretary may not prescribe
an amended or new standard if interested persons have established by a
preponderance of the evidence that the standard is likely to result in
the unavailability in the United States in any covered product type (or
class) of performance characteristics (including reliability),
features, sizes, capacities, and volumes that are substantially the
same as those generally available in the United States. (42 U.S.C.
6295(o)(4))
EPCA specifies requirements when promulgating an energy
conservation standard for a covered product that has two or more
subcategories. A rule prescribing an energy conservation standard for a
type (or class) of product must specify a different standard level for
a type or class of products that has the same function or intended use
if DOE determines that products within such group (A) consume a
different kind of energy from that consumed by other covered products
within such type (or class); or (B) have a capacity or other
performance-related feature which other products within such type (or
class) do not have and such feature justifies a higher or lower
standard. (42 U.S.C. 6295(q)(1)) In determining whether a performance-
related feature justifies a different standard for a group of products,
DOE considers such factors as the utility to the consumer of such a
feature and other factors DOE deems appropriate. (Id.) Any rule
prescribing such a standard must include an explanation of the basis on
which such higher or lower level was established. (42 U.S.C.
6295(q)(2))
Additionally, pursuant to the amendments contained in the Energy
Independence and Security Act of 2007 (``EISA 2007''), Public Law 110-
140, final rules for new or amended energy conservation standards
promulgated after July 1, 2010, are required to address standby mode
and off mode energy use. (42 U.S.C. 6295(gg)(3)) Specifically, when DOE
adopts a standard for a covered product after that date, it must, if
justified by the criteria for adoption of standards under EPCA (42
U.S.C. 6295(o)), incorporate standby mode and off mode energy use into
a single standard, or, if that is not feasible, adopt a separate
standard for such energy use for that product. (42 U.S.C.
6295(gg)(3)(A)-(B)) DOE's current test procedure for MREFs addresses
standby mode and off mode energy use, as do the amended standards
adopted in this direct final rule.
Finally, EISA 2007 amended EPCA, in relevant part, to grant DOE
authority to issue a final rule (i.e., a ``direct final rule'')
establishing an energy conservation standard upon receipt of a
statement submitted jointly by interested persons that are fairly
representative of relevant points of view (including representatives of
manufacturers of covered products, States, and efficiency advocates),
as determined by the Secretary, that contains recommendations with
respect to an energy or water conservation standard. (42 U.S.C.
6295(p)(4)) Pursuant to 42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4), the Secretary must also
determine whether a jointly-submitted recommendation for an energy or
water conservation standard satisfies 42 U.S.C. 6295(o) or 42 U.S.C.
6313(a)(6)(B), as applicable.
The direct final rule must be published simultaneously with a NOPR
that proposes an energy or water conservation standard that is
identical to the standard established in the direct final rule, and DOE
must provide a public comment period of at least 110 days on this
proposal. (42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4)(A)-(B)) While DOE typically provides a
comment period of 60 days on proposed standards, for a NOPR
accompanying a direct final rule, DOE provides a comment period of the
same length as the comment period on the direct final rule--i.e., 110
days. Based on the comments received during this period, the direct
final rule will either become effective, or DOE will withdraw it not
later than 120 days after its issuance if: (1) one or more adverse
comments is received, and (2) DOE determines that those comments, when
viewed in light of the rulemaking record related to the direct final
rule, may provide a reasonable basis for withdrawal of the direct final
rule under 42 U.S.C. 6295(o). (42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4)(C)) Receipt of an
alternative joint recommendation may also trigger a DOE withdrawal of
the direct final rule in the same manner. (Id.)
DOE has previously explained its interpretation of its direct final
rule authority. In a final rule amending the Department's ``Procedures,
Interpretations and Policies for Consideration of New or Revised Energy
Conservation Standards for Consumer Products'' at 10 CFR part 430,
subpart C, appendix A (``Process Rule''), DOE noted that it may issue
standards recommended by interested persons that are fairly
representative of relative points of view as a direct final rule when
the recommended standards are in accordance with 42 U.S.C. 6295(o) or
42 U.S.C. 6313(a)(6)(B), as applicable. 86 FR 70892, 70912 (Dec. 13,
2021). But the direct final rule provision in EPCA does not impose
additional requirements applicable to other standards rulemakings,
which is consistent with the unique circumstances of rules issued as
consensus agreements under DOE's direct final rule authority. Id. DOE's
discretion remains bounded by its statutory mandate to adopt a standard
that results in the maximum improvement in energy efficiency that is
technologically feasible and economically justified--a requirement
found in 42 U.S.C. 6295(o). Id. As such, DOE's review and analysis of
the Joint Agreement is limited to whether the recommended standards
satisfy the criteria in 42 U.S.C. 6295(o).
B. Background
1. Current Standards
In a direct final rule published on October 28, 2016 (``October
2016 Final Rule''), DOE prescribed the current energy conservation
standards for MREFs manufactured on and after October 28, 2019. 81 FR
75194. These standards are set forth in DOE's regulations at 10 CFR
430.32(aa)(1)-(2). These standards are consistent with a negotiated
term sheet submitted to DOE by interested parties representing
manufacturers, energy and environmental advocates, and consumer
groups.\19\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\19\ The negotiated term sheets are available in docket ID EERE-
2011-BT-STD-0043 on www.regulations.gov.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. Current Test Procedures
On October 12, 2021, DOE published a test procedure final rule
(``October 2021 TP Final Rule'') amending the test procedure for MREFs,
at appendix A. 86 FR 56790. The test procedure amendments included
adopting the latest version of the relevant industry standard published
by the Association of Home Appliance Manufacturers (``AHAM''), updated
in 2019, AHAM Standard HRF-1, ``Energy and Internal Volume of
Refrigerating Appliances'' (``HRF-1-2019''). 10 CFR 430.3(i)(4). The
standard levels adopted in this direct final rule are based on the
annual energy use (``AEU'') metrics as measured according to appendix
A.
[[Page 38772]]
3. History of Standards Rulemaking for MREFs
On April 1, 2015, DOE published a notice announcing its intention
to establish a negotiated rulemaking working group under the Appliance
Standards Rulemaking Advisory Committee (``ASRAC'') to negotiate energy
conservation standards for refrigeration products such as wine
chillers. 80 FR 17355. DOE then created a working group of interested
parties to develop a series of recommended energy conservation
standards for MREFs. On July 18, 2016, DOE published the July 2016
Final Coverage Determination that added MREFs as covered products. 81
FR 46768. In that determination, DOE noted that MREFs, on average,
consume more than 150 kilowatt hours per year (``kWh/yr'') and that the
aggregate annual national energy use of these products exceeds 4.2
terawatt hours (``TWh''). 81 FR 46768, 46775. In addition to
establishing coverage, the July 2016 Final Coverage Determination
established definitions for ``miscellaneous refrigeration products,''
``coolers,'' and ``combination cooler refrigeration products'' in 10
CFR 430.2. 81 FR 46768, 46791-46792.
On October 28, 2016, a negotiated term sheet containing a series of
recommended standards and other related recommendations were submitted
to ASRAC for approval and, subsequently, DOE published the October 2016
Direct Final Rule adopting energy conservation standards consistent
with the recommendations contained in the term sheet. 81 FR 75194.
Concurrent with the October 2016 Direct Final Rule, DOE published a
NOPR in which it proposed and requested comments on the standards set
forth in the direct final rule. 81 FR 74950. On May 26, 2017, DOE
published a notice in the Federal Register in which it determined that
the comments received in response to the October 2016 Direct Final Rule
did not provide a reasonable basis for withdrawing the rule and,
therefore, confirmed the adoption of the energy conservation standards
established in that direct final rule. 82 FR 24214.
4. The Joint Agreement
On September 25, 2023, DOE received a joint statement of
recommended standards (i.e., the Joint Agreement) for various consumer
products, including MREFs, submitted jointly by groups representing
manufacturers, energy and environmental advocates, consumer groups, and
a utility.\20\ In addition to the recommended standards for MREFs, the
Joint Agreement also included separate recommendations for several
other covered products.\21\ And, while acknowledging that DOE may
implement these recommendations in separate rulemakings, the Joint
Agreement also stated that the recommendations were recommended as a
complete package and each recommendation is contingent upon the other
parts being implemented. DOE understands this to mean that the Joint
Agreement is contingent upon DOE initiating rulemaking processes to
adopt all of the recommended standards in the agreement. That is
distinguished from an agreement where issuance of an amended energy
conservation standard for a covered product is contingent on issuance
of amended energy conservation standards for the other covered
products. If the Joint Agreement were so construed, it would conflict
with the anti-backsliding provision in 42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(1), because it
would imply the possibility that, if DOE were unable to issue an
amended standard for a certain product, it would have to withdraw a
previously issued standard for one of the other products. The anti-
backsliding provision, however, prevents DOE from withdrawing or
amending an energy conservation standard to be less stringent. As a
result, DOE will be proceeding with individual rulemakings that will
evaluate each of the recommended standards separately under the
applicable statutory criteria. The Joint Agreement recommends amended
standard levels for MREFs as presented in Table II.3. (Joint Agreement,
No. 34 at p. 4) Details of the Joint Agreement recommendations for
other products are provided in the Joint Agreement posted in the
docket.\22\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\20\ The signatories to the Joint Agreement include AHAM,
American Council for an Energy-Efficient Economy, Alliance for Water
Efficiency, Appliance Standards Awareness Project, Consumer
Federation of America, Consumer Reports, Earthjustice, National
Consumer Law Center, Natural Resources Defense Council, Northwest
Energy Efficiency Alliance, and Pacific Gas and Electric Company.
Members of AHAM's Major Appliance Division that manufacture the
affected products include: Alliance Laundry Systems, LLC; Asko
Appliances AB; Beko US Inc.; Brown Stove Works, Inc.; BSH; Danby
Products, Ltd.; Electrolux Home Products, Inc.; Elicamex S.A. de
C.V.; Faber; Fotile America; GEA, a Haier Company; L'Atelier Paris
Haute Design LLG; LGEUSA; Liebherr USA, Co.; Midea America Corp.;
Miele, Inc.; Panasonic Appliances Refrigeration Systems (PAPRSA)
Corporation of America; Perlick Corporation; Samsung; Sharp
Electronics Corporation; Smeg S.p.A; Sub-Zero Group, Inc.; The
Middleby Corporation; U-Line Corporation; Viking Range, LLC; and
Whirlpool.
\21\ The Joint Agreement contained recommendations for 6 covered
products: refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, and freezers;
clothes washers; clothes dryers; dishwashers; cooking products; and
miscellaneous refrigeration products.
\22\ The term sheet is available in the docket at:
www.regulations.gov/document/EERE-2020-BT-STD-0039-0034.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
BILLING CODE 6450-01-P
[[Page 38773]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.007
BILLING CODE 6450-01-C
When the Joint Agreement was submitted, DOE was conducting a
rulemaking to consider amending the standards for MREFs. As part of
that process, DOE published a NOPR and announced a public meeting on
March 31, 2023 (``March 2023 NOPR'') seeking comment on its proposed
amended standards to inform its decision consistent with its
obligations under EPCA and the Administrative Procedure Act (``APA'').
88 FR 19382. DOE held a public webinar on May 2, 2023, to discuss and
receive comments on the March 2023 NOPR and NOPR TSD (``May 2, 2023,
public meeting''). The NOPR TSD is available at: www.regulations.gov/document/EERE-2020-BT-STD-0039-0026. The March 2023 NOPR proposed
amended standards defined in terms of the AEU metrics as measured
according to appendix A. Id. at 88 FR 19383-19384.
Although DOE is adopting the Joint Agreement as a direct final rule
and no longer proceeding with its prior rulemaking, DOE did consider
relevant comments, data, and information obtained during that
rulemaking process in determining whether the recommended standards
from the Joint Agreement are in accordance with 42 U.S.C. 6295(o). Any
discussion of comments, data, or information in this direct final rule
that were obtained during DOE's prior rulemaking will include a
parenthetical reference that provides the location of the item in the
public record.\23\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\23\ The parenthetical reference provides a reference for
information located in the docket of DOE's rulemaking to develop
energy conservation standards for MREFs. (Docket No. EERE-2020-BT-
STD-0039, which is maintained at www.regulations.gov). The
references are arranged as follows: (commenter name, comment docket
ID number, page of that document).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
III. General Discussion
DOE is issuing this direct final rule after determining that the
recommended standards submitted in the Joint Agreement meet the
requirements in 42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4). More specifically, DOE has
determined that the recommended standards were submitted by interested
persons that are fairly representative of relevant points of view and
the recommended standards satisfy the criteria in 42 U.S.C. 6295(o).
A. Scope of Coverage
This direct final rule covers those consumer products that meet the
definition of ``miscellaneous refrigeration product,'' as codified at
10 CFR 430.2, which states that it is a consumer refrigeration product
other than a refrigerator, refrigerator-freezer, or freezer, which
includes coolers and combination cooler refrigeration products.
The differences between miscellaneous refrigeration products and
other consumer refrigeration products, which were addressed in a
separate rulemaking for refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, and
freezers, are largely in compartment temperature capability.
Refrigerators are broadly defined as a cabinet capable of maintaining a
compartment temperature above 32 [deg]F and below 39 [deg]F. Freezers
are broadly defined as a cabinet capable of maintaining compartment
temperature of 0 [deg]F or below. Refrigerator-freezers have two or
more compartments, with one capable of maintaining compartment
temperatures above 32 [deg]F and below 39 [deg]F (i.e., a fresh food or
refrigerator compartment), and the other capable of maintaining a
compartment temperature of 8 [deg]F with adjustability down to 0 [deg]F
or below (i.e., a frozen food or freezer compartment). Miscellaneous
refrigeration products generally include a cooler compartment that is
incapable of maintaining the low temperatures achieved by
refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, and freezers.
[[Page 38774]]
Coolers (and cooler compartments) have temperature ranges that either
extend no lower than 39 [deg]F, or no lower than 37 [deg]F but at least
as high as 60 [deg]F. Combination-coolers contain a fresh food and/or
frozen food compartment in addition to one or more cooler compartments.
See 10 CFR 430.2 for more information regarding consumer refrigeration
products definitions.
When evaluating and establishing energy conservation standards, DOE
divides covered products into product classes by the type of energy
used, or by capacity, or based upon performance-related features that
justify a higher or lower standard. (42 U.S.C. 6295(q)) In making a
determination whether a performance-related feature justifies a
different standard, DOE must consider such factors as the utility of
the feature to the consumer and other factors DOE determines are
appropriate. (Id.)
The Joint Agreement proposed approach for MREF product classes
embeds within the energy use equations the difference between classes
for MREFs that are otherwise identical except for presence of an
icemaker, using a logical variable I (equal to 1 for a product with an
icemaker and equal to 0 for a product without an icemaker) multiplied
by the constant icemaker energy use adder.
The product class representation simplification in the Joint
Agreement is consistent with what was proposed by DOE in the March 2023
NOPR. Based on the comments received in response to the March 2023 NOPR
and DOE's evaluation of the Joint Agreement, this direct final rule
adopts this change. See section IV.A.1 of this document for further
detail and discussion regarding the product classes analyzed in this
direct final rule.
B. Fairly Representative of Relevant Point of View
Under the direct final rule provision in EPCA, recommended energy
conservation standards must be submitted by interested persons that are
fairly representative of relevant points of view (including
representatives of manufacturers of covered products, States, and
efficiency advocates) as determined by DOE. (42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4)(A))
With respect to this requirement, DOE notes that the Joint Agreement
included a trade association, AHAM, which represents 15 manufacturers
of MREFs.\24\ The Joint Agreement also included environmental and
energy-efficiency advocacy organizations, consumer advocacy
organizations, and a gas and electric utility company. As a result, DOE
has determined that the Joint Agreement was submitted by interested
persons who are fairly representative of relevant points of view.
Additionally, DOE received a letter in support of the Joint Agreement
from the States of New York, California, and Massachusetts. (See
NYSERDA, et al., No. 35 at p. 2) DOE also received a letter in support
of the Joint Agreement from the gas and electric utility, SDG&E, and
the electric utility, SCE (See SDG&E, et al., No. 36 at p. 1).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\24\ Manufacturers listed in the Joint Agreement include: Asko
Appliances AB, BSH Home Appliances Corporation, Danby Products,
Ltd., Electrolux Home Products, Inc, GE Appliances, a Haier Company,
Liebherr USA, Co., Electronics America Inc., LG Electronics, Midea
America Corp., Miele, Inc., Panasonic Appliances Refrigeration
Systems (PAPRSA) Corporation of America, Smeg S.p.A, Sub-Zero Group,
Inc., The Middleby Corporation (listed with subsidiaries U-Line
Corporation and Viking Range, LLC).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Technological Feasibility
1. General
In each energy conservation standards rulemaking, DOE conducts a
screening analysis based on information gathered on all current
technology options and prototype designs that could improve the
efficiency of the products or equipment that are the subject of the
rulemaking. As the first step in such an analysis, DOE develops a list
of technology options for consideration in consultation with
manufacturers, design engineers, and other interested parties. DOE then
determines which of those means for improving efficiency are
technologically feasible. DOE considers technologies incorporated in
commercially available products or in working prototypes to be
technologically feasible. Sections 6(b)(3)(i) and 7(b)(1) of appendix A
to 10 CFR part 430, subpart C (``Process Rule'').
After DOE has determined that particular technology options are
technologically feasible, it further evaluates each technology option
in light of the following additional screening criteria: (1)
practicability to manufacture, install, and service; (2) adverse
impacts on product utility or availability; (3) adverse impacts on
health or safety and (4) unique-pathway proprietary technologies.
Sections 7(b)(2)-(5) of the Process Rule. Section IV.B of this document
discusses the results of the screening analysis for MREFs, particularly
the designs DOE considered, those it screened out, and those that are
the basis for the standards considered in this rulemaking. For further
details on the screening analysis for this rulemaking, see chapter 4 of
the direct final rule TSD.
2. Maximum Technologically Feasible Levels
When DOE proposes to adopt a new or amended standard for a type or
class of covered product, it must determine the maximum improvement in
energy efficiency or maximum reduction in energy use that is
technologically feasible for such product. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(A))
Accordingly, in the engineering analysis, DOE determined the maximum
technologically feasible (``max-tech'') improvements in energy
efficiency for MREFs, using the design parameters for the most
efficient products available on the market or in working prototypes.
The max-tech levels that DOE determined for this rulemaking are
described in section IV.C of this document and in chapter 5 of the
direct final rule TSD.
D. Energy Savings
1. Determination of Savings
For each TSL, DOE projected energy savings from application of the
TSL to MREFs purchased in the 30-year period that begins in the year of
compliance with the amended standards (2029-2058).\25\ The savings are
measured over the entire lifetime of products purchased in the 30-year
analysis period. DOE quantified the energy savings attributable to each
TSL as the difference in energy consumption between each standards case
and the no-new-standards case. The no-new-standards case represents a
projection of energy consumption that reflects how the market for a
product would likely evolve in the absence of amended energy
conservation standards.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\25\ DOE also presents a sensitivity analysis that considers
impacts for products shipped in a 9-year period.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
DOE used its national impact analysis (``NIA'') spreadsheet models
to estimate national energy savings (``NES'') from potential amended
standards for MREFs. The NIA spreadsheet model (described in section
IV.H of this document) calculates energy savings in terms of site
energy, which is the energy directly consumed by products at the
locations where they are used. For electricity, DOE reports national
energy savings in terms of primary energy savings, which is the savings
in the energy that is used to generate and transmit the site
electricity. For natural gas, the primary energy savings are considered
to be equal to the site energy savings. DOE also calculates NES in
terms of FFC energy savings. The FFC metric includes the energy
consumed in
[[Page 38775]]
extracting, processing, and transporting primary fuels (i.e., coal,
natural gas, petroleum fuels), and thus presents a more complete
picture of the impacts of energy conservation standards.\26\ DOE's
approach is based on the calculation of an FFC multiplier for each of
the energy types used by covered products or equipment. For more
information on FFC energy savings, see section IV.H.2 of this document.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\26\ The FFC metric is discussed in DOE's statement of policy
and notice of policy amendment. 76 FR 51282 (Aug. 18, 2011), as
amended at 77 FR 49701 (Aug. 17, 2012).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. Significance of Savings
To adopt any new or amended standards for a covered product, DOE
must determine that such action would result in significant energy
savings. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(3)(B))
The significance of energy savings offered by a new or amended
energy conservation standard cannot be determined without knowledge of
the specific circumstances surrounding a given rulemaking. For example,
some covered products and equipment have most of their energy
consumption occur during periods of peak energy demand. The impacts of
these products on the energy infrastructure can be more pronounced than
products with relatively constant demand. Accordingly, DOE evaluates
the significance of energy savings on a case-by-case basis, taking into
account the significance of cumulative FFC national energy savings, the
cumulative FFC emissions reductions, and the need to confront the
global climate crisis, among other factors.
As stated, the standard levels adopted in this direct final rule
are projected to result in national energy savings of 0.32 quads (FFC),
the equivalent of the primary annual energy use of 2.1 million homes.
Based on the amount of FFC savings, the corresponding reduction in
emissions, and need to confront the global climate crisis, DOE has
determined the energy savings from the standard levels adopted in this
direct final rule are ``significant'' within the meaning of 42 U.S.C.
6295(o)(3)(B).
E. Economic Justification
1. Specific Criteria
As noted previously, EPCA provides seven factors to be evaluated in
determining whether a potential energy conservation standard is
economically justified. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(I)(VII)) The
following sections discuss how DOE has addressed each of those seven
factors in this rulemaking.
a. Economic Impact on Manufacturers and Consumers
In determining the impacts of potential amended standards on
manufacturers, DOE conducts an MIA, as discussed in section IV.J of
this document. DOE first uses an annual cash-flow approach to determine
the quantitative impacts. This step includes both a short-term
assessment--based on the cost and capital requirements during the
period between when a regulation is issued and when entities must
comply with the regulation--and a long-term assessment over a 30-year
period. The industry-wide impacts analyzed include (1) INPV, which
values the industry on the basis of expected future cash flows; (2)
cash flows by year; (3) changes in revenue and income; and (4) other
measures of impact, as appropriate. Second, DOE analyzes and reports
the impacts on different types of manufacturers, including impacts on
small manufacturers. Third, DOE considers the impact of standards on
domestic manufacturer employment and manufacturing capacity, as well as
the potential for standards to result in plant closures and loss of
capital investment. Finally, DOE takes into account cumulative impacts
of various DOE regulations and other regulatory requirements on
manufacturers.
For individual consumers, measures of economic impact include the
changes in LCC and PBP associated with new or amended standards. These
measures are discussed further in the following section. For consumers
in the aggregate, DOE also calculates the national net present value of
the consumer costs and benefits expected to result from particular
standards. DOE also evaluates the impacts of potential standards on
identifiable subgroups of consumers that may be affected
disproportionately by a standard.
b. Savings in Operating Costs Compared to Increase in Price (LCC and
PBP)
EPCA requires DOE to consider the savings in operating costs
throughout the estimated average life of the covered product in the
type (or class) compared to any increase in the price of, or in the
initial charges for, or maintenance expenses of, the covered product
that are likely to result from a standard. (42 U.S.C.
6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(II)) DOE conducts this comparison in its LCC and PBP
analysis.
The LCC is the sum of the purchase price of a product (including
its installation) and the operating cost (including energy,
maintenance, and repair expenditures) discounted over the lifetime of
the product. The LCC analysis requires a variety of inputs, such as
product prices, product energy consumption, energy prices, maintenance
and repair costs, product lifetime, and discount rates appropriate for
consumers. To account for uncertainty and variability in specific
inputs, such as product lifetime and discount rate, DOE uses a
distribution of values, with probabilities attached to each value.
The PBP is the estimated amount of time (in years) it takes
consumers to recover the increased purchase cost (including
installation) of a more-efficient product through lower operating
costs. DOE calculates the PBP by dividing the change in purchase cost
due to a more-stringent standard by the change in annual operating cost
for the year that standards are assumed to take effect.
For its LCC and PBP analysis, DOE assumes that consumers will
purchase the covered products in the first year of compliance with new
or amended standards. The LCC savings for the considered efficiency
levels are calculated relative to the case that reflects projected
market trends in the absence of new or amended standards. DOE's LCC and
PBP analysis is discussed in further detail in section IV.F of this
document.
c. Energy Savings
Although significant conservation of energy is a separate statutory
requirement for adopting an energy conservation standard, EPCA requires
DOE, in determining the economic justification of a standard, to
consider the total projected energy savings that are expected to result
directly from the standard. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(III)) As
discussed in section IV.H of this document, DOE uses the NIA
spreadsheet models to project national energy savings.
d. Lessening of Utility or Performance of Products
In establishing product classes, and in evaluating design options
and the impact of potential standard levels, DOE evaluates potential
standards that would not lessen the utility or performance of the
considered products. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(IV)) Based on data
available to DOE, the standards adopted in this document would not
reduce the utility or performance of the products under consideration
in this rulemaking.
e. Impact of Any Lessening of Competition
EPCA directs DOE to consider the impact of any lessening of
competition, as determined in writing by the
[[Page 38776]]
Attorney General, that is likely to result from a standard. (42 U.S.C.
6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(V)) It also directs the Attorney General to determine
the impact, if any, of any lessening of competition likely to result
from a standard and to transmit such determination to the Secretary
within 60 days of the publication of a proposed rule, together with an
analysis of the nature and extent of the impact. (42 U.S.C.
6295(o)(2)(B)(ii)) DOE will transmit a copy of this direct final rule
to the Attorney General with a request that the Department of Justice
(``DOJ'') provide its determination on this issue. DOE will consider
DOJ's comments on the rule in determining whether to withdraw the
direct final rule. DOE will also publish and respond to the DOJ's
comments in the Federal Register in a separate notice.
f. Need for National Energy Conservation
DOE also considers the need for national energy and water
conservation in determining whether a new or amended standard is
economically justified. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(VI)) The energy
savings from the adopted standards are likely to provide improvements
to the security and reliability of the Nation's energy system.
Reductions in the demand for electricity also may result in reduced
costs for maintaining the reliability of the Nation's electricity
system. DOE conducts a utility impact analysis to estimate how
standards may affect the Nation's needed power generation capacity, as
discussed in section IV.M of this document.
DOE finds that environmental and public health benefits associated
with the more efficient use of energy are important to take into
account when considering the need for national energy conservation. The
adopted standards are likely to result in environmental benefits in the
form of reduced emissions of air pollutants and greenhouse gases
(``GHGs'') associated with energy production and use. DOE conducts an
emissions analysis to estimate how potential standards may affect these
emissions, as discussed in section IV.K of this document; the estimated
emissions impacts are reported in section V.B.6 of this document. DOE
also estimates the economic value of emissions reductions resulting
from the considered TSLs, as discussed in section IV.L of this
document.
g. Other Factors
In determining whether an energy conservation standard is
economically justified, DOE may consider any other factors that the
Secretary deems to be relevant. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(VII)) To
the extent DOE identifies any relevant information regarding economic
justification that does not fit into the other categories described
previously, DOE could consider such information under ``other
factors.''
2. Rebuttable Presumption
As set forth in 42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(iii), EPCA creates a
rebuttable presumption that an energy conservation standard is
economically justified if the additional cost to the consumer of a
product that meets the standard is less than three times the value of
the first year's energy savings resulting from the standard, as
calculated under the applicable DOE test procedure. DOE's LCC and PBP
analyses generate values used to calculate the effect potential amended
energy conservation standards would have on the payback period for
consumers. These analyses include, but are not limited to, the 3-year
payback period contemplated under the rebuttable-presumption test. In
addition, DOE routinely conducts an economic analysis that considers
the full range of impacts to consumers, manufacturers, the Nation, and
the environment, as required under 42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i). The
results of this analysis serve as the basis for DOE's evaluation of the
economic justification for a potential standard level (thereby
supporting or rebutting the results of any preliminary determination of
economic justification). The rebuttable presumption payback calculation
is discussed in section IV.F of this document.
IV. Methodology and Discussion of Related Comments
This section addresses the analyses DOE has performed for this
rulemaking with regard to MREFs. Separate subsections address each
component of DOE's analyses, including relevant comments DOE received
in its separate rulemaking to amend the energy conservation standards
for MREFs prior to receiving the Joint Agreement.
DOE used several analytical tools to estimate the impact of the
standards considered in this document. The first tool is a spreadsheet
that calculates the LCC savings and PBP of potential amended energy
conservation standards. The national impacts analysis uses a second
spreadsheet set that provides shipments projections and calculates
national energy savings and net present value of total consumer costs
and savings expected to result from potential energy conservation
standards. DOE uses the third spreadsheet tool, the Government
Regulatory Impact Model (``GRIM''), to assess manufacturer impacts of
potential standards. These three spreadsheet tools are available on the
DOE website for this rulemaking: www.regulations.gov/docket/EERE-2020-BT-STD-0039. Additionally, DOE used output from the latest version of
the Energy Information Administration's (``EIA's'') Annual Energy
Outlook (``AEO'') for the emissions and utility impact analyses.
A. Market and Technology Assessment
DOE develops information in the market and technology assessment
that provides an overall picture of the market for the products
concerned, including the purpose of the products, the industry
structure, manufacturers, market characteristics, and technologies used
in the products. This activity includes both quantitative and
qualitative assessments, based primarily on publicly-available
information. The subjects addressed in the market and technology
assessment for this rulemaking include (1) a determination of the scope
of the rulemaking and product classes, (2) manufacturers and industry
structure, (3) existing efficiency programs, (4) shipments information,
(5) market and industry trends, and (6) technologies or design options
that could improve the energy efficiency of MREFs. The key findings of
DOE's market assessment are summarized in the following sections. See
chapter 3 of the direct final rule TSD for further discussion of the
market and technology assessment.
1. Product Classes
The Joint Agreement specifies 11 product classes for MREFs. (Joint
Agreement, No. 34 at p. 7) In particular, the Joint Agreement
recommends a consolidated product class representation, which
incorporates icemaker energy adders and door allowances into the energy
use equations for product classes in which they are applicable. As
discussed further in section IV.A.1.a of this document, DOE notes that
the consolidation of product class representation in the Joint
Agreement does not combine the product classes, but rather serves to
simplify the list of classes, in particular for those product classes
with and without icemakers, and facilitates the implementation of a
single equation for representation of their maximum allowable energy
use. In this direct final rule, DOE is adopting the product classes
from the Joint Agreement, as listed in Table IV.1.
[[Page 38777]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.008
DOE further notes that product classes established through EPCA's
direct final rule authority are not subject to the criteria specified
at 42 U.S.C. 6295(q)(1) for establishing product classes. Nevertheless,
in accordance with 42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(4)--which is applicable to direct
final rules--DOE has concluded that the standards adopted in this
direct final rule will not result in the unavailability in any covered
product type (or class) of performance characteristics, features,
sizes, capacities, and volumes that are substantially the same as those
generally available in the United States currently.\27\ DOE's findings
in this regard are discussed in detail in section V.B.4 of this
document.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\27\ EPCA specifies that DOE may not prescribe an amended or new
standard if the Secretary finds (and publishes such finding) that
interested persons have established by a preponderance of the
evidence that the standard is likely to result in the unavailability
in the United States in any covered product type (or class) of
performance characteristics (including reliability), features,
sizes, capacities, and volumes that are substantially the same as
those generally available in the United States at the time of the
Secretary's finding. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(4))
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
a. Product Classes With Automatic Icemakers
The Joint Agreement includes a proposed simplification of maximum
allowable energy and expresses the maximum allowable energy use for
both icemaking and non-icemaking classes in the same equation, thus
consolidating the presentation of classes and their energy conservation
standards. The energy use equations will, for those classes that may or
may not have an icemaker, include a term equal to the icemaking energy
use adder multiplied by a factor that is defined to equal 1 for
products with icemakers and to equal 0 for products without icemakers.
This approach does not combine classes that are the same other than the
presence of an icemaker but does simplify the list of classes and
representation of their maximum allowable energy use, providing for
each set of classes with and without ice makers a single equation for
maximum energy use. This simplification is consistent with the approach
proposed in the March 2023 NOPR. See 88 FR 19382, 19395.
In this direct final rule, DOE is adopting the Joint Agreement
proposal to express the maximum allowable energy use for any set of
classes differing only in whether the class includes an icemaker or not
within a single equation. The single equation does this by including
the icemaker energy use adder multiplied by logical variable I that is
set equal to 1 for a product with an icemaker present and 0 for a
product without an icemaker.
b. Addition of Product Class C-5-BI
The Joint Agreement recommends the addition of a new product class
C-5-BI (i.e., built-in combination cooler-refrigerator-freezers with
bottom-mounted freezers and automatic icemakers) and specific energy
efficiency standards for the new product class (``PC''). (Joint
Agreement, No. 34 at p. 7) The current energy conservation standards
for MREFs do not include a separate product class for products of this
configuration. However, DOE has previously proposed establishing a
separate product class for C-5-BI configurations in the March 2023
NOPR, with a baseline level of 6.08AV + 246 kWh/yr, based in part on
input from commenters, and considered increased efficiency levels using
PC C-3A-BI as a proxy. 88 FR 19382, 19395.
The Joint Agreement recommends a standard equation of 5.47AV +
196.2 + 28I kWh/yr for product class C-5-BI. DOE notes that this
recommended level is consistent with the level proposed in the March
2023 NOPR for product class C-5-BI, which represents a 10 percent more
stringent level than the baseline level identified in the March 2023
NOPR.
Considering that the recommendation is consistent with the proposed
level in the March 2023 NOPR and carries support from a broad cross-
section of interests, including trade associations representing these
manufactures, environmental and energy-efficiency advocacy
organizations, consumer advocates, and electric utility providers as
well as the support of several States, DOE believes it appropriate to
adopt this new product class, C-5-BI, and the recommended standard
equation. DOE's direct rulemaking authority under 42 U.S.C. 6295(p)(4)
is constrained only by the requirements of 42 U.S.C. 6295(o), which
does not include the product class requirements in 42 U.S.C. 6295(q).
However, DOE notes that the addition of a PC C-5-BI is warranted as the
application of bottom-mounted freezer and icemaker on a built-in cooler
with refrigerator-freezer provides consumers the utility of storage
compartments at freezing, fresh food, and cooler temperature levels,
whereas the current classes combine a cooler compartment with either a
freezer or fresh food compartment, but not both. In addition,
establishing separate classes of this configuration both with and
without automatic icemaking addresses the unique utility of icemaking
that may be
[[Page 38778]]
included as part of the product. As a result of this additional
utility, the application of a bottom-mounted freezer and icemaker
constitutes a performance related feature.
Given the indication from the Joint Agreement that such a product
class standard would be beneficial in its implementation, the
classification of a bottom-mounted freezer and icemaker as performance
related features, and the recommendation's consistency with the other
adopted standards, DOE is adopting a PC C-5-BI standard in this direct
final rule.
See section V of this document for more information regarding the
TSL configuration and discussion of the adopted level for this product
class. See chapter 5 of the direct final rule TSD for more discussion
regarding the addition of this product class.
2. Technology Options
In the preliminary market analysis and technology assessment, DOE
identified 36 technology options initially determined to improve the
efficiency of MREFs, as measured by the DOE test procedure. In this
direct final rule, DOE considered the technology options listed in
Table IV.2, consistent with the table of technology options presented
in the March 2023 NOPR. 88 FR 19382, 19395-19396. Chapter 3 of the
direct final rule TSD includes a detailed list and descriptions of all
technology options identified for MREFs.
BILLING CODE 6450-01-P
[[Page 38779]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.009
BILLING CODE 6450-01-C
[[Page 38780]]
B. Screening Analysis
DOE uses the following five screening criteria to determine which
technology options are suitable for further consideration in an energy
conservation standards rulemaking:
(1) Technological feasibility. Technologies that are not
incorporated in commercial products or in commercially viable, existing
prototypes will not be considered further.
(2) Practicability to manufacture, install, and service. If it is
determined that mass production of a technology in commercial products
and reliable installation and servicing of the technology could not be
achieved on the scale necessary to serve the relevant market at the
time of the projected compliance date of the standard, then that
technology will not be considered further.
(3) Impacts on product utility. If a technology is determined to
have a significant adverse impact on the utility of the product to
subgroups of consumers, or result in the unavailability of any covered
product type with performance characteristics (including reliability),
features, sizes, capacities, and volumes that are substantially the
same as products generally available in the United States at the time,
it will not be considered further.
(4) Safety of technologies. If it is determined that a technology
would have significant adverse impacts on health or safety, it will not
be considered further.
(5) Unique-pathway proprietary technologies. If a technology has
proprietary protection and represents a unique pathway to achieving a
given efficiency level, it will not be considered further, due to the
potential for monopolistic concerns.
10 CFR part 430, subpart C, appendix A, sections 6(b)(3) and 7(b).
In sum, if DOE determines that a technology, or a combination of
technologies, fails to meet one or more of the listed five criteria, it
will be excluded from further consideration in the engineering
analysis. The reasons for eliminating any technology are discussed in
the following sections.
The subsequent sections include DOE's evaluation of each technology
option against the screening analysis criteria and whether DOE
determined that a technology option should be excluded (``screened
out'') based on the screening criteria.
1. Screened-Out Technologies
In this direct final rule, DOE screened out the technologies
presented in Table IV.3 on the basis of technological feasibility,
practicability to manufacture, install, and service, adverse impacts on
utility or availability, adverse impacts on health and safety, and/or
unique-pathway proprietary technologies. Chapter 4 of the direct final
rule TSD includes a detailed description of the screening analysis for
each of these technology options.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.010
2. Remaining Technologies
Through a review of each technology, DOE concludes that all of the
other identified technologies listed in section IV.B.2 of this document
met all five screening criteria to be examined further as design
options in DOE's direct final rule analysis. In summary, DOE did not
screen out the following technology options:
[[Page 38781]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.011
BILLING CODE 6450-01-C
DOE determined that these technology options are technologically
feasible because they are being used or have previously been used in
commercially-available products or working prototypes. DOE also finds
that all of the remaining technology options meet the other screening
criteria (i.e., practicable to manufacture, install, and service and do
not result in adverse impacts on consumer utility, product
availability, health, or safety). For additional details, see chapter 4
of the direct final rule TSD.
C. Engineering Analysis
The purpose of the engineering analysis is to establish the
relationship between the efficiency and cost of MREFs. There are two
elements to consider in the engineering analysis; the selection of
efficiency levels to analyze (i.e., the ``efficiency analysis'') and
the determination of product cost at each efficiency level (i.e., the
``cost analysis''). In determining the performance of higher-efficiency
products, DOE considers technologies and design option combinations not
eliminated by the screening analysis. For each product class, DOE
estimates the baseline cost, as well as the incremental cost for the
product/equipment at efficiency levels above the baseline. The output
of the engineering analysis is a set of cost-efficiency ``curves'' that
are used in downstream analyses (i.e., the LCC and PBP analyses and the
NIA).
1. Efficiency Analysis
DOE typically uses one of two approaches to develop energy
efficiency levels for the engineering analysis: (1) relying on observed
efficiency levels in the market (i.e., the efficiency-level approach),
or (2) determining the
[[Page 38782]]
incremental efficiency improvements associated with incorporating
specific design options to a baseline model (i.e., the design-option
approach). Using the efficiency-level approach, the efficiency levels
established for the analysis are determined based on the market
distribution of existing products (in other words, based on the range
of efficiencies and efficiency level ``clusters'' that already exist on
the market). Using the design option approach, the efficiency levels
established for the analysis are determined through detailed
engineering calculations and/or computer simulations of the efficiency
improvements from implementing specific design options that have been
identified in the technology assessment. DOE may also rely on a
combination of these two approaches. For example, the efficiency-level
approach (based on actual products on the market) may be extended using
the design option approach to interpolate to define ``gap fill'' levels
(to bridge large gaps between other identified efficiency levels) and/
or to extrapolate to the ``max-tech'' level (particularly in cases
where the ``max-tech'' level exceeds the maximum efficiency level
currently available on the market).
The approach used for this direct final rule to define the
efficiency levels for analysis is largely the same as the approach DOE
had used for the March 2023 NOPR analysis.
For its analysis in this direct final rule, DOE used a combined
efficiency level and design option approach to directly analyze five
products classes: freestanding compact coolers, freestanding coolers,
and combination cooler classes C-13A, C-3A, and C-9. First, an
efficiency-level approach was used to establish an analysis tied to
existing products on the market. Several products from the cooler class
(compact and standard size) and one product from the combination cooler
class (C-13A) were used in physical teardowns. Additional analyses were
conducted on classes C-3A and C-9; however, a lack of physical teardown
products for these classes led DOE to rely heavily on adjusted analyses
from the consumer refrigerator, refrigerator-freezer, and freezers
(``RF'') classes 3 and 9, respectively. Then, a design option approach
was used to extend the analysis through ``built-down'' efficiency
levels and ``built-up'' efficiency levels where there were gaps in the
range of efficiencies of products that were reverse engineered. As
discussed in the section that follows, DOE applied its direct analyses
of freestanding products to the corresponding built-in product classes.
DOE's direct analysis informed the adopted standards for those product
classes that were not directly analyzed. See section 5.4.1 of the
direct final rule TSD for more discussion on DOE's efficiency analysis.
a. Built-in Classes
In this direct final rule analysis, DOE used the freestanding MREF
classes as proxies for built-in classes. DOE conducted analysis of the
current market for miscellaneous refrigeration products and found that
built-in and freestanding products occupy the same range of
efficiencies, and DOE did not identify any unique characteristic that
would inhibit efficiency improvements for built-in products relative to
freestanding products based on a review on the market. As a result, DOE
chose to apply its freestanding products analyses to built-in classes.
In response to the March 2023 NOPR, AHAM and Sub-zero Group Inc.
(``Sub-zero'') argued that freestanding product classes are not a proxy
for built-in product classes and DOE should evaluate them separately.
(AHAM, No. 31 at p. 6; Sub-zero, No. 30 at p. 1) AHAM and Sub-zero
stated that built-in products have constraints, such as incorporation
into kitchen designs and needing to be flush with cabinetry, that
affect that the technology options for achieving higher efficiency
levels. (AHAM, No. 31 at pp. 6-7; Sub-zero, No. 30 at p. 2) AHAM and
Sub-Zero also stated that different testing requirements for built-ins
(e.g., two inches or less of rear clearance for freestanding products
as opposed to no rear clearance for built-in products) creates inherent
design differences between the freestanding and built-in products. Id.
AHAM and Sub-zero encouraged DOE to revise its analysis to separately
analyze freestanding and built-in products, contending that these
products are fundamentally different. (AHAM, No. 31 at p. 7; Sub-zero,
No. 30 at p. 2)
As discussed in section IV.C.1.c of this document, the efficiency
levels analyzed for this direct final rule represent a percentage
reduction in energy use below the currently applicable standard for
each product class. DOE's analysis of the freestanding product classes
as a proxy for the built-in product classes does not presume that the
two product types have the same nominal costs at each higher efficiency
level, but rather reflects that incremental design changes associated
with reducing energy use on a percentage basis--relative to the
currently applicable standard for each respective product type--are
substantially similar between freestanding and built-in products. To
reflect the inherent design differences between built-in products
compared to free-standing products, as described by commenters, DOE
applied a $30, $50, or $150 adder (depending on product size) to the
baseline costs for the built-in product classes compared to their
freestanding counterparts. See chapter 5 of the direct final rule TSD
for further details regarding the engineering analysis conducted for
each product class.
b. Baseline Efficiency/Energy Use
For each product class, DOE generally selects a baseline model as a
reference point for each class, and measures changes resulting from
potential energy conservation standards against the baseline. The
baseline model in each product class represents the characteristics of
a product/equipment typical of that class (e.g., capacity, physical
size). Generally, a baseline model is one that just meets current
energy conservation standards, or, if no standards are in place, the
baseline is typically the most common or least efficient unit on the
market. When selecting units for the analysis, DOE selects units at
baseline from various manufacturers for each directly analyzed product
class.
For this direct final rule, DOE chose baseline efficiency levels
represented by the current Federal energy conservation standards,
expressed as maximum annual energy consumption as a function of the
product's adjusted volume. The baseline levels differ for coolers and
combination coolers to account for design differences; all coolers
share the same baseline level, i.e., the baseline is the same function
of adjusted volume for both freestanding and built-in models, for both
compact and standard-size models. The current standards incorporate an
allowance of a constant 84 kWh/yr icemaker adder for product classes
with automatic icemakers, consistent with the current test procedure,
which requires adding this amount of annual energy use to the products
tested performance if the product has an automatic icemaker. DOE
adjusted the baseline energy usage levels for each class to account for
the planned revision in the test procedure to reduce the icemaker
energy use adder to 28 kWh/yr.\28\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\28\ See the October 12, 2021, test procedure final rule for
refrigeration products for more information regarding the adoption
of the 28 kWh/yr icemaker adder. 86 FR 56790.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 38783]]
DOE directly analyzed a sample of market representative models from
within five product classes from multiple manufacturers. Directly
analyzed classes include three different AV coolers (AVs of 3 ft\3\, 5
ft\3\, and 15 ft\3\) and three combination cooler classes (C-13A, C-9
and C-3A). In conducting these analyses, eight teardown units were used
in construction of cost curves, and their characteristics were
determined in large part by testing and reverse-engineering. Further
information on the design characteristics of specific analyzed baseline
models is summarized in section 5.4.1 of the direct final rule TSD.
c. Higher Efficiency Levels
As part of DOE's analysis, the maximum available efficiency level
is the highest efficiency unit currently available on the market. DOE
also defines a ``max-tech'' efficiency level to represent the maximum
possible efficiency for a given product.
For this direct final rule, DOE analyzed up to five incremental
efficiency levels beyond the baseline for each of the analyzed product
classes. The efficiency levels begin at EL 1, which was 10 percent more
efficient than the current MREF energy conservation standards. For the
compact coolers analysis, DOE extended the efficiency levels in steps
of 10 percent of the current energy conservation standard up to EL 4 at
40 percent; for full-size coolers, EL 4 is analyzed at 35 percent. For
combination coolers (excluding C-9) efficiency levels above EL 1 are in
steps of roughly 5 percent up to EL 4. Finally, EL 5 represents maximum
technology (``max-tech''), which uses design option analysis to extend
the analysis beyond EL 4 by using all applicable design options,
including max efficiency variable-speed compressors and maximum
practical use of vacuum-insulated panels (``VIPs''). For compact
coolers, max tech stands at either 59 percent or 50 percent for the two
directly analyzed AVs--3.1 ft\3\ and 5.1 ft\3\ respectively; full-size
coolers max-tech stands at 38 percent. For combination coolers C-13A
and C-3A, max tech stands at 28 percent and 24 percent, respectively.
DOE conducted analysis for product class C-9 starting with analysis
for a class 9 upright freezer with comparable total refrigerated
volume. In its analysis, DOE concluded that application of all of the
design options being considered at max-tech would be required for the
product to be compliant with the current energy conservation standards.
Currently, the Compliance Certification Database (``CCD'') includes
only one product that is certified as C-9--an LG product certified with
energy use 17 percent below the standard. DOE did not purchase, test,
and reverse-engineer this product, in-part because of the limited
product offering and expected insignificant potential for energy
savings for the class. Thus, DOE is relying primarily on its analysis
of the RF product class 9 freezer, to suggest that opportunities for
energy savings are likely limited and likely not cost-effective, even
if improved efficiency is technically feasible. DOE has not analyzed
efficiency levels beyond baseline for this product class in this direct
final rule but has taken into consideration all design options applied
at max-tech in its analysis.
DOE notes the current Energy Star specifications correspond to EL 1
for freestanding full-size coolers (10 percent), EL 2 for freestanding
compact coolers (20 percent), and EL 3 for both classes of built-in
coolers (30 percent).\29\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\29\ See EnergyStar, ``Refrigerators & Freezers Key Product
Criteria,'' Available at www.energystar.gov/products/appliances/refrigerators/key_product_criteria (last accessed July 14, 2023).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The efficiency levels analyzed beyond the baseline are shown in
Table IV.5 as follows.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.012
d. Variable-Speed Compressor Supply Chain
In response to the March 2023 NOPR, AHAM suggested that DOE
evaluate the robustness of the supply chains for variable-speed
compressors (``VSCs'') while considering the growing demand given more
stringent standards for cooling appliances, including both air
conditioning and refrigeration. (AHAM, No. 31 at p. 5)
In considering this comment and comments provided in response to
the RF rulemaking, DOE interviewed relevant compressor manufacturers to
gather information regarding the level of VSC implementation that would
be required at the efficiency levels analyzed in this direct final
rule, the current and predicted supply of VSCs into the U.S. market,
the predicted time to ramp up production of VSCs, and pricing of VSCs
and components. None of the compressor manufacturers interviewed
expressed any concerns regarding the ability to ramp-up VSC capacity in
response to more stringent MREF standards. Compressor manufacturers
additionally noted that any previous bottlenecks in the VSC supply
chain are no longer a factor at this time, and that they have been
modifying sourcing strategies to ensure a reliable supply of VSCs going
forward. DOE concluded from these interviews that compressor
manufacturers will be able to readily meet any increased demand for
VSCs as a result of the adopted standards within the 5-year
[[Page 38784]]
timeframe between publication of this direct final rule and the
compliance date. DOE further notes that the amended standards adopted
in this final rule reflect the recommendations of the Joint Agreement,
of which AHAM was a signatory.
2. Cost Analysis
The cost analysis portion of the engineering analysis is conducted
using one or a combination of cost approaches. The selection of cost
approach depends on a suite of factors, including the availability and
reliability of public information, characteristics of the regulated
product, the availability and timeliness of purchasing the product on
the market. The cost approaches are summarized as follows:
[ballot] Physical teardowns: Under this approach, DOE physically
dismantles a commercially available product, component-by-component, to
develop a detailed bill of materials for the product.
[ballot] Catalog teardowns: In lieu of physically deconstructing a
product, DOE identifies each component using parts diagrams (available
from manufacturer websites or appliance repair websites, for example)
to develop the bill of materials for the product.
[ballot] Price surveys: If neither a physical nor catalog teardown
is feasible (for example, for tightly integrated products such as
fluorescent lamps, which are infeasible to disassemble and for which
parts diagrams are unavailable) or cost-prohibitive and otherwise
impractical (e.g., large commercial boilers), DOE conducts price
surveys using publicly available pricing data published on major online
retailer websites and/or by soliciting prices from distributors and
other commercial channels.
In the present case, DOE conducted the analysis using primarily
physical teardowns. Where possible, physical teardowns were used to
provide a baseline of technology options and pricing for a specific
product class at a specific EL. Then with technology option
information, DOE estimated the cost of various design options including
compressors, VIPs, and insulation, by extrapolating the costs from
price surveys. With specific costs for technology options, DOE was then
able to ``build-up'' or ``build-down'' from the various teardown models
to finish the cost-efficiency curves. DOE used this approach to
calibrate the analysis to certified or measured energy use of specific
available models where possible, while allowing a broader range of
potential efficiency levels to be considered.
The resulting bill of materials provides the basis for the
manufacturer production cost (``MPC'') estimates.
To account for manufacturers' non-production costs and profit
margin, DOE applies a multiplier (the manufacturer markup) to the MPC.
The resulting manufacturer selling price (``MSP'') is the price at
which the manufacturer distributes a unit into commerce. DOE developed
an average manufacturer markup by examining corporate annual reports
and Securities and Exchange Commission (``SEC'') 10-K reports \30\
filed by publicly traded manufacturers in primarily engaged in
appliance manufacturing and whose combined product range includes
MREFs. DOE then compared the manufacturer markups derived from the
financials to the manufacturer markups estimated in the October 2016
Direct Final Rule. 81 FR 75194, 75224-75225. See chapter 12 of the
direct final rule TSD for additional detail on the manufacturer markup.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\30\ U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, Electronic Data
Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval (EDGAR) system. Available at
www.sec.gov/edgar/search/ (last accessed January 30, 2024).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. Cost-Efficiency Results
The results of the engineering analysis are reported as cost-
efficiency data (or ``curves'') in the form of AEU (in kWh) versus MPC
(in dollars), which form the basis for subsequent analyses.
DOE developed estimates of MPCs for each unit in the teardown
sample, and also performed additional modeling for each of the teardown
samples, to extend the analysis to cover the range of efficiency levels
appropriate for a representative product. To estimate the MPCs
necessary to achieve higher efficiency levels, in particular those
beyond the highest-efficiency products in the test sample, DOE
considered design options that were most likely to be considered and
implemented by manufacturers to achieve the higher efficiency levels.
Based on input from manufacturers and an understanding of the markets,
DOE then estimated the costs associated with those design options to
determine the MPCs at each of the analyzed efficiency levels.
The resulting weighted average incremental design option by
efficiency level and cost curves for each directly analyzed product
class are (i.e., the additional costs manufacturers would likely incur
by producing miscellaneous refrigeration products at each efficiency
level compared to the baseline) are provided in Tables IV.6 and IV.7 as
follows. See chapter 5 of the direct final rule TSD for additional
detail on the engineering analysis and formulation of cost curves.
BILLING CODE 6450-01-P
[[Page 38785]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.013
[[Page 38786]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.014
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.015
[[Page 38787]]
BILLING CODE 6450-01-C
D. Markups Analysis
The markups analysis develops appropriate markups (e.g., retailer
markups, distributor markups, contractor markups) in the distribution
chain and sales taxes to convert the MSP estimates derived in the
engineering analysis to consumer prices, which are then used in the LCC
and PBP analysis. At each step in the distribution channel, companies
mark up the price of the product to cover business costs and profit
margin.
For MREFs, DOE identified two distribution channels: (1)
manufacturers to retailers to consumers, and (2) manufacturers to
wholesalers to dealers/retailers to consumers. The parties involved in
the distribution channel are retailers, wholesalers, and dealers.
DOE developed baseline and incremental markups for each actor in
the distribution chain. Baseline markups are applied to the price of
products with baseline efficiency, while incremental markups are
applied to the difference in price between baseline and higher-
efficiency models (the incremental cost increase). The incremental
markup is typically less than the baseline markup and is designed to
maintain similar per-unit operating profit before and after new or
amended standards.\31\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\31\ Because the projected price of standards-compliant products
is typically higher than the price of baseline products, using the
same markup for the incremental cost and the baseline cost would
result in higher per-unit operating profit. While such an outcome is
possible, DOE maintains that in markets that are reasonably
competitive it is unlikely that standards would lead to a
sustainable increase in profitability in the long run.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
DOE relied on economic data from the U.S. Census Bureau to estimate
average baseline and incremental markups. Specifically, DOE used the
2017 Annual Retail Trade Survey for the ``electronics and appliance
stores'' sector to develop retailer markups,\32\ and the 2017 Annual
Wholesaler Trade Survey for the ``household appliances, and electrical
and electronics goods merchant wholesalers'' sector to estimate
wholesaler markups.\33\ For the wholesaler to dealer/retailer channel,
DOE assumed that the dealer markups are half of the retailer markups in
the retailer channel.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\32\ U.S. Census Bureau, Annual Retail Trade Survey. 2017.
Available at www.census.gov/programs-surveys/arts.html.
\33\ U.S. Census Bureau, Annual Wholesale Trade Survey. 2017.
Available at www.census.gov/awts.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
For this direct final rule, DOE considered comments it had received
regarding the markups analysis conducted for the March 2023 NOPR. The
approach used for this direct final rule is largely the same as the
approach DOE had used for the March 2023 NOPR analysis.
In response to the March 2023 NOPR, AHAM commented on DOE's
reliance on the concept of incremental markups, stating that it is
based on discredited theory, and it is in contradiction to empirical
evidence provided by AHAM during a 2014 proposed rulemaking for energy
conservation standards for residential dishwashers. (AHAM, No. 31 at p.
9)
DOE's incremental markup approach assumes that an increase in
profitability, which is implied by keeping a fixed markup when the
product price goes up due to higher efficiency standards, is unlikely
to be viable over time in a reasonably competitive market like
household appliance retailers. The Herfindahl-Hirschman Index (``HHI'')
reported by the 2017 Economic Census indicates that the household
appliance stores sector (NAICS 443141) is a highly competitive
marketplace.\34\ DOE recognizes that actors in the distribution chains
are likely to seek to maintain the same markup on appliances in
response to changes in manufacturer selling prices after an amendment
to energy conservation standards. However, DOE believes that retail
pricing is likely to adjust over time as those actors are forced to
readjust their markups to reach a medium-term equilibrium in which per-
unit profit is relatively unchanged before and after standards are
implemented.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\34\ 2017 Economic Census, Selected sectors: Concentration of
largest firms for the U.S. Available at www.census.gov/data/tables/2017/econ/economic-census/naics-sector-44-45.html. The Herfindahl-
Hirschman Index value can be found by navigating to the
``Concentration of largest firms for the U.S.'' table and then
filtering the industry code to NAICS 443141.The Herfindahl-Hirschman
Index reported for the largest 50 firms in household appliance
stores sector, is 123.8. Generally, a market with an HHI value of
under 1,000 is considered to be competitive.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
DOE acknowledges that markup practices in response to amended
standards are complex and vary with business conditions. However, DOE's
analysis necessarily only considers changes in appliance offerings that
occur in response to amended standards and isolate the effect of
amended standards from other factors. Obtaining data on markup
practices in the situation described previously is very challenging.
Hence, DOE continues to maintain that its assumption that standards do
not facilitate a sustainable increase in profitability is reasonable.
Chapter 6 of the direct final rule TSD provides details on DOE's
development of markups for MREFs.
E. Energy Use Analysis
The purpose of the energy use analysis is to determine the annual
energy consumption of MREFs at different efficiencies in representative
U.S. households, and to assess the energy savings potential of
increased MREF efficiency. The energy use analysis estimates the range
of energy use of MREFs in the field (i.e., as they are actually used by
consumers). The energy use analysis provides the basis for other
analyses DOE performed, particularly assessments of the energy savings
and the savings in consumer operating costs that could result from
adoption of amended or new standards.
DOE determined a range of annual energy use of MREFs as a function
of unit volume. As shown in Table IV.8, DOE developed distributions of
adjusted volume of product classes with more than one representative
unit base on the capacity distributions reported in the
TraQline[supreg] wine chiller data spanning from 2020 Q1 to 2022
Q1.\35\ DOE also developed a sample of households that use MREFs based
on the TraQline wine chiller data (see section IV.F of this document
for details). For each volume and considered efficiency level, DOE
derived the energy consumption as measured by the DOE MREF test
procedure at appendix A.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\35\ TraQline is a market research company that specialized in
tracking consumer purchasing behavior across a wide range of
products using quarterly online surveys.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 38788]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.016
For this direct final rule, DOE considered comments it had received
regarding the energy use analysis conducted for the March 2023 NOPR.
The approach used for this direct final rule is largely the same as the
approach DOE had used for the March 2023 NOPR analysis.
In response to the March 2023 NOPR, AHAM commented that DOE relies
heavily on the EIA's Residential Energy Consumption Survey (``RECS'')
data for estimating energy use and how consumption varies at the
household level. Specifically, AHAM expressed concern that the use of
RECS data to estimate energy consumption at the household level may
introduce ``outlier values,'' resulting in uncertainty and inaccuracies
(AHAM, No. 31 at p. 11) In this direct final rule, as well as in the
March 2023 NOPR, DOE did not tie the energy consumption of MREFs to
RECS survey data. 87 FR 35678. No household or demographic information
from RECS was used in the energy use analysis for MREFs. Instead, as
mentioned above, DOE used the TraQline wine chiller data to develop a
sample of households representing MREF purchasers and derived the
energy consumption of MREFs as measured by the DOE MREF test procedure.
DOE further notes that AHAM is a party to the Joint Agreement and is
supportive of the recommended standards adopted in this direct final
rule.
Chapter 7 of the direct final rule TSD provides details on DOE's
energy use analysis for MREFs.
F. Life-Cycle Cost and Payback Period Analysis
DOE conducted LCC and PBP analyses to evaluate the economic impacts
on individual consumers of potential energy conservation standards for
MREFs. The effect of new or amended energy conservation standards on
individual consumers usually involves a reduction in operating cost and
an increase in purchase cost. DOE used the following two metrics to
measure consumer impacts:
[squ] The LCC is the total consumer expense of an appliance or
product over the life of that product, consisting of total installed
cost (manufacturer selling price, distribution chain markups, sales
tax, and installation costs) plus operating costs (expenses for energy
use, maintenance, and repair). To compute the operating costs, DOE
discounts future operating costs to the time of purchase and sums them
over the lifetime of the product.
[squ] The PBP is the estimated amount of time (in years) it takes
consumers to recover the increased purchase cost (including
installation) of a more-efficient product through lower operating
costs. DOE calculates the PBP by dividing the change in purchase cost
at higher efficiency levels by the change in annual operating cost for
the year that amended or new standards are assumed to take effect.
For any given efficiency level, DOE measures the change in LCC
relative to the LCC in the no-new-standards case, which reflects the
estimated efficiency distribution of MREFs in the absence of new or
amended energy conservation standards. In contrast, the PBP for a given
efficiency level is measured relative to the baseline product.
For this direct final rule, DOE considered comments it had received
regarding the LCC analysis conducted for the March 2023 NOPR. The LCC
approach used for this direct final rule is largely the same as the
approach DOE had used for the March 2023 NOPR analysis.
During the May 2, 2023, public meeting, Edison Electric Institute
(``EEI'') questioned the cost-effectiveness of the proposed TSL (TSL
4), due to the high percentage of consumers experiencing a net LCC cost
and the simple payback period results ranging from 6.8 to 8 years, and
urged DOE to consider selecting another TSL that may be more cost-
effective for consumers. (May 2, 2023, Public Meeting Transcript, No.
33 at pp. 5-6). In response, DOE notes that when deciding whether a
proposed standard is economically justified, DOE determines whether the
benefits of the standard exceed its burdens by considering the seven
statutory factors discussed in section II.A of this document. DOE
considered the seven statutory factors when evaluating the Recommended
TSL in the Joint Agreement. As discussed in section V.C.1 of this
document, overall, the LCC savings would be positive for all MREF
product classes, and, while 43.7 percent of MREF consumers would
experience a net cost, slightly more than half of MREF consumers would
experience a net benefit (52.9 percent). DOE provides a detailed
comparative discussion and rigorous justification on the adopted
[[Page 38789]]
TSL (the Recommended TSL) in section V.C.1 of this document.
For each considered efficiency level in each product class, DOE
calculated the LCC and PBP for a nationally representative set of MREF
purchasers. As stated previously, DOE developed purchaser samples based
on TraQline wine chiller survey data. The survey panel is weighted
against the U.S. Census based on their demographic characteristics to
make the sample representative of the U.S. population. The wine chiller
survey asked respondents about the product features of the wine
chillers they recently purchased, as well as the purchasing channel of
the products. To account for the more recent MREF consumers, DOE used
the last 2 years of survey data (2020 Q1 to 2022 Q1) to construct the
household sample used in this direct final rule.
For each sample purchaser, DOE determined the energy consumption
for the MREFs and the appropriate energy price. By developing a
representative sample of purchasers, the analysis captured the
variability in energy consumption and energy prices associated with the
use of MREFs.
Inputs to the calculation of total installed cost include the cost
of the product--which includes MPCs, manufacturer markups, retailer and
distributor markups, and sales taxes--and installation costs. Inputs to
the calculation of operating expenses include annual energy
consumption, energy prices and price projections, repair and
maintenance costs, product lifetimes, and discount rates. DOE created
distributions of values for product lifetime, discount rates, and sales
taxes, with probabilities attached to each value, to account for their
uncertainty and variability.
The computer model DOE uses to calculate the LCC relies on a Monte
Carlo simulation to incorporate uncertainty and variability into the
analysis. The Monte Carlo simulations randomly sample input values from
the probability distributions and MREF user samples. The model
calculated the LCC for products at each efficiency level for 10,000
MREF purchasers per simulation run. The analytical results include a
distribution of 10,000 data points showing the range of LCC savings for
a given efficiency level relative to the no-new-standards case
efficiency distribution. In performing an iteration of the Monte Carlo
simulation for a given consumer, product efficiency is chosen based on
its probability. If the chosen product efficiency is greater than or
equal to the efficiency of the standard level under consideration, the
LCC calculation reveals that a consumer is not impacted by the standard
level. By accounting for consumers who already purchase more-efficient
products, DOE avoids overstating the potential benefits from increasing
product efficiency.
DOE calculated the LCC for consumers of MREFs as if each were to
purchase a new product in the first year of required compliance with
amended standards. As discussed earlier in this document, the
compliance date of amended standards is January 31, 2029, for TSL 4
(the Recommended TSL detailed in the Joint Agreement). For all other
TSLs considered in this direct final rule, standards apply to MREFs
manufactured 5 years after the date on which any amended standard is
published. (42 U.S.C. 6295(l)(2)) Therefore, DOE used 2029 as the first
year of compliance with any amended standards for MREFs for all TSLs.
Table IV.9 summarizes the approach and data DOE used to derive
inputs to the LCC and PBP calculations. The subsections that follow
provide further discussion. Details of the spreadsheet model, and of
all the inputs to the LCC and PBP analyses, are contained in chapter 8
of the direct final rule TSD and its appendices.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.017
In response to the March 2023 NOPR, AHAM commented that should be
conducting a purchase decision analysis in its LCC model to reflect the
actual conditions and expectations of the purchaser rather than relying
on an outcome modeling approach. (AHAM, No. 31 at pp. 8-9) In the
current setup of LCC analysis, DOE is not explicitly modeling the
purchase decision made by purchasers when the standard becomes
effective. DOE's analysis is intended to model the range of individual
outcomes likely to result from a hypothetical amended energy
[[Page 38790]]
conservation standard at various levels of efficiency. DOE does not
discount the consumer decision theory established in the broad
behavioral economics field but rather notes that its methodological
decision was made after considering the existence of various systematic
market failures and their implication in rational versus actual
purchase behavior. Furthermore, the outcome of the LCC is not
considered in isolation, but in the context of the broader set of
analyses, including the NIA. Moreover, the type of data required to
facilitate a robust consumer choice modeling of a specific household
appliance at the individual household level is currently lacking and
AHAM did not provide much data. DOE further notes that AHAM is a party
to the Joint Agreement and is supportive of the recommended standard
adopted in this direct final rule.
1. Product Cost
To calculate consumer product costs, DOE multiplied the MPCs
developed in the engineering analysis by the markups described
previously (along with sales taxes). DOE used different markups for
baseline products and higher-efficiency products, because DOE applies
an incremental markup to the increase in MSP associated with higher-
efficiency products.
Economic literature and historical data suggest that the real costs
of many products may trend downward over time according to ``learning''
or ``experience'' curves. Experience curve analysis implicitly includes
factors such as efficiencies in labor, capital investment, automation,
materials prices, distribution, and economies of scale at an industry-
wide level.\36\ In the experience curve method, the real cost of
production is related to the cumulative production or ``experience''
with a manufactured product. As MREFs use similar technologies to RF,
DOE applied the same experience curve developed for RF to MREFs. DOE
used inflation-adjusted historical Producer Price Index (``PPI'') data
for ``household refrigerator and home freezer manufacturing'' from the
Bureau of Labor Statistics' (``BLS'') spanning the time period between
1981 and 2022,\37\ along with the cumulative production of RF to derive
the experience curve. The estimated learning rate (defined as the
fractional reduction in price expected from each doubling of cumulative
production) is 39.4 1.9 percent.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\36\ Taylor, M. and Fujita, K.S. Accounting for Technological
Change in Regulatory Impact Analyses: The Learning Curve Technique.
LBNL-6195E. Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory, Berkeley, CA.
April 2013. Available at escholarship.org/uc/item/3c8709p4#page-1.
\37\ Household refrigerator and home freezer manufacturing PPI
series ID: PCU3352203352202. Available at www.bls.gov/ppi/.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
DOE included variable-speed compressors as a technology option for
higher efficiency levels. To develop future prices specific for that
technology, DOE applied a different price trend to the controls portion
of the variable-speed compressor, which represents part of the price
increment when moving from an efficiency level achieved with the
highest efficiency single-speed compressor to an efficiency level with
variable-speed compressor. DOE used PPI data on ``semiconductors and
related device manufacturing'' between 1967 and 2022 to estimate the
historic price trend of electronic components in the control.\38\ The
regression, performed as an exponential trend line fit, results in an
R-square of 0.99, with an annual price decline rate of 6.3 percent. See
chapter 8 of the TSD for further details on this topic.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\38\ Semiconductors and related device manufacturing PPI series
ID: PCU334413334413. Available at www.bls.gov/ppi/.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
In response to the March 2023 NOPR, AHAM commented that there is no
theoretical underpinning for the implementation of an experience or
learning curve and the functional form it should take. In addition,
AHAM stated that the data that DOE used merely represents an empirical
relationship, and a clear connection between the actual products in
question and the data used needs to be made. AHAM noted that there is
little reason to support the concept that price learning through
manufacturing efficiencies should extend beyond the labor and materials
in the product itself, and that such a relationship should not hold for
other cost components. (AHAM, No. 31 at p. 10)
DOE notes that there is considerable empirical evidence of
consistent price declines for appliances in the past few decades.
Several studies examined retail prices of a wide range of household
appliances during different periods of time and showed that prices had
been steadily falling while efficiency had been increasing, for example
Dale, et al. (2009) \39\ and Taylor, et al. (2015).\40\ As mentioned in
Taylor and Fujita (2013),\41\ Federal agencies have adopted different
approaches to account for ``the changing future compliance costs that
might result from technological innovation or anticipated behavioral
changes.'' Given the limited data availability on historical
manufacturing costs broken by different components, DOE utilized the
PPI published by the BLS as a proxy for manufacturing costs to
represent the analyzed product as a whole.\42\ While products may
experience varying degrees of price learning during different product
stages, given that MREFs share similar cooling technologies with RF,
DOE applied the same learning rate developed for RF to MREFs. DOE
modeled the average learning rate based on the full historical PPI
series for ``household refrigerator and home freezer manufacturing'' to
capture the overall price evolution in relation to the cumulative
shipments. DOE also conducted sensitivity analyses that are based on a
particular segment of the PPI data to investigate the impact of
alternative product price projections (low price learning and high
price learning) in the NIA of this direct final rule. DOE further notes
that AHAM is a party to the Joint Agreement and is supportive of the
recommended standard adopted in this direct final rule.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\39\ Dale, L., C. Antinori, M. McNeil, James E. McMahon, and
K.S. Fujita. Retrospective evaluation of appliance price trends.
Energy Policy. 2009. 37 pp. 597-605.
\40\ Taylor, M., C.A. Spurlock, and H.-C. Yang. Confronting
Regulatory Cost and Quality Expectations. An Exploration of
Technical Change in Minimum Efficiency Performance Standards. 2015.
Lawrence Berkeley National Lab. (LBNL), Berkeley, CA (United
States). Report No. LBNL-1000576. (last accessed June 30, 2023.)
Available at www.osti.gov/biblio/1235570/ (last accessed June 30,
2023).
\41\ Taylor, M. and K.S. Fujita. Accounting for Technological
Change in Regulatory Impact Analyses: The Learning Curve Technique.
2013. Lawrence Berkeley National Lab (LBNL), Berkeley, CA (United
States). Report No. LBNL-6195E. Available at https://escholarship.org/uc/item/3c8709p4 (last accessed March 24, 2024).
\42\ PPI is a proxy for manufacturing costs as certain effects
(such as market structure and competitive effects) could influence
PPI in a way that would not be reflected in manufacturing costs.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. Installation Cost
Installation cost includes labor, overhead, and any miscellaneous
materials and parts needed to install the product. DOE is not aware of
any data that suggest the cost of installation changes as a function of
efficiency for MREFs. DOE therefore assumed that installation costs are
the same regardless of EL and do not impact the LCC or PBP. As a
result, DOE did not include installation costs in the LCC and PBP
analysis.
3. Annual Energy Consumption
For each sampled consumer, DOE determined the energy consumption
for MREFs at different efficiency levels using the approach described
previously in section IV.E of this document.
[[Page 38791]]
4. Energy Prices
Because marginal electricity price more accurately captures the
incremental savings associated with a change in energy use from higher
efficiency, it provides a better representation of incremental change
in consumer costs than average electricity prices. Therefore, DOE
applied average electricity prices for the energy use of the product
purchased in the no-new-standards case, and marginal electricity prices
for the incremental change in energy use associated with the other
efficiency levels considered.
DOE derived electricity prices in 2022 using data from EEI Typical
Bills and Average Rates reports. Based upon comprehensive, industry-
wide surveys, this semi-annual report presents typical monthly electric
bills and average kilowatt-hour costs to the customer as charged by
investor-owned utilities. For the residential sector, DOE calculated
electricity prices using the methodology described in Coughlin and
Beraki (2018).\43\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\43\ Coughlin, K. and B. Beraki.2018. Residential Electricity
Prices: A Review of Data Sources and Estimation Methods. Lawrence
Berkeley National Lab. Berkeley, CA. Report No. LBNL-2001169.
Available at https://ees.lbl.gov/publications/residential-electricity-prices-review.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
DOE's methodology allows electricity prices to vary by sector,
region, and season. In the analysis, variability in electricity prices
is chosen to be consistent with the way the consumer economic and
energy use characteristics are defined in the LCC analysis. See chapter
8 of the direct final rule TSD for details.
To estimate energy prices in future years, DOE multiplied the 2022
energy prices by the projection of annual average price changes from
the Reference case in AEO2023, which has an end year of 2050.\44\ To
estimate price trends after 2050, the 2046-2050 average was used for
all years.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\44\ EIA. Annual Energy Outlook 2023. Available at www.eia.gov/outlooks/aeo/ (last accessed November 29, 2023).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. Maintenance and Repair Costs
Repair costs are associated with repairing or replacing product
components that have failed in an appliance; maintenance costs are
associated with maintaining the operation of the product. Typically,
small incremental increases in product efficiency entail no, or only
minor, changes in repair and maintenance costs compared to baseline
efficiency products. DOE is not aware of any data that suggest the cost
of repair or maintenance for MREFs changes as a function of efficiency.
DOE therefore assumed that these costs are the same regardless of EL
and do not impact the LCC or PBP. As a result, DOE did not include
maintenance and repair costs in the LCC and PBP analysis.
6. Product Lifetime
For MREFs, DOE used lifetime estimates from products that operate
using the same refrigeration technology: covered refrigerators and
refrigerator-freezers, based on the Refrigerators, Refrigerator-
Freezers, and Freezers direct final rule analysis. 89 FR 3026 (January
17, 2024). DOE estimated a maximum lifetime of 40 years for all product
classes and an average lifetime of 10.6 years for compact coolers and
14.6 years for full-size coolers. The weighted average lifetime over
the sample population, considering the market distribution, was 12.6
years. DOE also assumed that the probability function for the annual
survival of MREFs would take the form of a Weibull distribution. See
chapter 8 of the direct final rule TSD for a more detailed discussion.
7. Discount Rates
In the calculation of LCC, DOE applies discount rates appropriate
to households to estimate the present value of future operating cost
savings. DOE estimated a distribution of discount rates for MREFs based
on consumer financing costs and the opportunity cost of consumer funds.
DOE applies weighted average discount rates calculated from
consumer debt and asset data, rather than marginal or implicit discount
rates.\45\ The LCC analysis estimates net present value over the
lifetime of the product, so the appropriate discount rate will reflect
the general opportunity cost of household funds, taking this time scale
into account. Given the long-time horizon modeled in the LCC, the
application of a marginal interest rate associated with an initial
source of funds is inaccurate. Regardless of the method of purchase,
consumers are expected to continue to rebalance their debt and asset
holdings over the LCC analysis period, based on the restrictions
consumers face in their debt payment requirements and the relative size
of the interest rates available on debts and assets. DOE estimates the
aggregate impact of this rebalancing using the historical distribution
of debts and assets.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\45\ The implicit discount rate is inferred from a consumer
purchase decision between two otherwise identical goods with
different first cost and operating cost. It is the interest rate
that equates the increment of first cost to the difference in net
present value of lifetime operating cost, incorporating the
influence of several factors: transaction costs; risk premiums and
response to uncertainty; time preferences; interest rates at which a
consumer is able to borrow or lend. The implicit discount rate is
not appropriate for the LCC analysis because it reflects a range of
factors that influence consumer purchase decisions, rather than the
opportunity cost of the funds that are used in purchases.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
To establish residential discount rates for the LCC analysis, DOE
identified all relevant household debt or asset classes in order to
approximate a consumer's opportunity cost of funds related to appliance
energy cost savings. It estimated the average percentage shares of the
various types of debt and equity by household income group using data
from the Federal Reserve Board's triennial Survey of Consumer Finances
\46\ (``SCF'') starting in 1995 and ending in 2019. Using the SCF and
other sources, DOE developed a distribution of rates for each type of
debt and asset by income group to represent the rates that may apply in
the year in which amended standards would take effect. DOE assigned
each sample household a specific discount rate drawn from one of the
distributions. The average rate across all types of household debt and
equity and income groups, weighted by the shares of each type, is 4.2
percent. See chapter 8 of the direct final rule TSD for further details
on the development of consumer discount rates.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\46\ U.S. Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
Survey of Consumer Finances. 1995, 1998, 2001, 2004, 2007, 2010,
2013, 2016, and 2019. Available at https://www.federalreserve.gov/econresdata/scf/scfindex.htm (last accessed November 29, 2023).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
8. Energy Efficiency Distribution in the No-New-Standards Case
To accurately estimate the share of consumers that would be
affected by a potential energy conservation standard at a particular
efficiency level, DOE's LCC analysis considered the projected
distribution (market shares) of product efficiencies under the no-new-
standards case (i.e., the case without amended or new energy
conservation standards).
For this direct final rule, DOE is using the efficiency
distribution by product class as provided by AHAM in response to a
notice of public meeting and availability of the preliminary technical
support document for MREFS. 87 FR 3229 (Jan. 21, 2022) (See AHAM, No.
18, pp. 2-5) DOE understands that this approach inherently assumes that
the rest of the MREF market has a similar distribution of efficiencies.
However, due to lack of efficiency data from non-AHAM members, DOE has
no reason to question that assumption. DOE also assumed that the
current distribution of product efficiencies would remain constant in
2029, and during the
[[Page 38792]]
analysis period, in the no-new-standards case.
The estimated market shares for the no-new-standards case for MREFs
are shown in Table IV.10. See chapter 8 of the direct final rule TSD
for further information on the derivation of the efficiency
distributions.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.018
The LCC Monte Carlo simulations draw from the efficiency
distributions and randomly assign an efficiency to the MREF purchased
by each sample household in the no-new-standards case. The resulting
percent shares within the sample match the market shares in the
efficiency distributions.
9. Payback Period Analysis
The payback period is the amount of time (expressed in years) it
takes the consumer to recover the additional installed cost of more-
efficient products, compared to baseline products, through energy cost
savings. Payback periods that exceed the life of the product mean that
the increased total installed cost is not recovered in reduced
operating expenses.
The inputs to the PBP calculation for each efficiency level are the
change in total installed cost of the product and the change in the
first-year annual operating expenditures relative to the baseline. DOE
refers to this as a ``simple PBP'' because it does not consider changes
over time in operating cost savings. The PBP calculation uses the same
inputs as the LCC analysis when deriving first-year operating costs.
As noted previously, EPCA establishes a rebuttable presumption that
a standard is economically justified if the Secretary finds that the
additional cost to the consumer of purchasing a product complying with
an energy conservation standard level will be less than three times the
value of the first year's energy savings resulting from the standard,
as calculated under the applicable test procedure. (42 U.S.C.
6295(o)(2)(B)(iii)) For each considered efficiency level, DOE
determined the value of the first year's energy savings by calculating
the energy savings in accordance with the applicable DOE test
procedure, and multiplying those savings by the average energy price
projection for the year in which compliance with the amended standards
would be required.
G. Shipments Analysis
DOE uses projections of annual product shipments to calculate the
national impacts of potential amended or new energy conservation
standards on energy use, NPV, and future manufacturer cash flows.\47\
The shipments model takes an accounting approach, tracking market
shares of each product class and the vintage of units in the stock.
Stock accounting uses product shipments as inputs to estimate the age
distribution of in-service product stocks for all years. The age
distribution of in-service product stocks is a key input to
calculations of both the NES and NPV, because operating costs for any
year depend on the age distribution of the stock.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\47\ DOE uses data on manufacturer shipments as a proxy for
national sales, as aggregate data on sales are lacking. In general,
one would expect a close correspondence between shipments and sales.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
DOE defined two broad MREF product categories (coolers and
combination cooler refrigeration products) and developed models to
estimate shipments for each category. DOE used various data and
assumptions to develop the shipments for each product class considered
in this rulemaking.
Given the limited available data sources on historical shipments of
coolers, DOE assumed a constant penetration rate of 13.3 percent in the
U.S. households throughout the analysis period based on online surveys
\48\ to estimate the annual shipments starting from
2016.49 50 DOE multiplied the estimated penetration by the
total number of households from the AEO2023, and then determined the
number of new shipments by dividing the total stock by the mean product
lifetime. DOE projected the annual shipments by incorporating the
lifetime distributions by product class and assuming that the growth of
new sales is consistent with the housing
[[Page 38793]]
projections from AEO2023. To estimate shipments prior to 2016, DOE
assumed a flat historical shipment trend at the 2016 level. With even
more limited available data sources on historical shipments of
combination cooler refrigeration products, DOE estimated total
shipments of combination cooler refrigeration products in 2014 to be
36,000 units, based on feedback from manufacturers from the October
2016 Direct Final Rule. DOE assumed sales would increase in line with
the increase in the number of households in AEO2023. Finally, DOE
incorporated the 2021 shipment data provided by AHAM (see AHAM, No. 18
at pp. 3, 5) \51\ to re-calibrate total shipments for each product
class considered in this rulemaking.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\48\ DOE also reviewed the recent release of the EIA 2020 RECS
(``RECS 2020''), which identified wine chillers in representative
U.S. households. DOE found that the penetration rate of wine
chillers in RECS 2020 is significantly lower compared to that
estimated by DOE for MREFs based on previous market surveys. Due to
the uncertainty on the breakdown of MREFs between wine chillers and
other miscellaneous refrigeration applications in the U.S. market,
DOE continued to use the 13.3 percent penetration rate for MREFs in
this direct final rule. However, DOE also modeled an alternative
shipments scenario based on the lower penetration rate of MREFs in
American homes derived from the RECS 2020 data. For more details on
this alternative scenario and the resulting NES and NPV results, see
chapter 9 and appendix 10C of the direct final rule TSD,
respectively.
\49\ Greenblatt, J.B., S.J. Young, H.-C. Yang, T. Long, B.
Beraki, S.K. Price, S. Pratt, H. Willem, L.-B. Desroches, and S.M.
Donovan. U.S. Residential Miscellaneous Refrigeration Products:
Results from Amazon Mechanical Turk Surveys. 2014. Lawrence Berkeley
National Laboratory: Berkeley, CA. Report No. LBNL-6537E.
\50\ Donovan, S.M., S.J. Young, and J.B. Greenblatt. Ice-Making
in the U.S.: Results from an Amazon Mechanical Turk Survey. Lawrence
Berkeley National Laboratory. Report No. LBNL-183899.
\51\ This shipments information was provided by AHAM in a
confidential document. The reference points to the public version of
this document, where confidential business information is redacted.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
DOE used the efficiency distributions by product class to match the
data submitted by AHAM. DOE also assumed that the market share of each
product class (in relation to the total MREF shipments) matched the
market shares provided by AHAM. To estimate total MREF shipments, DOE
utilized the AHAM shipments data and AHAM-member information and
reviewed the TraQline data from 2020 Q1 to 2022 Q1 to estimate non-
AHAM-member shipments.\52\ Based on this approach, DOE's estimate of
the MREF shipments for the whole market was consistent with the total
number of shipments estimated using DOE's approach discussed earlier
and used in the March 2023 NOPR. Hence, DOE continued using the same
approach to develop the total MREF shipments in this direct final rule
but incorporated the product class breakdown provided by AHAM to re-
distribute the total shipments by product class.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\52\ DOE also collected and reviewed manufacturer interview data
but was unable to collect a representative sample that would allow
it to estimate non-AHAM-member shipments data.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
H. National Impact Analysis
The NIA assesses the NES and the NPV from a national perspective of
total consumer costs and savings that would be expected to result from
new or amended standards at specific efficiency levels.\53\
(``Consumer'' in this context refers to consumers of the product being
regulated.) DOE calculates the NES and NPV for the potential standard
levels considered based on projections of annual product shipments,
along with the annual energy consumption and total installed cost data
from the energy use and LCC analyses. For the present analysis, DOE
projected the energy savings, operating cost savings, product costs,
and NPV of consumer benefits over the lifetime of MREFs sold from 2029
through 2058.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\53\ The NIA accounts for impacts in the United States and U.S.
territories.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
DOE evaluates the impacts of new or amended standards by comparing
a case without such standards with standards-case projections. The no-
new-standards case characterizes energy use and consumer costs for each
product class in the absence of new or amended energy conservation
standards. DOE compares the no-new-standards case with projections
characterizing the market for each product class if DOE adopted new or
amended standards at specific energy efficiency levels (i.e., the TSLs
or standards cases) for that class. For the standards cases, DOE
considers how a given standard would likely affect the market shares of
products with efficiencies greater than the standard.
DOE uses a spreadsheet model to calculate the energy savings and
the national consumer costs and savings from each TSL. Interested
parties can review DOE's analyses by changing various input quantities
within the spreadsheet. The NIA spreadsheet model uses typical values
(as opposed to probability distributions) as inputs.
Table IV.11 summarizes the inputs and methods DOE used for the NIA
analysis for this direct final rule. Discussion of these inputs and
methods follows the table. See chapter 10 of the direct final rule TSD
for further details.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.019
1. Product Efficiency Trends
A key component of the NIA is the trend in energy efficiency
projected for the no-new-standards case and each of the standards
cases. Section IV.F.8 of this document describes how DOE developed an
energy efficiency distribution for the no-new-standards case (which
yields a shipment-weighted average efficiency) for each of the
considered product classes for the year of anticipated compliance with
an amended standard.
For the standards cases, DOE used a ``roll-up'' scenario to
establish the
[[Page 38794]]
shipment-weighted efficiency for the year that standards are assumed to
become effective (2029). In this scenario, the market shares of
products in the no-new-standards case that do not meet the standard
under consideration would ``roll up'' to meet the new standard level,
and the market share of products above the standard would remain
unchanged.
In the absence of data on trends in efficiency, DOE assumed no
efficiency trend over the analysis period for both the no-new-standards
and standards cases. For a given case, market shares by efficiency
level were held fixed to their 2029 distribution.
2. National Energy Savings
The NES analysis involves a comparison of national energy
consumption of the considered products between each potential standards
case (``TSL'') and the case with no new or amended energy conservation
standards. DOE calculated the national energy consumption by
multiplying the number of units (stock) of each product (by vintage or
age) by the unit energy consumption (also by vintage). DOE calculated
annual NES based on the difference in national energy consumption for
the no-new-standards case and for each higher efficiency standard case.
DOE estimated energy consumption and savings based on site energy and
converted the electricity consumption and savings to primary energy
(i.e., the energy consumed by power plants to generate site
electricity) using annual conversion factors derived from AEO2023.
Cumulative energy savings are the sum of the NES for each year over the
timeframe of the analysis.
Use of higher-efficiency products is sometimes associated with a
direct rebound effect, which refers to an increase in utilization of
the product due to the increase in efficiency. DOE did not find any
data on the rebound effect specific to MREFs that would indicate that
consumers would alter their utilization of their product due to an
increase in efficiency. MREFs are typically plugged in and operate
continuously; therefore, DOE assumed a rebound rate of 0. DOE did not
receive any comments regarding this assumption in response to the March
2023 NOPR.
In 2011, in response to the recommendations of a committee on
``Point-of-Use and Full-Fuel-Cycle Measurement Approaches to Energy
Efficiency Standards'' appointed by the National Academy of Sciences,
DOE announced its intention to use FFC measures of energy use and
greenhouse gas and other emissions in the national impact analyses and
emissions analyses included in future energy conservation standards
rulemakings. 76 FR 51281 (Aug. 18, 2011). After evaluating the
approaches discussed in the August 18, 2011 notice, DOE published a
statement of amended policy in which DOE explained its determination
that EIA's National Energy Modeling System (``NEMS'') is the most
appropriate tool for its FFC analysis and its intention to use NEMS for
that purpose. 77 FR 49701 (Aug. 17, 2012). NEMS is a public domain,
multi-sector, partial equilibrium model of the U.S. energy sector \54\
that EIA uses to prepare its Annual Energy Outlook. The FFC factors
incorporate losses in production and delivery in the case of natural
gas (including fugitive emissions) and additional energy used to
produce and deliver the various fuels used by power plants. The
approach used for deriving FFC measures of energy use and emissions is
described in appendix 10B of the direct final rule TSD.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\54\ For more information on NEMS, refer to The National Energy
Modeling System: An Overview 2009, DOE/EIA-0581(2009), October 2009.
Available at www.eia.gov/analysis/pdfpages/0581(2009)index.php (last
accessed November 29, 2023).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. Net Present Value Analysis
The inputs for determining the NPV of the total costs and benefits
experienced by consumers are (1) total annual installed cost, (2) total
annual operating costs (energy costs and repair and maintenance costs),
and (3) a discount factor to calculate the present value of costs and
savings. DOE calculates net savings each year as the difference between
the no-new-standards case and each standards case in terms of total
savings in operating costs versus total increases in installed costs.
DOE calculates operating cost savings over the lifetime of each product
shipped during the projection period.
As discussed in section IV.F.1 of this document, DOE developed MREF
price trends based on an experience curve calculated using historical
PPI data. DOE applied the same trends to project prices for each
product class at each considered efficiency level including baseline.
By 2058, which is the end date of the projection period, the average
price of single-speed compressor MREFs is projected to drop 33.2
percent and the average price of MREFs with a variable-speed compressor
is projected to drop about 33.8 percent relative to 2029.
To evaluate the effect of uncertainty regarding the price trend
estimates, DOE investigated the impact of different product price
projections on the consumer NPV for the considered TSLs for MREFs. In
addition to the default price trend, DOE considered high and low-price-
decline sensitivity cases. For the single-speed compressor MREFs and
the non-variable- speed controls portion of MREFs, DOE estimated the
high- price- decline and the low- price- decline scenarios based on
household refrigerator and home freezer PPI data limited to the period
between the period 1981-2008 and 2009-2022, respectively. For the
variable-speed controls portion of MREFs, DOE estimated the high price
decline and the low- price- decline scenarios based on an exponential
trend line fit of the semiconductor PPI between the period 1994-2022
and 1967-1993, respectively. The derivation of these price trends is
described in Chapter 8 and the results of these sensitivity cases are
given in appendix 10C of the direct final rule TSD.
The energy cost savings are calculated using the estimated energy
savings in each year and the projected price of the appropriate form of
energy. To estimate energy prices in future years, DOE multiplied the
average regional energy prices by the projection of annual national-
average residential energy price changes in the Reference case from
AEO2023, which has an end year of 2050. To estimate price trends after
2050, the 2046-2050 average was used for all years. As part of the NIA,
DOE also analyzed scenarios that used inputs from variants of the
AEO2023 Reference case that have lower and higher economic growth.
Those cases have lower and higher energy price trends compared to the
Reference case. The resulting consumer NPV for the low-economic growth
scenario, combined with the low-price-decline scenario is up to 24%
lower compared to the Reference case scenario, while the consumer NPV
for the high-economic growth scenario combined with the high-price-
decline scenario is up to 12% higher compared to the Reference case.
See appendix 10C of the direct final rule TSD for more details.
In calculating the NPV, DOE multiplies the net savings in future
years by a discount factor to determine their present value. For this
direct final rule, DOE estimated the NPV of consumer benefits using
both a 3-percent and a 7-percent real discount rate. DOE uses these
discount rates in accordance with guidance provided by the Office of
Management and Budget (``OMB'') to Federal agencies on the development
of regulatory analysis.\55\
[[Page 38795]]
The discount rates for the determination of NPV are in contrast to the
discount rates used in the LCC analysis, which are designed to reflect
a consumer's perspective. The 7-percent real value is an estimate of
the average before-tax rate of return to private capital in the U.S.
economy. The 3-percent real value represents the ``social rate of time
preference,'' which is the rate at which society discounts future
consumption flows to their present value.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\55\ United States Office of Management and Budget. Circular A-
4: Regulatory Analysis. September 17, 2003. Section E. Available at
https://www.whitehouse.gov/wp-content/uploads/legacy_drupal_files/omb/circulars/A4/a-4.pdf (last accessed November 10, 2023).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
I. Consumer Subgroup Analysis
In analyzing the potential impact of new or amended energy
conservation standards on consumers, DOE evaluates the impact on
identifiable subgroups of consumers that may be disproportionately
affected by a new or amended national standard. The purpose of a
subgroup analysis is to determine the extent of any such
disproportional impacts. DOE evaluates impacts on particular subgroups
of consumers by analyzing the LCC impacts and PBP for those particular
consumers from alternative standard levels. For this direct final rule,
DOE analyzed the impacts of the considered standard levels on senior-
only households. Low-income consumers were not considered in the
subgroup analysis, as MREFs are not products generally used by this
subgroup. Based on the TraQline wine chiller data, less than 4 percent
of MREF owners are below the Federal household income threshold for
poverty. The analysis used a subset of the TraQline consumer sample
composed of households that meet the criteria for this subgroup. DOE
used the LCC and PBP computer model to estimate the impacts of the
considered efficiency levels on senior-only households. Chapter 11 in
the direct final rule TSD describes the consumer subgroup analysis.
J. Manufacturer Impact Analysis
1. Overview
DOE performed an MIA to estimate the financial impacts of amended
energy conservation standards on manufacturers of MREFs and to estimate
the potential impacts of such standards on employment and manufacturing
capacity. The MIA has both quantitative and qualitative aspects and
includes analyses of projected industry cash flows, the INPV,
investments in research and development (``R&D'') and manufacturing
capital, and domestic manufacturing employment. Additionally, the MIA
seeks to determine how amended energy conservation standards might
affect manufacturing employment, capacity, and competition, as well as
how standards contribute to overall regulatory burden. Finally, the MIA
serves to identify any disproportionate impacts on manufacturer
subgroups, including small business manufacturers.
The quantitative part of the MIA primarily relies on the GRIM, an
industry cash flow model with inputs specific to this rulemaking. The
key GRIM inputs include data on the industry cost structure, unit
production costs, product shipments, manufacturer markups, and
investments in R&D and manufacturing capital required to produce
compliant products. The key GRIM outputs are the INPV, which is the sum
of industry annual cash flows over the analysis period, discounted
using the industry-weighted average cost of capital, and the impact on
domestic manufacturing employment. The model uses standard accounting
principles to estimate the impacts of more-stringent energy
conservation standards on a given industry by comparing changes in INPV
and domestic manufacturing employment between a no-new-standards case
and the various standards cases (i.e., ``TSLs''). To capture the
uncertainty relating to manufacturer pricing strategies following
amended standards, the GRIM estimates a range of possible impacts under
different manufacturer markup scenarios.
The qualitative part of the MIA addresses manufacturer
characteristics and market trends. Specifically, the MIA considers such
factors as a potential standard's impact on manufacturing capacity,
competition within the industry, the cumulative impact of other DOE and
non-DOE regulations, and impacts on manufacturer subgroups. The
complete MIA is outlined in chapter 12 of the direct final rule TSD.
DOE conducted the MIA for this rulemaking in three phases. In Phase
1 of the MIA, DOE prepared a profile of the MREF manufacturing industry
based on the market and technology assessment and publicly-available
information. This included a top-down analysis of MREF manufacturers
that DOE used to derive preliminary financial inputs for the GRIM
(e.g., revenues; materials, labor, overhead, and depreciation expenses;
selling, general, and administrative expenses (``SG&A''); and R&D
expenses). DOE also used public sources of information to further
calibrate its initial characterization of the MREF manufacturing
industry, including corporate annual reports filed by publicly traded
manufacturers in primarily home appliance manufacturing and MREFs, the
U.S. Census Bureau's Annual Survey of Manufactures (``ASM''),\56\ and
reports from D&B Hoovers.\57\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\56\ U.S. Census Bureau, Annual Survey of Manufactures.
``Summary Statistics for Industry Groups and Industries in the U.S.
(2021).'' Available at www.census.gov/programs-surveys/asm/data.html
(last accessed July 5, 2023).
\57\ The D&B Hoovers login is available at app.dnbhoovers.com
(last accessed November 29, 2023).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
In Phase 2 of the MIA, DOE prepared a framework industry cash-flow
analysis to quantify the potential impacts of amended energy
conservation standards. The GRIM uses several factors to determine a
series of annual cash flows starting with the announcement of the
standard and extending over a 30-year period following the compliance
date of the standard. These factors include annual expected revenues,
costs of sales, SG&A and R&D expenses, taxes, and capital expenditures.
In general, energy conservation standards can affect manufacturer cash
flow in three distinct ways: (1) creating a need for increased
investment, (2) raising production costs per unit, and (3) altering
revenue due to higher per-unit prices and changes in sales volumes.
In addition, during Phase 2, DOE developed interview guides to
distribute to manufacturers of MREFs in order to develop other key GRIM
inputs, including product and capital conversion costs, and to gather
additional information on the anticipated effects of energy
conservation standards on revenues, direct employment, capital assets,
industry competitiveness, and subgroup impacts.
In Phase 3 of the MIA, DOE conducted structured, detailed
interviews with representative manufacturers. During these interviews,
DOE discussed engineering, manufacturing, procurement, and financial
topics to validate assumptions used in the GRIM and to identify key
issues or concerns. As part of Phase 3, DOE also evaluated subgroups of
manufacturers that may be disproportionately impacted by amended
standards or that may not be accurately represented by the average cost
assumptions used to develop the industry cash flow analysis. Such
manufacturer subgroups may include small business manufacturers, low-
volume manufacturers, niche players, and/or manufacturers exhibiting a
cost structure that largely differs from the industry average. DOE
identified one subgroup for a separate impact analysis:
[[Page 38796]]
small business manufacturers. The small business subgroup is discussed
in chapter 12 of the direct final rule TSD.
2. Government Regulatory Impact Model and Key Inputs
DOE uses the GRIM to quantify the changes in cash flow due to new
or amended standards that result in a higher or lower industry value.
The GRIM uses a standard, annual discounted cash-flow analysis that
incorporates manufacturer costs, markups, shipments, and industry
financial information as inputs. The GRIM models changes in costs,
distribution of shipments, investments, and manufacturer margins that
could result from an amended energy conservation standard. The GRIM
spreadsheet uses the inputs to arrive at a series of annual cash flows,
beginning in 2024 (the base year of the analysis) and continuing to
2058. DOE calculated INPVs by summing the stream of annual discounted
cash flows during this period. For manufacturers of MREFs, DOE used a
real discount rate of 7.7 percent, which was derived from industry
financials and then modified according to feedback received during
manufacturer interviews.
The GRIM calculates cash flows using standard accounting principles
and compares changes in INPV between the no-new-standards case and each
standards case. The difference in INPV between the no-new-standards
case and a standards case represents the financial impact of the new or
amended energy conservation standard on manufacturers. As discussed
previously, DOE developed critical GRIM inputs using a number of
sources, including publicly available data, results of the engineering
analysis, results of the shipments analysis, and information gathered
from industry stakeholders during the course of manufacturer
interviews. The GRIM results are presented in section V.B.2 of this
document. Additional details about the GRIM, the discount rate, and
other financial parameters can be found in chapter 12 of the direct
final rule TSD.
a. Manufacturer Production Costs
Manufacturing more efficient products is typically more expensive
than manufacturing baseline products due to the use of more complex
components, which are typically more costly than baseline components.
The changes in the MPCs of covered products can affect the revenues,
gross margins, and cash flow of the industry. For its analysis in this
direct final rule, DOE used a combined efficiency level and design
option approach. First, an efficiency-level approach was used to
establish an analysis tied to existing products on the market. A design
option approach was then used to extend the analysis through ``built-
down'' efficiency levels and ``built-up'' efficiency levels where there
were gaps in the range of efficiencies of products that were reverse
engineered.
For a complete description of the MPCs, see section IV.C of this
document and chapter 5 of the direct final rule TSD.
b. Shipments Projections
The GRIM estimates manufacturer revenues based on total unit
shipment projections and the distribution of those shipments by
efficiency level. Changes in sales volumes and efficiency mix over time
can significantly affect manufacturer finances. For this analysis, the
GRIM uses the NIA's annual shipment projections derived from the
shipments analysis from 2024 (the base year) to 2058 (the end year of
the analysis period). See section IV.G of this document and chapter 9
of the direct final rule TSD for additional details.
c. Product and Capital Conversion Costs
New or amended energy conservation standards could cause
manufacturers to incur conversion costs to bring their production
facilities and product designs into compliance. DOE evaluated the level
of conversion-related expenditures that would be needed to comply with
each considered efficiency level in each product class. For the MIA,
DOE classified these conversion costs into two major groups: (1)
product conversion costs; and (2) capital conversion costs. Product
conversion costs are investments in research, development, testing,
marketing, and other non-capitalized costs necessary to make product
designs comply with new or amended energy conservation standards.
Capital conversion costs are investments in property, plant, and
equipment necessary to adapt or change existing production facilities
such that new compliant product designs can be fabricated and
assembled.
Product Conversion Costs
DOE based its estimates of the product conversion costs necessary
to meet the varying efficiency levels on information from manufacturer
interviews, the design paths analyzed in the engineering analysis, the
prior MREF rulemaking analysis (see 81 FR 75194), and market share and
model count information. Generally, manufacturers indicated a
preference to meet amended standards with design options that were
direct and relatively straightforward component swaps. However, at
higher efficiency levels, manufacturers anticipated the need for
platform redesigns. Efficiency levels that significantly altered
cabinet construction would require very large investments to update
designs. Manufacturers noted that increasing foam thickness would
require complete redesign of the cabinet, liner, and shelving due to
loss of interior volume. Additionally, extensive use of VIPs would
require redesign of the cabinet to maximize the benefits of VIPs.
Capital Conversion Costs
DOE relied on information from manufacturer interviews and the
engineering analysis to evaluate the level of capital conversion costs
would likely incur at the considered standard levels. During
interviews, manufacturers provided estimates and descriptions of the
required tooling changes that would be necessary to upgrade product
lines to meet the various efficiency levels. Based on these inputs, DOE
modeled incremental capital conversion costs for efficiency levels that
could be reached with individual components swaps. However, based on
feedback, DOE modeled higher capital conversion costs when
manufacturers would have to redesign their existing product platforms.
DOE used information from manufacturer interviews to determine the cost
of the manufacturing equipment and tooling necessary to implement
complete redesigns.
Increases in foam thickness require either reductions to interior
volume or increases to exterior volume. Many MREFs are sized to fit
standard widths, meaning any increase in foam thickness would likely
result in the loss of interior volume. Additionally, many MREFs are
sized to maximize storage of specific products (e.g., canned beverages
or wine bottles) and small changes in wall thickness could dramatically
decrease the unit storage capacity for those products. The reduction of
interior volume has significant consequences for manufacturing.
Redesigning the cabinet to increase the effectiveness of insulation
likely requires manufacturers to update designs and tooling associated
with the interior of the product. This could require investing in new
tooling to accommodate changes to the liner, shelving, drawers, and
doors.
To minimize reductions to interior volume, manufacturers may choose
to adopt VIP technology. Extensive incorporation of VIPs into designs
requires significant upfront capital due to differences in the
handling, storing, and manufacturing of VIPs as compared to typical
polyurethane foams. VIPs are
[[Page 38797]]
relatively fragile and must be protected from punctures and rough
handling. If VIPs have leaks of any size, the panel will eventually
lose much of its thermal insulative properties and structural strength.
If already installed within a cabinet wall, a punctured VIP may
significantly reduce the structural strength of the MREF cabinet. As a
result, VIPs require careful handling and installation. Manufacturers
noted the need to allocate special warehouse space to ensure the VIPs
are not jostled or roughly handled in the manufacturing environment.
VIPs require significantly more warehouse space than polyurethane
foams. The application of VIPs can be difficult and may require
investment in hard-tooling or robotic systems to ensure the panels are
positioned properly within the cabinet or door. Manufacturers noted
that producing cabinets with VIPs are much more labor and time
intensive than producing cabinets with typical polyurethane foams and
the increase in labor can affect total production capacity.
To develop industry conversion cost estimates, DOE estimated the
number of product platforms in DOE's CCD \58\ and California Energy
Commission's Modernized Appliance Efficiency Database System
(``MAEDbS'') \59\ and scaled up the product and capital conversion
costs associated with the number of product platforms that would
require updating at each efficiency level. DOE adjusted the conversion
cost estimates developed in support of the March 2023 NOPR to 2022$ for
this analysis.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\58\ U.S. Department of Energy's Compliance Certification
Database is available at www.regulations.doe.gov/certification-data/#q=Product_Group_s%3A* (last accessed August 17, 2023).
\59\ California Energy Commission's Modernized Appliance
Efficiency Database System is available at
cacertappliances.energy.ca.gov/Pages/ApplianceSearch.aspx (last
accessed August 17, 2023). DOE used this database to gather product
information not provided in DOE's CCD (e.g., manufacturer names).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
DOE acknowledges that manufacturers may follow different design
paths to reach the various efficiency levels analyzed. An individual
manufacturer's investments depend on a range of factors, including the
company's current product offerings and product platforms, existing
production facilities and infrastructure, and make vs. buy decisions
for components. DOE's conversion cost methodology incorporated feedback
from all manufacturers that took part in interviews and extrapolated
industry values. While industry average values may not represent any
single manufacturer, DOE's model provides reasonable estimates of
industry-level investments.
In general, DOE assumes all conversion-related investments occur
between the year of publication of the direct final rule and the year
by which manufacturers must comply with the new standard. The
conversion cost figures used in the GRIM can be found in section V.B.2
of this document. For additional information on the estimated product
and capital conversion costs, see chapter 12 of the direct final rule
TSD.
d. Manufacturer Markup Scenarios
MSPs include direct manufacturing production costs (i.e., labor,
materials, and overhead estimated in DOE's MPCs) and all non-production
costs (i.e., SG&A, R&D, and interest), along with profit. To calculate
the MSPs in the GRIM, DOE applied manufacturer markups to the MPCs
estimated in the engineering analysis for each product class and
efficiency level. Modifying these manufacturer markups in the standards
case yields different sets of impacts on manufacturers. For the MIA,
DOE modeled two standards case scenarios to represent uncertainty
regarding the potential impacts on prices and profitability for
manufacturers following the implementation of amended energy
conservation standards: (1) a preservation-of-gross-margin-percentage
scenario; and (2) a preservation-of-operating-profit scenario. These
scenarios lead to different manufacturer markup values that, when
applied to the MPCs, result in varying revenue and cash flow impacts.
Under the preservation-of-gross-margin-percentage scenario, DOE
applied a single uniform ``gross margin percentage'' markup across all
efficiency levels, which assumes that manufacturers would be able to
maintain the same amount of profit as a percentage of revenues at all
efficiency levels within a product class. As manufacturer production
costs increase with efficiency, this scenario implies that the per-unit
dollar profit will increase. DOE assumed a gross margin percentage of
20 percent for FCC and 28 percent for all other product classes.\60\
Manufacturers tend to believe it is optimistic to assume that they
would be able to maintain the same gross margin percentage as their
production costs increase, particularly for minimally efficient
products. Therefore, this scenario represents a high bound of industry
profitability under an amended energy conservation standard.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\60\ The gross margin percentages of 20 percent and 28 percent
are based on manufacturer markups of 1.25 and 1.38 percent,
respectively.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
In the preservation-of-operating-profit scenario, as the cost of
production goes up under a standards case, manufacturers are generally
required to reduce their manufacturer markups to a level that maintains
base-case operating profit. DOE implemented this scenario in the GRIM
by lowering the manufacturer markups at each TSL to yield approximately
the same earnings before interest and taxes in the standards case as in
the no-new-standards case in the year after the expected compliance
date of the amended standards. The implicit assumption behind this
scenario is that the industry can only maintain its operating profit in
absolute dollars after the standard takes effect.
A comparison of industry financial impacts under the two
manufacturer markup scenarios is presented in section V.B.2.a of this
document.
3. Discussion of MIA Comments
For this direct final rule, DOE considered comments it had received
regarding its MIA presented in the March 2023 NOPR. The approach used
for this direct final rule is largely the same approach DOE had used
for the March 2023 NOPR analysis.
In response to the March 2023 NOPR, AHAM stated that it cannot
comment on the accuracy of DOE's approach for including how
manufacturers might or might not recover potential investments (i.e.,
the accuracy of DOE's manufacturer markup scenarios) but that AHAM
supports DOE's intent in the microwave ovens supplemental notice of
proposed rulemaking (``SNOPR'') (``August 2022 SNOPR'') energy
conservation standards rulemaking to include those costs and
investments in the actual costs of products and retail prices. (AHAM,
No. 31 at p. 12) AHAM urged DOE to apply the same conceptual approach
used in the August 2022 SNOPR in the MREF rulemaking and all future
rulemakings (i.e., to analyze a conversion-cost-recovery manufacturer
markup scenario). (Id.)
As discussed in section IV.J.2.d of this document, DOE modeled two
standards-case manufacturer markup scenarios to represent the
uncertainty regarding the potential impacts on prices and profitability
for manufacturers following the implementation of amended energy
conservation standards. For the March 2023 NOPR, DOE applied the
preservation-of-gross-margin-percentage scenario to reflect an upper
bound of industry profitability and a preservation-of-operating-profit
scenario
[[Page 38798]]
to reflect a lower bound of industry profitability under amended
standards. DOE used these scenarios to reflect the range of realistic
profitability impacts under more stringent standards. Manufacturing
more efficient MREFs is generally more expensive than manufacturing
baseline MREFs, as reflected by the MPCs estimated in the engineering
analysis. Under the preservation-of-gross-margin scenario for MREFs,
incremental increases in MPCs at higher efficiency levels result in an
increase in per-unit dollar profit per unit sold. In interviews,
manufacturers stated the industry relies on competitive pricing, so
they would likely not increase their manufacturer markups that would
allow them to recover their full investments. The preservation-of-
gross-margin-scenario reflects an upper bound of industry profitability
in which manufacturers would be able to maintain the same amount of
profit as a percentage of revenues at all efficiency levels within a
product class. Applying the approach used in the August 2022 SNOPR
(i.e., a conversion-cost-recovery scenario) would result in the MREF
industry increasing manufacturer markups under amended standards. Based
on information gathered during confidential interviews in support of
the March 2023 NOPR, DOE does not expect that the MREF industry would
increase manufacturer markups under an amended standard. Furthermore,
in response to the March 2023 NOPR, DOE did not receive any public or
confidential data indicating that industry would increase manufacturer
markups in response to more stringent standards. Therefore, DOE used
the same manufacturer markup scenarios from the March 2023 NOPR for
this direct final rule analysis.
In response to the March 2023 NOPR, AHAM commented the cumulative
regulatory burden is significant for home appliance manufacturers when
needing to redesign products and product lines for the proposed levels
for MREFs, for consumer clothes dryers, residential clothes washers,
consumer conventional cooking products, dishwashers, RF, and the
finalized levels for room air conditioners and microwave ovens. (Id. at
p. 13). AHAM asserted that engineers will therefore need to spend all
their time redesigning products to meet more stringent energy
efficiency standards, pulling resources from other development efforts
and business priorities. AHAM suggested that DOE could reduce
cumulative regulatory burden by spacing out the timing of final rules,
allowing more lead time by delaying the publication of final rules in
the Federal Register after they have been issued, and reducing the
stringency of standards such that fewer products would require
redesign. (Id. at p. 14)
DOE analyzes cumulative regulatory burden in accordance with
section 13(g) of the Process Rule. DOE details the rulemakings and
expected conversion expenses of Federal energy conservation standards
that could impact MREF original equipment manufacturers (``OEMs'') that
take effect approximately 3 years before and after the 2029 compliance
date in section V.B.2.e of this document. As shown in Table V.23 in
section V.B.2.e of this document, DOE considers the potential
cumulative regulatory burden from other DOE energy conservation
standard rulemakings for consumer clothes dryers, residential clothes
washers, consumer conventional cooking products, dishwashers, RF, room
air conditioners, and microwave ovens in this direct final rule
analysis.
Regarding AHAM's suggestion about spacing out the timing of final
rules for home appliance rulemakings, DOE has statutory requirements
under EPCA on the timing of rulemakings. For consumer clothes dryers,
residential clothes washers, consumer conventional cooking products,
dishwashers, RF, room air conditioners, and microwave ovens, amended
standards apply to covered products manufactured 3 years after the date
on which any new or amended standards are published. (42 U.S.C.
6295(m)(4)(A)(i)) For MREFs, amended standards apply 5 years after the
date on which any new or amended standard is published. (42 U.S.C.
6295(l)(2)) And the multi-product Joint Agreement, where stakeholders
can recommend different compliance dates under DOE's direct final rule
authority, stated ``jointly recommended compliance dates will achieve
the overall energy and economic benefits of this agreement while
allowing necessary lead-times for manufacturers to redesign products
and retool manufacturing plants to meet the recommended standards
across product categories.'' (Joint Agreement, No. 34 at p. 2) The
staggered compliance dates between the statutorily-required dates and
the dates recommended in the Joint Agreement help mitigate
manufacturers' concerns resource allocation and concurrent amended
standards. See section II.B.4 of this document for compliance dates of
rulemakings recommended in the Joint Agreement.
In response to the March 2023 NOPR, the Appliance Standards
Awareness Project (``ASAP'') et al.\61\ commented that DOE may have
overestimated the decrease in INPV, and described some perceived
inconsistencies. ASAP et al. pointed out that although DOE estimated a
10 percent reduction in shipments based on a 10 percent increase in
production cost, ignoring the efficiency elasticity, the shipments
decline should be no more than 4.5 percent at the compliance year.
(ASAP et al., No. 32 at pp. 1-2) In response to this comment, DOE re-
evaluated its base assumptions and corrected its shipments estimates.
The reduction in shipments in the projected compliance year for the
Recommended TSL (i.e., TSL 4) is now estimated to be 3.4 percent. For
more details, see chapter 9 of the direct final rule TSD.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\61\ ``ASAP et al.'' refers to a joint comment from Appliance
Standards Awareness Project, American Council for an Energy-
Efficient Economy, National Consumer Law Center, New York State
Energy Research and Development Authority, and Northwest Energy
Efficiency Alliance.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
K. Emissions Analysis
The emissions analysis consists of two components. The first
component estimates the effect of potential energy conservation
standards on power sector and site (where applicable) combustion
emissions of CO2, NOX, SO2, and Hg.
The second component estimates the impacts of potential standards on
emissions of two additional greenhouse gases, CH4 and
N2O, as well as the reductions in emissions of other gases
due to ``upstream'' activities in the fuel production chain. These
upstream activities comprise extraction, processing, and transporting
fuels to the site of combustion.
The analysis of electric power sector emissions of CO2,
NOX, SO2, and Hg uses emissions intended to
represent the marginal impacts of the change in electricity consumption
associated with amended or new standards. The methodology is based on
results published for the AEO, including a set of side cases that
implement a variety of efficiency-related policies. The methodology is
described in appendix 13A in the direct final rule TSD. The analysis
presented in this document uses projections from AEO2023. Power sector
emissions of CH4 and N2O from fuel combustion are
estimated using Emission Factors for Greenhouse Gas Inventories
published by the EPA.\62\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\62\ Available at www.epa.gov/sites/production/files/2021-04/documents/emission-factors_apr2021.pdf (last accessed November 12,
2023).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
FFC upstream emissions, which include emissions from fuel
combustion during extraction, processing, and transportation of fuels,
and ``fugitive''
[[Page 38799]]
emissions (direct leakage to the atmosphere) of CH4 and
CO2, are estimated based on the methodology described in
chapter 15 of the direct final rule TSD.
The emissions intensity factors are expressed in terms of physical
units per MWh or MMBtu of site energy savings. For power sector
emissions, specific emissions intensity factors are calculated by
sector and end use. Total emissions reductions are estimated using the
energy savings calculated in the national impact analysis.
1. Air Quality Regulations Incorporated in DOE's Analysis
DOE's no-new-standards case for the electric power sector reflects
the AEO, which incorporates the projected impacts of existing air
quality regulations on emissions. AEO2023 reflects, to the extent
possible, laws and regulations adopted through mid-November 2022,
including the emissions control programs discussed in the following
paragraphs, and the Inflation Reduction Act.\63\ SO2
emissions from affected electric generating units (``EGUs'') are
subject to nationwide and regional emissions cap-and-trade programs.
Title IV of the Clean Air Act sets an annual emissions cap on
SO2 for affected EGUs in the 48 contiguous States and the
District of Columbia (``DC''). (42 U.S.C. 7651 et seq.) SO2
emissions from numerous States in the eastern half of the United States
are also limited under the Cross-State Air Pollution Rule (``CSAPR'').
76 FR 48208 (Aug. 8, 2011). CSAPR requires these States to reduce
certain emissions, including annual SO2 emissions, and went
into effect as of January 1, 2015.\64\ The AEO incorporates
implementation of CSAPR, including the update to the CSAPR ozone season
program emission budgets and target dates issued in 2016. 81 FR 74504
(Oct. 26, 2016). Compliance with CSAPR is flexible among EGUs and is
enforced through the use of tradable emissions allowances. Under
existing EPA regulations, for states subject to SO2
emissions limits under CSAPR, any excess SO2 emissions
allowances resulting from the lower electricity demand caused by the
adoption of an efficiency standard could be used to permit offsetting
increases in SO2 emissions by another regulated EGU.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\63\ For further information, see the Assumptions to AEO2023
report that sets forth the major assumptions used to generate the
projections in the Annual Energy Outlook. Available at www.eia.gov/outlooks/aeo/assumptions/ (last accessed Nov. 22, 2023).
\64\ CSAPR requires states to address annual emissions of
SO2 and NOX, precursors to the formation of
fine particulate matter (``PM2.5'') pollution, in order
to address the interstate transport of pollution with respect to the
1997 and 2006 PM2.5 National Ambient Air Quality
Standards (``NAAQS''). CSAPR also requires certain states to address
the ozone season (May-September) emissions of NOX, a
precursor to the formation of ozone pollution, in order to address
the interstate transport of ozone pollution with respect to the 1997
ozone NAAQS. 76 FR 48208 (Aug. 8, 2011). EPA subsequently issued a
supplemental rule that included an additional five states in the
CSAPR ozone season program; 76 FR 80760 (Dec. 27, 2011)
(Supplemental Rule), and EPA issued the CSAPR Update for the 2008
ozone NAAQS. 81 FR 74504 (Oct. 26, 2016).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
However, beginning in 2016, SO2 emissions began to fall
as a result of the Mercury and Air Toxics Standards (``MATS'') for
power plants.\65\ 77 FR 9304 (Feb. 16, 2012). The final rule
establishes power plant emission standards for mercury, acid gases, and
non-mercury metallic toxic pollutants. Because of the emissions
reductions under the MATS, it is unlikely that excess SO2
emissions allowances resulting from the lower electricity demand would
be needed or used to permit offsetting increases in SO2
emissions by another regulated EGU. Therefore, energy conservation
standards that decrease electricity generation will generally reduce
SO2 emissions. DOE estimated SO2 emissions
reduction using emissions factors based on AEO2023.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\65\ In order to continue operating, coal power plants must have
either flue gas desulfurization or dry sorbent injection systems
installed. Both technologies, which are used to reduce acid gas
emissions, also reduce SO2 emissions.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
CSAPR also established limits on NOX emissions for
numerous States in the eastern half of the United States. Energy
conservation standards would have little effect on NOX
emissions in those States covered by CSAPR emissions limits if excess
NOX emissions allowances resulting from the lower
electricity demand could be used to permit offsetting increases in
NOX emissions from other EGUs. In such case, NOX
emissions would remain near the limit even if electricity generation
goes down. Depending on the configuration of the power sector in the
different regions and the need for allowances, however, NOX
emissions might not remain at the limit in the case of lower
electricity demand. That would mean that standards might reduce
NOX emissions in covered States. Despite this possibility,
DOE has chosen to be conservative in its analysis and has maintained
the assumption that standards will not reduce NOX emissions
in States covered by CSAPR. Standards would be expected to reduce
NOX emissions in the States not covered by CSAPR. DOE used
AEO2023 data to derive NOX emissions factors for the group
of States not covered by CSAPR.
The MATS limit mercury emissions from power plants, but they do not
include emissions caps and, as such, DOE's energy conservation
standards would be expected to slightly reduce Hg emissions. DOE
estimated mercury emissions reduction using emissions factors based on
AEO2023, which incorporates the MATS.
L. Monetizing Emissions Impacts
As part of the development of this direct final rule, for the
purpose of complying with the requirements of Executive Order 12866,
DOE considered the estimated monetary benefits from the reduced
emissions of CO2, CH4, N2O,
NOX, and SO2 that are expected to result from
each of the TSLs considered. In order to make this calculation
analogous to the calculation of the NPV of consumer benefit, DOE
considered the reduced emissions expected to result over the lifetime
of products shipped in the projection period for each TSL. This section
summarizes the basis for the values used for monetizing the emissions
benefits and presents the values considered in this direct final rule.
To monetize the benefits of reducing GHG emissions, this analysis
uses the interim estimates presented in the Technical Support Document:
Social Cost of Carbon, Methane, and Nitrous Oxide Interim Estimates
Under Executive Order 13990 published in February 2021 by the IWG
(``February 2021 SC-GHG TSD'').
1. Monetization of Greenhouse Gas Emissions
DOE estimates the monetized benefits of the reductions in emissions
of CO2, CH4, and N2O by using a
measure of the SC of each pollutant (e.g., SC-CO2). These
estimates represent the monetary value of the net harm to society
associated with a marginal increase in emissions of these pollutants in
a given year, or the benefit of avoiding that increase. These estimates
are intended to include (but are not limited to) climate-change-related
changes in net agricultural productivity, human health, property
damages from increased flood risk, disruption of energy systems, risk
of conflict, environmental migration, and the value of ecosystem
services.
DOE exercises its own judgment in presenting monetized climate
benefits as recommended by applicable Executive orders, and DOE would
reach the same conclusion presented in this proposed rulemaking in the
absence of the estimated benefits from reductions in GHG emissions.
That is, the social
[[Page 38800]]
costs of greenhouse gases, whether measured using the February 2021
interim estimates presented by the Interagency Working Group on the
Social Cost of Greenhouse Gases or by another means, did not affect the
rule ultimately proposed by DOE.
DOE estimated the global social benefits of CO2,
CH4, and N2O reductions using SC-GHG values that
were based on the interim values presented in the Technical Support
Document: Social Cost of Carbon, Methane, and Nitrous Oxide Interim
Estimates under Executive Order 13990, published in February 2021 by
the IWG (``February 2021 SC-GHG TSD''). The SC-GHG is the monetary
value of the net harm to society associated with a marginal increase in
emissions in a given year, or the benefit of avoiding that increase. In
principle, the SC-GHG includes the value of all climate change impacts,
including (but not limited to) changes in net agricultural
productivity, human health effects, property damage from increased
flood risk and natural disasters, disruption of energy systems, risk of
conflict, environmental migration, and the value of ecosystem services.
The SC-GHG therefore, reflects the societal value of reducing emissions
of the gas in question by one metric ton. The SC-GHG is the
theoretically appropriate value to use in conducting benefit-cost
analyses of policies that affect CO2, N2O and
CH4 emissions. As a member of the IWG involved in the
development of the February 2021 SC-GHG TSD, DOE agreed that the
interim SC-GHG estimates represent the most appropriate estimate of the
SC-GHG until revised estimates were developed reflecting the latest,
peer-reviewed science. See 87 FR 78382, 78406-78408 for discussion of
the development and details of the IWG SC-GHG estimates.
There are a number of limitations and uncertainties associated with
the SC-GHG estimates. First, the current scientific and economic
understanding of discounting approaches suggests discount rates
appropriate for intergenerational analysis in the context of climate
change are likely to be less than 3 percent, near 2 percent or
lower.\66\ Second, the IAMs used to produce these interim estimates do
not include all of the important physical, ecological, and economic
impacts of climate change recognized in the climate change literature
and the science underlying their ``damage functions''--i.e., the core
parts of the IAMs that map global mean temperature changes and other
physical impacts of climate change into economic (both market and
nonmarket) damages--lags behind the most recent research. For example,
limitations include the incomplete treatment of catastrophic and non-
catastrophic impacts in the integrated assessment models, their
incomplete treatment of adaptation and technological change, the
incomplete way in which inter-regional and intersectoral linkages are
modeled, uncertainty in the extrapolation of damages to high
temperatures, and inadequate representation of the relationship between
the discount rate and uncertainty in economic growth over long time
horizons. Likewise, the socioeconomic and emissions scenarios used as
inputs to the models do not reflect new information from the last
decade of scenario generation or the full range of projections. The
modeling limitations do not all work in the same direction in terms of
their influence on the SC-CO2 estimates. However, as
discussed in the February 2021 SC-GHG TSD, the IWG has recommended
that, taken together, the limitations suggest that the interim SC-GHG
estimates used in this final rule likely underestimate the damages from
GHG emissions. DOE concurs with this assessment.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\66\ Interagency Working Group on Social Cost of Greenhouse
Gases. 2021. Technical Support Document: Social Cost of Carbon,
Methane, and Nitrous Oxide Interim Estimates under Executive Order
13990. February. United States Government. Available at:
www.whitehouse.gov/briefing-room/blog/2021/02/26/a-return-to-science-evidence-based-estimates-of-the-benefits-of-reducing-climate-pollution/.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
In the February 2021 SC-GHG TSD, the IWG stated that the models
used to produce the interim estimates do not include all of the
important physical, ecological, and economic impacts of climate change
recognized in the climate change literature. For these same impacts,
the science underlying their ``damage functions'' lags behind the most
recent research. In the judgment of the IWG, these and other
limitations suggest that the range of four interim SC-GHG estimates
presented in the TSD likely underestimate societal damages from GHG
emissions. The IWG is in the process of assessing how best to
incorporate the latest peer-reviewed science and the recommendations of
the National Academies to develop an updated set of SC-GHG estimates,
and DOE remains engaged in that process.
DOE is aware that in December 2023, EPA issued a new set of SC-GHG
estimates in connection with a final rulemaking under the Clean Air
Act.\67\ As DOE had used the IWG interim values in proposing this rule
and is currently reviewing the updated 2023 SC-GHG values, for this
final rule, DOE used these updated 2023 SC-GHG values to conduct a
sensitivity analysis of the value of GHG emissions reductions. DOE
notes that because EPA's estimates are considerably higher than the
IWG's interim SC-GHG values applied for this direct final rule, an
analysis that uses the EPA's estimates results in significantly greater
climate-related benefits. However, such results would not affect DOE's
decision in this direct final rule. As stated elsewhere in this
document, DOE would reach the same conclusion regarding the economic
justification of the standards presented in this direct final rule
without considering the IWG's interim SC-GHG values, which DOE agrees
are conservative estimates. For the same reason, if DOE were to use
EPA's higher SC-GHG estimates, they would not change DOE's conclusion
that the standards are economically justified.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\67\ See www.epa.gov/environmental-economics/scghg.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
DOE's derivations of the SC-CO2, SC-N2O, and
SC-CH4 values used for this NOPR are discussed in the
following sections, and the results of DOE's analyses estimating the
benefits of the reductions in emissions of these GHGs are presented in
section V.B.6 of this document.
a. Social Cost of Carbon
The SC-CO2 values used for this final rule were based on
the values developed for the February 2021 SC-GHG TSD, which are shown
in Table IV.12 in 5-year increments from 2020 to 2050. The set of
annual values that DOE used, which was adapted from estimates published
by EPA,\68\ is presented in appendix 14A of the direct final rule TSD.
These estimates are based on methods, assumptions, and parameters
identical to the estimates published by the IWG (which were based on
EPA modeling), and include values for 2051 to 2070. DOE expects
additional climate benefits to accrue for products still operating
after 2070, but a lack of available SC-CO2 estimates for
emissions years beyond 2070 prevents DOE from monetizing these
potential benefits in this analysis.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\68\ See EPA, Revised 2023 and Later Model Year Light-Duty
Vehicle GHG Emissions Standards: Regulatory Impact Analysis,
Washington, DC, December 2021. Available at nepis.epa.gov/Exe/ZyPDF.cgi?Dockey=P1013ORN.pdf (last accessed November 21, 2023).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 38801]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.020
DOE multiplied the CO2 emissions reduction estimated for
each year by the SC-CO2 value for that year in each of the
four cases. DOE adjusted the values to 2022$ using the implicit price
deflator for gross domestic product (``GDP'') from the Bureau of
Economic Analysis. To calculate a present value of the stream of
monetary values, DOE discounted the values in each of the four cases
using the specific discount rate that had been used to obtain the SC-
CO2 values in each case.
b. Social Cost of Methane and Nitrous Oxide
The SC-CH4 and SC-N2O values used for this
direct final rule were based on the values developed for the February
2021 SC-GHG TSD. Table IV.13 shows the updated sets of SC-
CH4 and SC-N2O estimates from the latest
interagency update in 5-year increments from 2020 to 2050. The full set
of annual values used is presented in appendix 14-A of the direct final
rule TSD. To capture the uncertainties involved in regulatory impact
analysis, DOE has determined it is appropriate to include all four sets
of SC-CH4 and SC-N2O values, as recommended by
the IWG. DOE derived values after 2050 using the approach previously
described for the SC-CO2.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.021
DOE multiplied the CH4 and N2O emissions
reduction estimated for each year by the SC-CH4 and SC-
N2O estimates for that year in each of the cases. DOE
adjusted the values to 2022$ using the implicit price deflator for GDP
from the Bureau of Economic Analysis. To calculate a present value of
the stream of monetary values, DOE discounted the values in each of the
cases using the specific discount rate that had been used to obtain the
SC-CH4 and SC-N2O estimates in each case.
c. Sensitivity Analysis Using Updated 2023 SC-GHG Estimates
In December 2023 EPA issued a new set of SC-GHG estimates (2023 SC-
GHG) in connection with a final rulemaking under the Clean Air Act.\69\
These estimates incorporate recent research and address recommendations
of the National Academies (2017) and comments from a 2023 external peer
review of the accompanying technical report. For this rulemaking, DOE
used these updated 2023 SC-GHG values to conduct a sensitivity analysis
of the value of GHG emissions reductions associated with alternative
standards for circulator pumps. This sensitivity analysis provides an
expanded range of potential climate benefits associated with amended
standards. The final year of EPA's new 2023 SC-GHG estimates is 2080;
therefore, DOE did not monetize the climate benefits of GHG emissions
reductions occurring after 2080.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\69\ See www.epa.gov/environmental-economics/scghg.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The overall climate benefits are greater when using the higher,
updated SC-GHG 2023 estimates, compared to the climate benefits using
the older IWG SC-GHG estimates. The results of the sensitivity analysis
are presented in appendix 14C of the direct final rule TSD.
2. Monetization of Other Emissions Impacts
For this direct final rule, DOE estimated the monetized value of
NOX and SO2 emissions reductions from electricity
generation using benefit per ton estimates for that sector from the
[[Page 38802]]
EPA's Benefits Mapping and Analysis Program.\70\ DOE used EPA's values
for PM2.5-related benefits associated with NOX
and SO2 and for ozone-related benefits associated with
NOX for 2025 and 2030, and 2040, calculated with discount
rates of 3 percent and 7 percent. DOE used linear interpolation to
define values for the years not given in the 2025 to 2040 range; for
years beyond 2040 the values are held constant. DOE combined the EPA
regional benefit-per-ton estimates with regional information on
electricity consumption and emissions from AEO2023 to define weighted-
average national values for NOX and SO2 (see
appendix 14B of the direct final rule TSD).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\70\ U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Estimating the
Benefit per Ton of Reducing Directly-Emitted PM2.5,
PM2.5 Precursors and Ozone Precursors from 21 Sectors.
Available at www.epa.gov/benmap/estimating-benefit-ton-reducing-directly-emitted-pm25-pm25-precursors-and-ozone-precursors (last
accessed December 4, 2023).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
DOE multiplied the site emissions reduction (in tons) in each year
by the associated $/ton values and then discounted each series using
discount rates of 3 percent and 7 percent as appropriate.
M. Utility Impact Analysis
The utility impact analysis estimates the changes in installed
electrical capacity and generation projected to result for each
considered TSL. The analysis is based on published output from the NEMS
associated with AEO2023. NEMS produces the AEO Reference case, as well
as a number of side cases that estimate the economy-wide impacts of
changes to energy supply and demand. For the current analysis, impacts
are quantified by comparing the levels of electricity sector
generation, installed capacity, fuel consumption and emissions in the
AEO2023 Reference case and various side cases. Details of the
methodology are provided in the appendices to chapters 13 and 15 of the
direct final rule TSD.
The output of this analysis is a set of time-dependent coefficients
that capture the change in electricity generation, primary fuel
consumption, installed capacity and power sector emissions due to a
unit reduction in demand for a given end use. These coefficients are
multiplied by the stream of electricity savings calculated in the NIA
to provide estimates of selected utility impacts of potential new or
amended energy conservation standards.
N. Employment Impact Analysis
DOE considers employment impacts in the domestic economy as one
factor in selecting a standard. Employment impacts from new or amended
energy conservation standards include both direct and indirect impacts.
Direct employment impacts are any changes in the number of employees of
manufacturers of the products subject to standards. The MIA addresses
those impacts. Indirect employment impacts are changes in national
employment that occur due to the shift in expenditures and capital
investment caused by the purchase and operation of more-efficient
appliances. Indirect employment impacts from standards consist of the
net jobs created or eliminated in the national economy, other than in
the manufacturing sector being regulated, caused by (1) reduced
spending by consumers on energy, (2) reduced spending on new energy
supply by the utility industry, (3) increased consumer spending on the
products to which the new standards apply and other goods and services,
and (4) the effects of those three factors throughout the economy.
One method for assessing the possible effects on the demand for
labor of such shifts in economic activity is to compare sector
employment statistics developed by the Labor Department's BLS. BLS
regularly publishes its estimates of the number of jobs per million
dollars of economic activity in different sectors of the economy, as
well as the jobs created elsewhere in the economy by this same economic
activity. Data from BLS indicate that expenditures in the utility
sector generally create fewer jobs (both directly and indirectly) than
expenditures in other sectors of the economy.\71\ There are many
reasons for these differences, including wage differences and the fact
that the utility sector is more capital-intensive and less labor-
intensive than other sectors. Energy conservation standards have the
effect of reducing consumer utility bills. Because reduced consumer
expenditures for energy likely lead to increased expenditures in other
sectors of the economy, the general effect of efficiency standards is
to shift economic activity from a less labor-intensive sector (i.e.,
the utility sector) to more labor-intensive sectors (e.g., the retail
and service sectors). Thus, the BLS data suggest that net national
employment may increase due to shifts in economic activity resulting
from energy conservation standards.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\71\ See U.S. Department of Commerce-Bureau of Economic
Analysis. Regional Multipliers: A User Handbook for the Regional
Input-Output Modeling System (``RIMS II''). 1997. U.S. Government
Printing Office: Washington, DC. Available at https://apps.bea.gov/scb/pdf/regional/perinc/meth/rims2.pdf (last accessed November 29,
2023).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
DOE estimated indirect national employment impacts for the standard
levels considered in this direct final rule using an input/output model
of the U.S. economy called Impact of Sector Energy Technologies version
4 (``ImSET'').\72\ ImSET is a special-purpose version of the ``U.S.
Benchmark National Input-Output'' (``I-O'') model, which was designed
to estimate the national employment and income effects of energy-saving
technologies. The ImSET software includes a computer- based I-O model
having structural coefficients that characterize economic flows among
187 sectors most relevant to industrial, commercial, and residential
building energy use.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\72\ Livingston, O.V., S.R. Bender, M.J. Scott, and R.W.
Schultz. ImSET 4.0: Impact of Sector Energy Technologies Model
Description and User's Guide. 2015. Pacific Northwest National
Laboratory: Richland, WA. PNNL-24563.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
DOE notes that ImSET is not a general equilibrium forecasting
model, and that the uncertainties involved in projecting employment
impacts, especially changes in the later years of the analysis. Because
ImSET does not incorporate price changes, the employment effects
predicted by ImSET may over-estimate actual job impacts over the long
run for this direct final rule. Therefore, DOE used ImSET only to
generate results for near-term timeframes (2029-2033), where these
uncertainties are reduced. For more details on the employment impact
analysis, see chapter 16 of the direct final rule TSD.
O. Other Comments
As discussed previously, DOE considered relevant comments, data,
and information obtained through the 2023 NOPR public comment process
in determining whether the recommended standards from the Joint
Agreement are in accordance with 42 U.S.C. 6295(o). And while some of
those comments were directed at specific aspects of DOE's analysis of
the Joint Agreement under 42 U.S.C. 6295(o), others were more generally
applicable to DOE's energy conservation standards rulemaking program as
a whole. The ensuing discussion focuses on these general comments
concerning energy conservation standards issued under EPCA.
The National Academies of Sciences, Engineering, and Medicine
(``NAS'') periodically appoint a committee to peer review the
assumptions, models, and methodologies that DOE uses in setting energy
conservation standards
[[Page 38803]]
for covered products and equipment. The most recent such peer review
was conducted in a series of meetings in 2020, and NAS issued the
report \73\ in 2021 detailing its findings and recommendations on how
DOE can improve its analyses and align them with best practices for
cost-benefit analysis.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\73\ National Academies of Sciences, Engineering, and Medicine.
2021. Review of Methods Used by the U.S. Department of Energy in
Setting Appliance and Equipment Standards. Washington, DC: The
National Academies Press. Available at doi.org/10.17226/25992 (last
accessed August 2, 2023).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
In response to the March 2023 NOPR, AHAM stated that despite
previous requests from AHAM and others, DOE has failed to review and
incorporate the recommendations of the NAS report, instead indicating
that it will conduct a separate rulemaking process without such a
process having been initiated. (AHAM, No. 31 at p. 8) AHAM further
stated that DOE seems to be ignoring the recommendations in the NAS
Report and even conducting analysis that is opposite to the
recommendations. AHAM commented that DOE cannot continue to perpetuate
the errors in its analytical approach that have been pointed out by
stakeholders and the NAS report as to do so will lead to arbitrary and
capricious rules. (Id.)
As discussed, the rulemaking process for establishing new or
amended standards for covered products and equipment are specified at
appendix A to subpart C of 10 CFR part 430 (the Process Rule). DOE
periodically examines and revises these provisions in separate
rulemaking proceedings. The recommendations provided in the NAS Report,
which pertain to the processes by which DOE analyzes energy
conservation standards, will be considered by DOE in a separate,
forthcoming rulemaking process.
V. Analytical Results and Conclusions
The following section addresses the results from DOE's analyses
with respect to the considered energy conservation standards for MREFs.
It addresses the TSLs examined by DOE, the projected impacts of each of
these levels if adopted as energy conservation standards for MREFs, and
the standards levels that DOE is adopting in this direct final rule.
Additional details regarding DOE's analyses are contained in the direct
final rule TSD supporting this document.
A. Trial Standard Levels
In general, DOE typically evaluates potential new or amended
standards for products and equipment by grouping individual efficiency
levels for each class into TSLs. Use of TSLs allows DOE to identify and
consider manufacturer cost interactions between the product classes, to
the extent that there are such interactions, and price elasticity of
consumer purchasing decisions that may change when different standard
levels are set.
In the analysis conducted for this direct final rule, DOE analyzed
the benefits and burdens of five TSLs for MREFs. DOE developed TSLs
that combine efficiency levels for each analyzed product class. TSL 1
represents a 10 percent increase in efficiency, corresponding to the
lowest analyzed efficiency level above the baseline for each analyzed
product class. TSL 2 represents efficiency levels consistent with
Energy Star requirements for coolers, which in most cases except
freestanding coolers (``FC'') represent an increase compared to TSL 1,
and a modest increase in efficiency for certain combination cooler
product classes compared to TSL 1. TSL 3 increases the efficiency for
FC by an additional 10 percent compared to TSLs 1 and 2 and built-in
coolers (``BIC'') by an additional 10 percent compared to TSL 1 \74\,
while maintaining the same efficiency levels as TSL 2 for combination
coolers. TSL 4 (the recommended TSL) further increases the standard
level adopted in this direct final rule for all product classes except
built-in compact cooler (``BICC''), BIC, C-3A and C-3A-BI, which remain
at the same level as in TSL 3. TSL 5 represents max-tech for each
product class, which represents an increase from TSL 4 in all cases.
DOE presents the results for the TSLs in this document, while the
results for all efficiency levels that DOE analyzed are in the direct
final rule TSD.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\74\ For BIC, the considered EL is lower at TSL 3 than TSL 2 due
to the relatively high Energy Star level included in TSL 2.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table V.1 presents the TSLs and the corresponding efficiency levels
that DOE has identified for potential amended energy conservation
standards for MREFs.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.022
[[Page 38804]]
B. Economic Justification and Energy Savings
1. Economic Impacts on Individual Consumers
DOE analyzed the economic impacts on MREF consumers by looking at
the effects that potential amended standards at each TSL would have on
the LCC and PBP. DOE also examined the impacts of potential standards
on selected consumer subgroups. These analyses are discussed in the
following sections.
a. Life-Cycle Cost and Payback Period
In general, higher-efficiency products affect consumers in two
ways: (1) purchase price increases and (2) annual operating costs
decrease. Inputs used for calculating the LCC and PBP include total
installed costs (i.e., product price plus installation costs), and
operating costs (i.e., annual energy use, energy prices, energy price
trends, repair costs, and maintenance costs). The LCC calculation also
uses product lifetime and a discount rate. Chapter 8 of the direct
final rule TSD provides detailed information on the LCC and PBP
analyses.
Tables V.2 through V.17 show the LCC and PBP results for the TSLs
considered for each product class. In the first of each pair of tables,
the simple payback is measured relative to the baseline product. In the
second table, the impacts are measured relative to the efficiency
distribution in the no-new-standards case in the compliance year (see
section IV.F.8 of this document). Because some consumers purchase
products with higher efficiency in the no-new-standards case, the
average savings are less than the difference between the average LCC of
the baseline product and the average LCC at each TSL. The savings refer
only to consumers who are affected by a standard at a given TSL. Those
who already purchase a product with efficiency at or above a given TSL
are not affected. Consumers for whom the LCC increases at a given TSL
experience a net cost.
BILLING CODE 6450-01-P
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.023
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.024
[[Page 38805]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.025
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.026
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.027
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.028
[[Page 38806]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.029
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.030
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.031
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.032
[[Page 38807]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.033
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.034
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.035
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.036
[[Page 38808]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.037
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.038
b. Consumer Subgroup Analysis
In the consumer subgroup analysis, DOE estimated the impact of the
considered TSLs on senior-only households, which account for 8.7% of
the total MREF household sample. DOE did not consider low-income
consumers in this direct final rule because MREFs are not products
generally used by this subgroup, as they typically cost more than
comparable compact refrigerators, which are able to maintain lower
temperatures compared to MREFs, and therefore serve a wider range of
applications. Based on the TraQline wine chiller data, less than 4
percent of MREF owners are below the federal household income threshold
for poverty. Table V.18 compares the average LCC savings and PBP at
each efficiency level for the senior-only consumer subgroup with
similar metrics for the entire consumer sample for all product classes.
In most cases, the average LCC savings and PBP for senior-only
households at the considered efficiency levels are improved (i.e.,
higher LCC savings and equal or lesser payback periods) from the
average for all households. Chapter 11 of the direct final rule TSD
presents the complete LCC and PBP results for the subgroup.
[[Page 38809]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.039
BILLING CODE 6450-01-C
c. Rebuttable Presumption Payback
As discussed in section IV.F.9 of this document, EPCA establishes a
rebuttable presumption that an energy conservation standard is
economically justified if the increased purchase cost for a product
that meets the standard is less than three times the value of the
first-year energy savings resulting from the standard. (42 U.S.C.
6295(o)(2)(B)(iii)) In calculating a rebuttable presumption payback
period for each of the considered TSLs, DOE used discrete values and,
as required by EPCA, based the energy use calculation on the DOE test
procedure for MREFs. In contrast, the PBPs presented in section V.B.1.a
of this document were calculated using distributions that reflect the
range of energy use in the field.
Table V.19 presents the rebuttable-presumption payback periods for
the considered TSLs for MREFs. While DOE examined the rebuttable-
presumption criterion, it considered whether the standard levels
considered for this rule are economically justified through a
[[Page 38810]]
more detailed analysis of the economic impacts of those levels,
pursuant to 42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i), that considers the full range
of impacts to the consumer, manufacturer, Nation, and environment. The
results of that analysis serve as the basis for DOE to definitively
evaluate the economic justification for a potential standard level,
thereby supporting or rebutting the results of any preliminary
determination of economic justification.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.040
2. Economic Impacts on Manufacturers
DOE performed an MIA to estimate the impact of amended energy
conservation standards on manufacturers of MREFs. The next section
describes the expected impacts on manufacturers at each considered TSL.
Chapter 12 of the direct final rule TSD explains the analysis in
further detail.
a. Industry Cash Flow Analysis Results
In this section, DOE provides GRIM results from the analysis, which
examines changes in the industry that would result from a standard. The
following tables summarize the estimated financial impacts (represented
by changes in INPV) of potential amended energy conservation standards
on manufacturers of MREFs, as well as the conversion costs that DOE
estimates manufacturers of MREFs would incur at each TSL.
The impact of amended energy conservation standards was analyzed
under two scenarios: (1) the preservation-of-gross-margin percentage;
and (2) the preservation-of-operating-profit, as discussed in section
IV.J.2.d of this document. The preservation-of-gross-margin percentages
applies a ``gross margin percentage'' of 20 percent for FCC and 28
percent for all other product classes.\75\ This scenario assumes that a
manufacturer's per-unit dollar profit would increase as MPCs increase
in the standards cases and represents the upper-bound to industry
profitability under potential new or amended energy conservation
standards.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\75\ The gross margin percentages of 20 percent and 28 percent
are based on manufacturer markups of 1.25 and 1.38 percent,
respectively.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The preservation-of-operating-profit scenario reflects
manufacturers' concerns about their inability to maintain margins as
MPCs increase to reach more stringent efficiency levels. In this
scenario, while manufacturers make the necessary investments required
to convert their facilities to produce compliant products, operating
profit does not change in absolute dollars and decreases as a
percentage of revenue. The preservation-of-operating-profit scenario
results in the lower (or more severe) bound to impacts of potential
amended standards on industry.
Each of the modeled scenarios results in a unique set of cash flows
and corresponding INPV for each TSL. INPV is the sum of the discounted
cash flows to the industry from the base year through the end of the
analysis period. The ``change in INPV'' refers to the difference in
industry value between the no-new-standards case and standards case at
each TSL. To provide perspective on the short-run cash flow impact, DOE
includes a comparison of free cash flow between the no-new-standards
case and the standards case at each TSL in the year before amended
standards would take effect. This figure provides an understanding of
the magnitude of the required conversion costs relative to the cash
flow generated by the industry in the no-new-standards case.
Conversion costs are one-time investments for manufacturers to
bring their manufacturing facilities and product designs into
compliance with potential amended standards. As described in section
IV.J.2.c of this document, conversion cost investments occur between
the year of publication of the direct final rule and the year by which
manufacturers must comply with the amended standards. The conversion
costs can have a significant impact on the short-term cash flow of the
industry and generally result in lower free cash flow in the period
between the publication of the direct final rule and the compliance
date of potential amended standards. Conversion costs are independent
of the manufacturer markup scenarios and are not presented as a range
in this analysis.
[[Page 38811]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.041
The following cash flow discussion refers to product classes as
defined in Table I.1 in section I of this document and the efficiency
levels and design options as detailed in Table IV.4 in section IV.C.3
of this document.
At TSL 1, the standard represents a modest increase in efficiency,
corresponding to the lowest analyzed efficiency level above baseline
for all classes, except product classes C-9 and C-9-BI at baseline
efficiency. The change in INPV is expected to range from -4.2 to -3.8
percent. At this level, the free cash flow is estimated to decrease by
41.5 percent compared to the no-new-standards case value of $60.4
million in the year 2028, the year before the standards year.
Currently, 24.4 percent of MREF shipments meet the efficiencies
required at TSL 1. See Table V.21 for the percentage of shipments that
meet each TSL by product class.
DOE analyzed implementing various design options for the range of
directly analyzed product classes. These design options could include
implementing more efficient single-speed compressors, tube and fin
evaporators and/or condensers, hot walls, and argon-filled glass. At
TSL 1, capital conversion costs are minimal because most manufacturers
can incorporate design options with component changes. Product
conversion costs may be necessary for sourcing components, building
prototypes, and testing new components. DOE estimates capital
conversion costs of $1.3 million and product conversion costs of $54.0
million. Conversion costs total $55.3 million.
At TSL 1, the shipment-weighted average MPC for all MREFs is
expected to increase by 0.7 percent relative to the no-new-standards
case shipment-weighted average MPC for all MREFs in 2029. Given the
relatively small increase in production costs, DOE does not project a
notable drop in shipments in the year the standard takes effect. In the
preservation-of-gross-margin percentage scenario, the minor increase in
cashflow from the higher MSP is slightly outweighed by the $55.3
million in conversion costs, causing a small negative change in INPV at
TSL 1 under this scenario. Under the preservation-of-operating-profit
scenario, manufacturers earn the same per-unit operating profit as
would be earned in the no-new-standards case, but manufacturers do not
earn additional profit from their investments. In this scenario, the
manufacturer markup decreases in 2030, the year after the analyzed 2029
compliance year. This reduction in the manufacturer markup and the
$55.3 million in conversion costs incurred by manufacturers cause a
slightly negative change in INPV at TSL 1 under the preservation-of-
operating-profit scenario. See section IV.J.2.d of this document for
details on the manufacturer markup scenarios.
TSL 2 represents efficiency levels consistent with ENERGY STAR
requirements for coolers and a modest increase in efficiency for
certain combination cooler product classes. The change in INPV is
expected to range from -6.1 to -4.6 percent. At this level, the free
cash flow is estimated to decrease by 43.1 percent compared to the no-
new-standards case value of $60.4 million in the year 2028, the year
before the standards year. Currently, 12.6 percent of MREF shipments
meet the efficiencies required at TSL 2.
The design options DOE analyzed for most product classes include
implementing similar design options as TSL 1, such as more efficient
single-speed compressors. For FCC, C-13A, and C-13A-BI, TSL 2
corresponds to EL 2. For BICC and BIC, TSL 2 corresponds to EL 3. For
the remaining product classes, the efficiencies required at TSL 2 are
the same as TSL 1. The increase in conversion costs compared to TSL 1
are largely driven by the higher efficiencies required for BICs, which
account for 3.5 percent of MREF shipments. For BIC products that do not
[[Page 38812]]
meet this level, increasing insulation thickness would likely mean new
cabinets, liners, and fixtures as well as new shelf designs.
Implementing variable-speed compressors could require more advanced
controls and electronics and new test stations. DOE estimates capital
conversion costs of $6.4 million and product conversion costs of $68.4
million. Conversion costs total $74.8 million.
At TSL 2, the shipment-weighted average MPC for all MREFs is
expected to increase by 3.4 percent relative to the no-new-standards
case shipment-weighted average MPC for all MREFs in 2029. In the
preservation-of-gross-margin percentage scenario, the minor increase in
cashflow from the higher MSP is slightly outweighed by the $74.8
million in conversion costs, causing a small negative change in INPV at
TSL 2 under this scenario. Under the preservation-of-operating-profit
scenario, manufacturers earn the same per-unit operating profit as
would be earned in the no-new-standards case, but manufacturers do not
earn additional profit from their investments. In this scenario, the
manufacturer markup decreases in 2030, the year after the analyzed
compliance year. This reduction in the manufacturer markup and the
$74.8 million in conversion costs incurred by manufacturers cause a
negative change in INPV at TSL 2 under the preservation-of-operating-
profit scenario.
TSL 3 increases the efficiency for FCs by an additional 10 percent
compared to TSL 2, and TSL 3 decreases the efficiency for BICs by 10
percent. Combination coolers are at the same efficiency levels as TSL
2. The change in INPV is expected to range from -5.7 to -4.4 percent.
At this level, free cash flow is estimated to decrease by 40.7 percent
compared to the no-new-standards case value of $60.4 million in the
year 2028, the year before the standards year. Currently, approximately
5.8 percent of domestic MREF shipments meet the efficiencies required
at TSL 3.
At this level, DOE analyzed similar design options as TSL 1 and TSL
2, such as implementing incrementally more efficient single-speed
compressors. For all product classes except FC and BIC, the
efficiencies required at TSL 3 are the same as TSL 2. For FC, TSL 3
corresponds to EL 2. For BIC, TSL 3 reflects a lower efficiency level
(EL 2) as compared to TSL 2 (EL 3). Industry capital conversion costs
decrease at TSL 3 as compared to TSL 2 due to the lower efficiency
level required for BIC. As previously discussed, DOE expects
manufacturers of BIC would likely need to increase insulation thickness
at TSL 2 (EL 3) and incorporate variable-speed compressors. However, at
TSL 3, DOE's engineering analysis and manufacturer feedback indicate
that manufacturers could achieve EL 2 efficiencies for BIC with
relatively straightforward component swaps versus a larger product
redesign associated with increasing insulation. DOE estimates capital
conversion costs of $1.3 million and product conversion costs of $70.8
million. Conversion costs total $72.1 million.
At TSL 3, the shipment-weighted average MPC for all MREFs is
expected to increase by 3.2 percent relative to the no-new-standards
case shipment-weighted average MPC for all MREFs in 2029. In the
preservation-of-gross-margin-percentage scenario, the slight increase
in cashflow from the higher MSP is outweighed by the $72.1 million in
conversion costs, causing a slightly negative change in INPV at TSL 3
under this scenario. Under the preservation-of-operating-profit
scenario, the manufacturer markup decreases in 2030, the year after the
analyzed compliance year. This reduction in the manufacturer markup and
the $72.1 million in conversion costs incurred by manufacturers cause a
slightly negative change in INPV at TSL 3 under the preservation-of-
operating-profit scenario.
At the Recommended TSL (i.e., TSL 4), the standard reflects an
increase in efficiency level for the product classes that make up the
vast majority of MREF shipments (FCC, FC, C-13A). The Recommended TSL
further increases the standard level adopted in this direct final rule
for all product classes except BICC, BIC, C-3A, and C-3A-BI. The change
in INPV is expected to range from -11.4 to -7.5 percent. At this level,
free cash flow is estimated to decrease by 78.2 percent compared to the
no-new-standards case value of $60.4 million in the year 2028, the year
before the standards year. Currently, approximately 3.9 percent of
domestic MREF shipments meet the efficiencies required at the
Recommended TSL.
At the Recommended TSL, all product classes correspond to EL 3,
except BIC, C-3A, C-3A-BI, C-9, and C-9-BI. For BIC, the Recommended
TSL corresponds to EL 2. For C-3A, the efficiencies required at the
Recommended TSL are the same as TSL 3 (EL 1). For C-3A-BI, the
Recommended TSL corresponds to EL 1. Both C-9 and C-9-BI correspond to
baseline efficiency. At this level, conversion costs are largely driven
by the efficiencies required for FC, which accounts for approximately
11.8 percent of industry shipments. DOE's shipments analysis estimates
that no FC shipments currently meet the efficiencies required at the
Recommended TSL. All manufacturers would need to update their product
platforms, which could include increasing insulation thickness and
implementing variable-speed compressors. Increasing insulation
thickness would likely result in the loss of interior volume or an
increase in exterior product dimensions. A decrease of interior volume
would require redesign of the cabinet as well as the designs and
tooling associated with the interior of the product, such as the liner,
shelving, racks, and drawers. DOE estimates capital conversion costs of
$26.6 million and product conversion costs of $104.1 million.
Conversion costs total $130.7 million.
At the Recommended TSL, the shipment-weighted average MPC for all
MREFs is expected to increase by 8.1 percent relative to the no-new-
standards case shipment-weighted average MPC for all MREFs in 2029.
Given the projected increase in production costs, DOE expects an
estimated 4 percent drop in shipments in the year the standard takes
effect relative to the no-new-standards case. In the preservation-of-
gross-margin-percentage scenario, the increase in cashflow from the
higher MSP is outweighed by the $130.7 million in conversion costs and
the drop in annual shipments, causing a negative change in INPV at the
Recommended TSL under this scenario. Under the preservation-of-
operating-profit scenario, the manufacturer markup decreases in 2030,
the year after the analyzed compliance year. This reduction in the
manufacturer markup, the $130.7 million in conversion costs incurred by
manufacturers, and the drop in annual shipments cause a negative change
in INPV at the Recommended TSL under the preservation-of-operating-
profit scenario.
TSL 5 represents max-tech efficiency levels for all product
classes. The change in INPV is expected to range from -52.1 to -35.1
percent. At this level, free cash flow is estimated to decrease by
381.5 percent compared to the no-new-standards case value of $60.4
million in the year 2028, the year before the standards year.
Currently, approximately 2.9 percent of domestic MREF shipments meet
the efficiencies required at TSL 5.
DOE's shipments analysis estimates that no shipments meet the
efficiencies required across all product classes except for BICC, which
account for only 4 percent of industry shipments. A max-tech standard
would necessitate significant investment to redesign
[[Page 38813]]
nearly all product platforms and incorporate design options such as the
most efficient variable-speed compressors, triple-pane glass, increased
foam insulation thickness, and VIP technology. Capital conversion costs
may be necessary for new tooling for VIP placement as well as new
testing stations for high-efficiency components. Increasing insulation
thickness would likely result in the loss of interior volume or an
increase in exterior product dimensions. Loss of interior volume would
require redesign of the cabinet as well as the designs and tooling
associated with the interior of the product, such as the liner,
shelving, racks, and drawers. Product conversion costs at max-tech are
significant as manufacturers work to completely redesign their product
platforms. For products implementing VIPs, product conversion costs may
be necessary for prototyping and testing for VIP placement, design, and
sizing. Manufacturers implementing triple-pane glass may need to
redesign the door frame and hinges to support the added thickness and
weight. DOE estimates capital conversion costs of $179.7 million and
product conversion costs of $375.3 million. Conversion costs total
$555.1 million.
At TSL 5, the large conversion costs result in a free cash flow
dropping below zero in the years before the standards year. The
negative free cash flow calculation indicates manufacturers may need to
access cash reserves or outside capital to finance conversion efforts.
At TSL 5, the shipment-weighted average MPC for all MREFs is
expected to increase by 32.7 percent relative to the no-new-standards
case shipment-weighted average MPC for all MREFs in 2029. Given the
projected increase in production costs, DOE expects an estimated 13
percent drop in shipments in the year the standard takes effect
relative to the no-new-standards case. In the preservation-of-gross-
margin-percentage scenario, the increase in cashflow from the higher
MSP is outweighed by the $555.1 million in conversion costs and drop in
annual shipments, causing a significant negative change in INPV at TSL
5 under this scenario. Under the preservation-of-operating-profit
scenario, the manufacturer markup decreases in 2030, the year after the
analyzed compliance year. This reduction in the manufacturer markup,
the $555.1 million in conversion costs incurred by manufacturers, and
the drop in annual shipments cause a significant decrease in INPV at
TSL 5 under the preservation-of-operating-profit scenario.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.042
b. Direct Impacts on Employment
To quantitatively assess the potential impacts of amended energy
conservation standards on direct employment in the MREF industry, DOE
used the GRIM to estimate the domestic labor expenditures and number of
direct employees in the no-new-standards case and in each of the
standards cases during the analysis period. For this direct final rule,
DOE used the most up-to-date information available. DOE calculated
these values using statistical data from the 2021 ASM,\76\ BLS employee
compensation data,\77\ results from the engineering analysis, and
manufacturer interviews conducted in support of the March 2023 NOPR.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\76\ U.S. Census Bureau, Annual Survey of Manufactures.
``Summary Statistics for Industry Groups and Industries in the U.S
(2021).'' Available at www.census.gov/programs-surveys/asm/data.html
(last accessed July 5, 2023).
\77\ U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics. Employer Costs for
Employee Compensation--June 2023. September 12, 2023. Available at
www.bls.gov/news.release/pdf/ecec.pdf (last accessed October 30,
2023).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Labor expenditures related to product manufacturing depend on the
labor intensity of the product, the sales volume, and an assumption
that wages remain fixed in real terms over time. The total labor
expenditures in each year are calculated by multiplying the total MPCs
by the labor percentage of MPCs. The total labor expenditures in the
GRIM were then converted to total production employment levels by
dividing production labor expenditures by the average fully burdened
wage multiplied by the average number of hours worked per year per
production worker. To do this, DOE relied on the ASM inputs: Production
Workers Annual Wages, Production Workers Annual Hours, Production
Workers for Pay Period, and Number of Employees. DOE also relied on the
BLS employee compensation data to determine the fully burdened wage
ratio. The fully burdened wage ratio factors in paid leave,
supplemental pay, insurance, retirement and savings, and legally
required benefits.
The number of production employees is then multiplied by the U.S.
labor Percentage to convert total production employment to total
domestic production employment. The U.S. labor percentage represents
the industry fraction of domestic manufacturing
[[Page 38814]]
production capacity for the covered product. This value is derived from
manufacturer interviews, product database analysis, and publicly
available information. Consistent with the March 2023 NOPR, DOE
estimates that 7.8 percent of MREFs are produced domestically.
The domestic production employees estimate covers production line
workers, including line supervisors, who are directly involved in
fabricating and assembling products within the OEM facility. Workers
performing services that are closely associated with production
operations, such as materials-handling tasks using forklifts, are also
included as production labor. DOE's estimates only account for
production workers who manufacture the specific products covered by
this rulemaking.
Non-production workers account for the remainder of the direct
employment figure. The non-production employees estimate covers
domestic workers who are not directly involved in the production
process, such as sales, engineering, human resources, and
management.\78\ Using the amount of domestic production workers
calculated above, non-production domestic employees are extrapolated by
multiplying the ratio of non-production workers in the industry
compared to production employees. DOE assumes that this employee
distribution ratio remains constant between the no-new-standards case
and standards cases.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\78\ The comprehensive description of production and non-
production workers is available at ``Definitions and Instructions
for the Annual Survey of Manufacturers, MA-10000'' (pp. 13-14)
www2.census.gov/programs-surveys/asm/technical-documentation/questionnaire/2021/instructions/MA_10000_Instructions.pdf (last
accessed September 9, 2023).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Using the GRIM, DOE estimates in the absence of amended energy
conservation standards there would be 211 domestic production and non-
production workers for MREFs in 2029. Table V.22 shows the range of the
impacts of energy conservation standards on U.S. manufacturing
employment in the MREF industry. The following discussion provides a
qualitative evaluation of the range of potential impacts presented in
Table V.22.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.043
The direct employment impacts shown in Table V.22 represent the
potential domestic employment changes that could result following the
compliance date for the MREF product classes in this direct final rule.
The upper bound estimate corresponds to a change in the number of
domestic workers that would result from amended energy conservation
standards if manufacturers continue to produce the same scope of
covered products within the United States after compliance takes
effect. The lower bound estimate represents the maximum decrease in
production workers if manufacturing moved to lower labor-cost
countries. At lower TSLs, DOE believes the likelihood of changes in
production location due to amended standards are low due to the
relatively minor production line updates required. However, as amended
standards increase in stringency and both the complexity and cost of
production facility updates increases, manufacturers may reevaluate
domestic production siting options. Specifically, implementing VIPs
could necessitate additional labor content and significant capital
investment. However, at the Recommended TSL (i.e., TSL 4), none of the
analyzed product classes would likely require VIPs to meet the
recommended efficiency levels. Furthermore, DOE notes that of the six
manufacturers with U.S. manufacturing facilities producing MREFs, five
manufacturers are AHAM members, a key signatory of the Joint Agreement.
Additional detail on the analysis of direct employment can be found
in chapter 12 of the direct final rule TSD. Additionally, the
employment impacts discussed in this section are independent of the
employment impacts from the broader U.S. economy, which are documented
in chapter 16 of the direct final rule TSD.
c. Impacts on Manufacturing Capacity
In interviews, manufacturers noted that the majority of MREFs--
namely FCC--are manufactured in Asia and rebranded by home appliance
manufacturers. Manufacturers had few concerns about manufacturing
constraints below the max-tech level and the implementation of VIPs.
However, at max-tech, some manufacturers expressed technical
uncertainty about industry's ability to meet the efficiencies required
as few OEMs offer products at max-tech today. For example, DOE is not
aware of any OEMs that currently offer FCC that meet TSL 5
efficiencies. DOE's shipments analysis estimates that except for BICC,
which only accounts for 4 percent of MREF shipments, no shipments of
other product classes meet the max-tech efficiencies.
Some low-volume domestic and European-based OEMs offer niche or
high-end MREFs (i.e., built-ins, combination coolers, FCCs that can be
integrated into kitchen cabinetry). In interviews, these manufacturers
stated that, due to their low volume and wide range of product
offerings, they could face engineering resource constraints
[[Page 38815]]
should amended standards necessitate a significant redesign, such as
requiring insulation thickness changes for FCs at the Recommended TSL
(i.e., TSL 4) or requiring VIPs for all product classes at TSL 5. These
manufacturers further stated that the extent of their resource
constraints depend, in part, on the outcome of other ongoing DOE energy
conservation standards rulemakings that impact related products, in
particular, the energy conservation standards for RF. DOE notes that
the January 2024 RF Direct Final Rule amending the energy conservation
standards for RF was published in the Federal Register on January 17,
2024. 89 FR 3026. In that direct final rule, compliance with amended
standards would be required in 2029 or 2030, depending on the product
class, instead of 2027, as analyzed in the RF NOPR published in the
Federal Register on February 27, 2023. See 88 FR 12452. Thus,
manufacturers will have more time to redesign RF products to meet
amended standards, compared to the EPCA-specified compliance period.
Additionally, for OEMs that manufacture both MREFs and RFs, DOE expects
that the alignment of the compliance dates for these covered products
would help mitigate regulatory burden by reducing the number of times
manufacturers would need to reorganize production lines.
d. Impacts on Subgroups of Manufacturers
Using average cost assumptions to develop industry cash-flow
estimates may not capture the differential impacts among subgroups of
manufacturers. Small manufacturers, niche players, or manufacturers
exhibiting a cost structure that differs substantially from the
industry average could be affected disproportionately. DOE investigated
small businesses as a manufacturer subgroup that could be
disproportionally impacted by energy conservation standards and could
merit additional analysis.
DOE analyzes the impacts on small businesses in a separate analysis
for the standards proposed in the NOPR published elsewhere in this
issue of the Federal Register and in chapter 12 of the direct final
rule TSD. In summary, the SBA defines a ``small business'' as having
1,500 employees or less for NAICS 335220, ``Major Household Appliance
Manufacturing'' or as having 1,250 employees of less for the secondary
NAICS code of 333415: ``Air-Conditioning and Warm Air Heating Equipment
and Commercial and Industrial Refrigeration Equipment Manufacturing.''
Using the more conservative (i.e., more inclusive) threshold of 1,500
employees, DOE identified one domestic OEM that qualifies as small
business and is not foreign-owned and operated. For a discussion of the
impacts on the small business manufacturer group, see chapter 12 of the
direct final rule TSD.
e. Cumulative Regulatory Burden
One aspect of assessing manufacturer burden involves looking at the
cumulative impact of multiple DOE standards and the regulatory actions
of other Federal agencies and States that affect the manufacturers of a
covered product or equipment. While any one regulation may not impose a
significant burden on manufacturers, the combined effects of several
existing or impending regulations may have serious consequences for
some manufacturers, groups of manufacturers, or an entire industry.
Multiple regulations affecting the same manufacturer can strain profits
and lead companies to abandon product lines or markets with lower
expected future returns than competing products. For these reasons, DOE
conducts an analysis of cumulative regulatory burden as part of its
rulemakings pertaining to appliance efficiency.
For the cumulative regulatory burden analysis, DOE examines
Federal, product-specific regulations that could affect MREF
manufacturers that take effect approximately 3 years before and after
2029 the compliance date. This information is presented in Table V.23.
BILLING CODE 6450-01-P
[[Page 38816]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.044
[[Page 38817]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.045
BILLING CODE 6450-01-C
As shown in Table V.23, most of the rulemakings with the largest
overlap of MREF OEMs include RFs, consumer conventional cooking
products, residential clothes washers, consumer clothes dryers, and
MREFs, which are all part of the multi-product Joint Agreement
submitted by interested parties.\79\ The multi-product Joint Agreement
states the ``jointly recommended compliance dates will achieve the
overall energy and economic benefits of this agreement while allowing
necessary lead-times for manufacturers to redesign products and retool
manufacturing plants to meet the recommended standards across product
categories.'' (Joint Agreement, No. 34 at p. 2) As discussed
previously, the staggered compliance dates help mitigate manufacturers'
concerns about their ability to allocate sufficient resources to comply
with multiple concurrent amended standards and about the need to align
compliance dates for products that are typically designed or sold as
matched pairs. See section IV.J.3 of this document for stakeholder
comments about cumulative regulatory burden. See Table V.24 for a
comparison of the estimated compliance dates based on EPCA-specified
timelines and the compliance dates detailed in the Joint Agreement.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\79\ The microwave ovens energy conservation standards final
rule (88 FR 39912), which has 8 overlapping OEMs, was published
prior to the joint submission of the multi-product Joint Agreement.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 38818]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.046
3. National Impact Analysis
This section presents DOE's estimates of the national energy
savings and the NPV of consumer benefits that would result from each of
the TSLs considered as potential amended standards.
a. Significance of Energy Savings
To estimate the energy savings attributable to potential amended
standards for MREFs, DOE compared their energy consumption under the
no-new-standards case to their anticipated energy consumption under
each TSL. The savings are measured over the entire lifetime of products
purchased in the 30-year period that begins in the year of anticipated
compliance with amended standards (2029-2058). Table V.25 presents
DOE's projections of the national energy savings for each TSL
considered for MREFs. The savings were calculated using the approach
described in section IV.H.2 of this document.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.047
OMB Circular A-4 \80\ requires agencies to present analytical
results, including separate schedules of the monetized benefits and
costs that show the type and timing of benefits and costs. Circular A-4
also directs agencies to consider the variability of key elements
underlying the estimates of benefits and costs. For this rulemaking,
DOE undertook a sensitivity analysis using 9 years, rather than 30
years, of product shipments. The choice of a 9-year period is a proxy
for the timeline in EPCA for the review of certain energy conservation
standards and potential revision of and compliance with such revised
standards.\81\ The review timeframe established in EPCA is generally
not synchronized with the product lifetime, product manufacturing
cycles, or other factors specific to MREFs. Thus, such results are
presented for informational purposes only and are not indicative of any
change in DOE's analytical methodology. The NES sensitivity analysis
results based on a 9-year analytical period are presented in Table
V.26. The impacts are counted over the lifetime of MREFs purchased in
2029-2037.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\80\ U.S. Office of Management and Budget. Circular A-4:
Regulatory Analysis. Available at www.whitehouse.gov/omb/information-for-agencies/circulars/ (last accessed January 5, 2024).
DOE used the prior version of Circular A-4 (2003) as a result of the
effective date of the new version.
\81\ EPCA requires DOE to review its standards at least once
every 6 years, and requires, for certain products, a 3-year period
after any new standard is promulgated before compliance is required,
except that in no case may any new standards be required within 6
years of the compliance date of the previous standards. (42 U.S.C.
6295(m)) While adding a 6-year review to the 3-year compliance
period adds up to 9 years, DOE notes that it may undertake reviews
at any time within the 6-year period and that the 3-year compliance
date may yield to the 6-year backstop. A 9-year analysis period may
not be appropriate given the variability that occurs in the timing
of standards reviews and the fact that for some products, the
compliance period is 5 years rather than 3 years.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 38819]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.048
b. Net Present Value of Consumer Costs and Benefits
DOE estimated the cumulative NPV of the total costs and savings for
consumers that would result from the TSLs considered for MREFs. In
accordance with OMB's guidelines on regulatory analysis,\82\ DOE
calculated NPV using both a 7-percent and a 3-percent real discount
rate. Table V.27 shows the consumer NPV results with impacts counted
over the lifetime of products purchased in 2029-2058.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\82\ U.S. Office of Management and Budget. Circular A-4:
Regulatory Analysis. Available at www.whitehouse.gov/omb/information-for-agencies/circulars/ (last accessed January 5, 2024).
DOE used the prior version of Circular A-4 (2003) as a result of the
effective date of the new version.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.049
The NPV results based on the aforementioned 9-year analytical
period are presented in Table V.28. The impacts are counted over the
lifetime of products purchased in 2029-2037. As mentioned previously,
such results are presented for informational purposes only and are not
indicative of any change in DOE's analytical methodology or decision
criteria.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.050
The previous results reflect the use of a default trend to estimate
the change in price for MREFs over the analysis period (see section
IV.H.3 of this document). DOE also conducted a sensitivity analysis
that considered a low benefits scenario which combines a lower rate of
price decline and AEO 2023 Low Economic Growth, as well as a high
benefits scenario which combines a higher rate of price decline and AEO
2023 High Economic Growth. The results of these alternative cases are
presented in appendix 10C of the direct final rule TSD. In the high
benefits scenario where high-price-decline case is applied, the NPV of
consumer benefits is higher than in the default case. In the low
benefits scenario where low-price-decline case is applied, the NPV of
consumer benefits is lower than in the default case.
c. Indirect Impacts on Employment
DOE estimates that amended energy conservation standards for MREFs
will reduce energy expenditures for consumers of those products, with
the resulting net savings being redirected to other forms of economic
activity. These expected shifts in spending and economic activity could
affect the demand for labor. As described in section IV.N of this
document, DOE used an input/output model of the U.S. economy to
estimate indirect employment impacts of the TSLs that DOE considered.
There are uncertainties involved in projecting employment impacts,
especially changes in the later years of the analysis. Therefore, DOE
generated results for near-term timeframes (2029-2033), where these
uncertainties are reduced.
The results suggest that the adopted standards are likely to have a
negligible impact on the net demand for labor in the economy. The net
change in jobs is so small that it would be imperceptible in national
labor statistics and might be offset by other, unanticipated effects on
employment. Chapter 16 of the direct final rule TSD presents detailed
results regarding anticipated indirect employment impacts.
4. Impact on Utility or Performance of Products
As discussed in section III.E.1.d of this document, DOE has
concluded that the standards adopted in this direct final rule will not
lessen the utility or performance of the MREFs under consideration in
this rulemaking. Manufacturers of these products
[[Page 38820]]
currently offer units that meet or exceed the adopted standards.
5. Impact of Any Lessening of Competition
DOE considered any lessening of competition that would be likely to
result from amended standards. As discussed in section III.E.1.e of
this document, EPCA directs the Attorney General of the United States
(``Attorney General'') to determine the impact, if any, of any
lessening of competition likely to result from a proposed standard and
to transmit such determination in writing to the Secretary within 60
days of the publication of a proposed rule, together with an analysis
of the nature and extent of the impact. To assist the Attorney General
in making this determination, DOE is providing DOJ with copies of this
direct final rule and the direct final rule TSD for review.
6. Need of the Nation To Conserve Energy
Enhanced energy efficiency, where economically justified, improves
the Nation's energy security, strengthens the economy, and reduces the
environmental impacts (costs) of energy production. Reduced electricity
demand due to energy conservation standards is also likely to reduce
the cost of maintaining the reliability of the electricity system,
particularly during peak-load periods. Chapter 15 in the direct final
rule TSD presents the estimated impacts on electricity-generating
capacity, relative to the no-new-standards case, for the TSLs that DOE
considered in this rulemaking.
Energy conservation resulting from potential energy conservation
standards for MREFs is expected to yield environmental benefits in the
form of reduced emissions of certain air pollutants and greenhouse
gases. Table V.29 provides DOE's estimate of cumulative emissions
reductions expected to result from the TSLs considered in this
rulemaking. The emissions were calculated using the multipliers
discussed in section IV.K of this document. DOE reports annual
emissions reductions for each TSL in chapter 13 of the direct final
rule TSD.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.051
As part of the analysis for this direct final rule, DOE estimated
monetary benefits likely to result from the reduced emissions of
CO2 that DOE estimated for each of the considered TSLs for
MREFs. Section IV.L of this document discusses the estimated SC-
CO2 values that DOE used. Table V.30 presents the value of
CO2 emissions reduction at each TSL for each of the SC-
CO2 cases. The time-series of annual values is presented for
the selected TSL in chapter 14 of the direct final rule TSD.
[[Page 38821]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.052
As discussed in section IV.L.2 of this document, DOE estimated the
climate benefits likely to result from the reduced emissions of methane
and N2O that DOE estimated for each of the considered TSLs
for MREFs. Table V.31 presents the value of the CH4
emissions reduction at each TSL, and Table V.32 presents the value of
the N2O emissions reduction at each TSL. The time-series of
annual values is presented for the selected TSL in chapter 14 of the
direct final rule TSD.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.053
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.054
DOE is well aware that scientific and economic knowledge about the
contribution of CO2 and other GHG emissions to changes in
the future global climate and the potential resulting damages to the
global and U.S. economy continues to evolve rapidly. DOE, together with
other Federal agencies, will continue to review methodologies for
estimating the monetary value of reductions in CO2 and other
GHG emissions. This ongoing review will consider the comments on this
subject that are part of the public record for this and other
rulemakings, as well as other methodological assumptions and issues.
DOE notes, however, that the adopted standards in this direct final
rule would be economically justified even without inclusion of
monetized benefits of reduced GHG emissions.
DOE also estimated the monetary value of the economic benefits
associated with NOX and SO2 emissions reductions
anticipated to result from the considered TSLs for MREFs. The dollar-
per-ton values that DOE used are discussed in section IV.L of this
document. Table V.33 presents the
[[Page 38822]]
present value for NOX emissions reduction for each TSL
calculated using 7-percent and 3-percent discount rates, and Table V.34
presents similar results for SO2 emissions reductions. The
results in these tables reflect application of EPA's low dollar-per-ton
values, which DOE used to be conservative. The time-series of annual
values is presented for the selected TSL in chapter 14 of the direct
final rule TSD.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.055
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.056
Not all the public health and environmental benefits from the
reduction of greenhouse gases, NOX, and SO2 are
captured in the values above, and additional unquantified benefits from
the reductions of those pollutants as well as from the reduction of
direct PM and other co-pollutants may be significant. DOE has not
included monetary benefits of the reduction of Hg emissions because the
amount of reduction is very small.
7. Other Factors
The Secretary of Energy, in determining whether a standard is
economically justified, may consider any other factors that the
Secretary deems to be relevant. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)(VII)) No
other factors were considered in this analysis.
8. Summary of Economic Impacts
Table V.35 presents the NPV values that result from adding the
estimates of the economic benefits resulting from reduced GHG and
NOX and SO2 emissions to the NPV of consumer
benefits calculated for each TSL considered in this rulemaking. The
consumer benefits are domestic U.S. monetary savings that occur as a
result of purchasing the covered MREFs and are measured for the
lifetime of products shipped in 2029-2058. The climate benefits
associated with reduced GHG emissions resulting from the adopted
standards are global benefits and are also calculated based on the
lifetime of MREFs shipped in 2029-2058.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.057
[[Page 38823]]
C. Conclusion
When considering new or amended energy conservation standards, the
standards that DOE adopts for any type (or class) of covered product
must be designed to achieve the maximum improvement in energy
efficiency that the Secretary determines is technologically feasible
and economically justified. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(A)) In determining
whether a standard is economically justified, the Secretary must
determine whether the benefits of the standard exceed its burdens by,
to the greatest extent practicable, considering the seven statutory
factors discussed previously. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(2)(B)(i)) The new or
amended standard must also result in significant conservation of
energy. (42 U.S.C. 6295(o)(3)(B))
For this direct final rule, DOE considered the impacts of amended
standards for MREFs at each TSL, beginning with the maximum
technologically feasible level, to determine whether that level was
economically justified. Where the max-tech level was not justified, DOE
then considered the next most efficient level and undertook the same
evaluation until it reached the highest efficiency level that is both
technologically feasible and economically justified and saves a
significant amount of energy.
To aid the reader as DOE discusses the benefits and/or burdens of
each TSL, tables in this section present a summary of the results of
DOE's quantitative analysis for each TSL. In addition to the
quantitative results presented in the tables, DOE also considers other
burdens and benefits that affect economic justification. These include
the impacts on identifiable subgroups of consumers who may be
disproportionately affected by a national standard and impacts on
employment.
DOE also notes that the economics literature provides a wide-
ranging discussion of how consumers trade off upfront costs and energy
savings in the absence of government intervention. Much of this
literature attempts to explain why consumers appear to undervalue
energy efficiency improvements, an issue known as the ``energy
efficiency gap''. There is evidence that consumers undervalue future
energy savings as a result of (1) a lack of information; (2) a lack of
sufficient salience of the long-term or aggregate benefits; (3) a lack
of sufficient savings to warrant delaying or altering purchases; (4)
excessive focus on the short term, in the form of inconsistent
weighting of future energy cost savings relative to available returns
on other investments; (5) computational or other difficulties
associated with the evaluation of relevant tradeoffs; and (6) a
divergence in incentives (for example, between renters and owners, or
builders and purchasers).\83\ Having less than perfect foresight and a
high degree of uncertainty about the future, consumers may trade off
these types of investments at a higher than expected rate between
current consumption and uncertain future energy cost savings.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\83\ Gillingham and Palmer (2014), Gerarden et al. (2015) and
Allcott and Greenstone (2012) discuss a wide range of potential
factors contributing to the energy efficiency gap.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
In DOE's current regulatory analysis, potential changes in the
benefits and costs of a regulation due to changes in consumer purchase
decisions are included in two ways. First, if consumers forgo the
purchase of a product in the standards case, this decreases sales for
product manufacturers, and the impact on manufacturers attributed to
lost revenue is included in the MIA. Second, DOE accounts for energy
savings attributable only to products actually used by consumers in the
standards case; if a standard decreases the number of products
purchased by consumers, this decreases the potential energy savings
from an energy conservation standard. DOE provides estimates of
shipments and changes in the volume of product purchases in chapter 9
of the direct final rule TSD. However, DOE's current analysis does not
explicitly control for heterogeneity in consumer preferences,
preferences across subcategories of products or specific features, or
consumer price sensitivity variation according to household income.\84\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\84\ P.C. Reiss and M.W. White. Household Electricity Demand,
Revisited. Review of Economic Studies. 2005. 72(3): pp. 853-883.
doi: 10.1111/0034-6527.00354.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
DOE continues to explore additional potential updates to the
quantifiable framework for estimating the benefits and costs of changes
in consumer purchase decisions due to an energy conservation standard,
and DOE is committed to developing a framework that can support
empirical quantitative tools for improved assessment of the consumer
welfare impacts of appliance standards. DOE has posted a paper that
discusses the issue of consumer welfare impacts of appliance energy
conservation standards and potential enhancements to the methodology by
which these impacts are defined and estimated in the regulatory
process.\85\ DOE welcomes comments on how to more fully assess the
potential impact of energy conservation standards on consumer choice
and how to quantify this impact in its regulatory analysis in future
rulemakings.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\85\ Sanstad, A.H. Notes on the Economics of Household Energy
Consumption and Technology Choice. 2010. Lawrence Berkeley National
Laboratory. Available at www1.eere.energy.gov/buildings/appliance_standards/pdfs/consumer_ee_theory.pdf (last accessed
November 29, 2023).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Benefits and Burdens of TSLs Considered for MREF Standards
Tables V.36 and V.37 summarize the quantitative impacts estimated
for each TSL for MREFs. The national impacts are measured over the
lifetime of MREFs purchased in the 30-year period that begins in the
anticipated year of compliance with amended standards (2029-2058). The
energy savings, emissions reductions, and value of emissions reductions
refer to full-fuel-cycle results. DOE is presenting monetized benefits
of GHG emissions reductions in accordance with the applicable Executive
orders and DOE would reach the same conclusion presented in this
document in the absence of the estimated benefits from reductions in
GHG emissions, including the Interim Estimates presented by the
Interagency Working Group. The efficiency levels contained in each TSL
are described in section V.A of this document.
BILLING CODE 6450-01-P
[[Page 38824]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.058
[[Page 38825]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.059
BILLING CODE 6450-01-C
DOE first considered TSL 5, which represents the max-tech
efficiency levels. For coolers (i.e., FCC, FC, BICC, and BIC), which
account for approximately 82 percent of MREF shipments, DOE expects
that products would require use of VIPs, VSCs, and triple-glazed doors
at this TSL. DOE expects that VIPs would be used in the products' side
walls. In addition, the products would use the best-available-
efficiency variable-speed compressors, forced-convection heat
exchangers with multi-speed brushless-DC (``BLDC'') fans, and increase
in cabinet wall thickness as compared to most baseline products. TSL 5
would save an estimated 0.55 quads of energy, an amount which DOE
considers significant. Under TSL 5, the NPV of consumer benefit would
be negative, i.e., -$1.36 billion using a discount rate of 7 percent,
and -$1.68 billion using a discount rate of 3 percent.
The cumulative emissions reductions at TSL 5 are 10.0 Mt of
CO2, 3.15 thousand tons of SO2, 18.5 thousand
tons of NOX, 0.02 tons of Hg, 83.4 thousand tons of
CH4, and 0.10 thousand tons of N2O. The estimated
monetary value of the climate benefits from reduced GHG emissions
(associated with the average SC-GHG at a 3-percent discount rate) at
TSL 5 is $0.6 billion. The estimated monetary value of the health
benefits from
[[Page 38826]]
reduced SO2 and NOX emissions at TSL 5 is $0.4
billion using a 7-percent discount rate and $1.1 billion using a 3-
percent discount rate.
Using a 7-percent discount rate for consumer benefits and costs,
health benefits from reduced SO2 and NOX
emissions, and the 3-percent discount rate case for climate benefits
from reduced GHG emissions, the estimated total NPV at TSL 5 is -$0.4
billion. Using a 3-percent discount rate for all benefits and costs,
the estimated total NPV at TSL 5 is -$0.07 billion. The estimated total
monetized NPV is provided for additional information, however,
consistent with the statutory factors and framework for along with
appropriate consideration of its full range of statutory factors when
determining whether a proposed standard level is economically
justified, DOE considers a range of quantitative and qualitative
benefits and burdens, including the costs and cost savings for
consumers, impacts to consumer subgroups, energy savings, emission
reductions, and impacts on manufacturers.
At TSL 5, for the product classes with the largest market share,
which are FCC, FC, and C-13A and together account for approximately 92
percent of annual shipments, the LCC savings are all negative (-$45.3,
-$178.8, and -$73.4, respectively) and their payback periods are 13.0
years, 29.9 years, and 19.5 years, respectively, which are all longer
than their corresponding average lifetimes. For these product classes,
the fraction of consumers experiencing a net LCC cost is 81.6 percent,
98.2 percent, and 93.9 percent due to increases in first cost of
$185.0, $420.5, and $167.5, respectively. Overall, a majority of MREF
consumers (84.5 percent) would experience a net cost and the average
LCC savings would be negative for all analyzed product classes.
At TSL 5, the projected change in INPV ranges from a decrease of
$421.0 million to a decrease of $283.2 million, which corresponds to
decreases of 51.2 percent and 35.1 percent, respectively. DOE estimates
that industry must invest $555.1 million to comply with standards set
at TSL 5.
DOE estimates that approximately 2.9 percent of current MREF
shipments meet the max-tech levels. For FCC, FC, and C-13A, which
together account for approximately 92 percent of annual shipments, DOE
estimates that zero shipments currently meet max-tech efficiencies.
At TSL 5, manufacturers would likely need to implement all the most
efficient design options analyzed in the engineering analysis.
Manufacturers that do not currently offer products that meet TSL 5
efficiencies would need to develop new product platforms, which would
require significant investment. Conversion costs are driven by the need
for changes to cabinet construction, such as increasing foam insulation
thickness and/or incorporating VIP technology. Increasing insulation
thickness could result in a loss of interior volume or an increase in
exterior volume. If manufacturers chose to maintain exterior
dimensions, increasing insulation thickness would require redesign of
the cabinet as well as the designs and tooling associated with the
interior of the product, such as the liner, shelving, racks, and
drawers. Incorporating VIPs into MREF designs could also require
redesign of the cabinet to maximize the efficiency benefit of this
technology. In addition to insulation changes, manufacturers may need
to implement triple-pane glass, which could require implementing
reinforced hinges and redesigning the door structure.
At this level, DOE estimates a 13-percent drop in shipments in the
year the standard takes effect compared to the no-new-standards case,
as some consumers may forgo purchasing a new MREF due to the increased
upfront cost of baseline models.
At TSL 5 for MREFs, the Secretary concludes that the benefits of
energy savings, emission reductions, and the estimated monetary value
of the emissions reductions would be outweighed by the economic burden
on many consumers, negative NPV of consumer benefits, and the impacts
on manufacturers, including the significant potential reduction in
INPV. A majority of MREF consumers (84.5 percent) would experience a
net cost and the average LCC savings would be negative. Additionally,
manufacturers would need to make significant upfront investments to
update product platforms. The potential reduction in INPV could be as
high as 52.1 percent. Consequently, the Secretary has concluded that
TSL 5 is not economically justified.
DOE then considered the Recommended TSL (i.e., TSL 4), which
represents EL 3 for all analyzed product classes except for C-3A and C-
3A-BI, for which this TSL corresponds to EL 1 and BIC, for which this
TSL corresponds to EL 2. At the Recommended TSL, products of most
classes would use high-efficiency single-speed compressors with forced-
convection evaporators and condensers using brushless DC fan motors.
Doors would be double-glazed with low-conductivity gas fill (e.g.,
argon) and a single low-emissivity glass layer. Products would not
require use of VIPs, but the FC product class would require thicker
walls than corresponding baseline products. The Recommended TSL would
save an estimated 0.32 quads of energy, an amount DOE considers
significant. Under the Recommended TSL, the NPV of consumer benefit
would be $0.17 billion using a discount rate of 7 percent, and $0.77
billion using a discount rate of 3 percent.
The cumulative emissions reductions at the Recommended TSL are 5.9
Mt of CO2, 1.8 thousand tons of SO2, 10.8
thousand tons of NOX, 0.01 tons of Hg, 48.6 thousand tons of
CH4, and 0.06 thousand tons of N2O. The estimated
monetary value of the climate benefits from reduced GHG emissions
(associated with the average SC-GHG at a 3-percent discount rate) at
the Recommended TSL is $0.3 billion. The estimated monetary value of
the health benefits from reduced SO2 and NOX
emissions at the Recommended TSL is $0.2 billion using a 7-percent
discount rate and $0.6 billion using a 3-percent discount rate.
Using a 7-percent discount rate for consumer benefits and costs,
health benefits from reduced SO2 and NOX
emissions, and the 3-percent discount rate case for climate benefits
from reduced GHG emissions, the estimated total NPV at the Recommended
TSL is $0.7 billion. Using a 3-percent discount rate for all benefits
and costs, the estimated total NPV at the Recommended TSL is $1.7
billion. The estimated total monetized NPV is provided for additional
information, however, consistent with the statutory factors and
framework for determining whether a standard level is economically
justified, DOE considers a range of quantitative and qualitative
benefits and burdens, including the costs and cost savings for
consumers, impacts to consumer subgroups, energy savings, emission
reductions, and impacts on manufacturers.
At the Recommended TSL, for the product classes with the largest
market share, which are FCC, FC, and C-13A, the LCC savings are $12.6,
$28.0, and $12.0, respectively, and their payback periods are 6.8
years, 8.5 years, and 7.3 years, respectively, which are all shorter
than their corresponding average lifetimes. For these product classes,
the fraction of consumers experiencing a net LCC cost is 46.8 percent,
44.0 percent, and 47.2 percent, and increases in first cost for these
classes are $91.7, $360.9, and $124.3, respectively. Overall, the LCC
savings would be positive for all MREF product classes, and, while 43.7
[[Page 38827]]
percent of MREF consumers would experience a net cost, slightly more
than half of MREF consumers would experience a net benefit (52.9
percent).
At the Recommended TSL (i.e., TSL 4), the projected change in INPV
ranges from a decrease of $92.1 million to a decrease of $60.3 million,
which correspond to decreases of 11.4 percent and 7.5 percent,
respectively. DOE estimates that industry must invest $130.7 million to
comply with standards set at Recommended TSL.
DOE estimates that approximately 3.9 percent of shipments currently
meet the required efficiencies at the Recommended TSL. For most product
classes (i.e., FCC, BICC, BIC, C-13A, C-13A-BI, C-3A, C-3A-BI), DOE
expects manufacturers could reach the required efficiencies with
relatively straightforward component swaps, such as implementing
incrementally more efficient compressors, rather than the full platform
redesigns required at max-tech. DOE expects that FC manufacturers would
need to increase foam insulation thickness and incorporate variable-
speed compressor systems at this level. At the Recommended TSL, DOE
estimates a 4-percent drop in shipments in the year the standard takes
effect compared to the no-new-standards case, as some consumers may
forgo purchasing a new MREF due to the increased upfront cost of
baseline models.
After considering the analysis and weighing the benefits and
burdens, the Secretary has concluded that at a standard set at the
recommended TSL for MREFs would be economically justified. At this TSL,
the average LCC savings are positive for all product classes for which
an amended standard is considered, with a shipment-weighted average of
$15.2 savings. The FFC national energy savings are significant and the
NPV of consumer benefits is positive using both a 3-percent and 7-
percent discount rate. The standard levels at TSL 4 are economically
justified even without weighing the estimated monetary value of
emissions reductions. When those emissions reductions are included--
representing $0.3 billion in climate benefits (associated with the
average SC-GHG at a 3-percent discount rate), and $0.6 billion (using a
3-percent discount rate) or $0.2 billion (using a 7-percent discount
rate) in health benefits--the rationale becomes stronger still.
As stated, DOE conducts the walk-down analysis to determine the TSL
that represents the maximum improvement in energy efficiency that is
technologically feasible and economically justified as required under
EPCA. The walk-down is not a comparative analysis, as a comparative
analysis would result in the maximization of net benefits instead of
energy savings that are technologically feasible and economically
justified, which would be contrary to the statute. See 86 FR 70892,
70908. Although DOE has not conducted a comparative analysis to select
the adopted energy conservation standards, DOE notes that the
Recommended TSL represents the option with positive LCC savings ($15.2)
for all product classes compared to TSL 5 (-$99.5). Further, when
comparing the cumulative NPV of consumer benefit using a 7% discount
rate, TSL 4 ($0.7 billion) has a higher benefit value than TSL 5 (-$0.4
billion), while for a 3-percent discount rate, TSL 4 ($1.7 billion) is
also higher than TSL 5 (-$0.07 billion), which yields negative NPV in
both cases. These additional savings and benefits at the Recommended
TSL are significant. DOE considers the impacts to be, as a whole,
economically justified at the Recommended TSL.
Although DOE considered amended standard levels for MREFs by
grouping the efficiency levels for each product class into TSLs, DOE
evaluates all analyzed efficiency levels in its analysis. For all
product classes, except for BIC and C-3A-BI, the amended standard level
represents the maximum energy savings that does not result in negative
LCC savings. DOE did not include efficiency levels with negative LCC
savings in any TSLs with the exception of TSL 5, which represents the
max-tech efficiency levels. Specifically, for FC, FCC, BICC, C-13 A,
and C13-A-BI, DOE did not include EL4 in a TSL due to negative LCC
savings, and for C-3A, DOE did not include EL 2 or 3, and for C-3A-BI,
DOE did not include EL 3 for the same reason. For BIC and C-3A-BI, the
standard level represents the maximum energy savings that is
economically justified. For BIC, DOE did not include EL4 in any TSL due
to negative LCC savings. TSL 4, the Recommended TSL and the one adopted
here, includes an EL for BIC that is lower than the EL at TSL 2. That
is because TSL 2 represents ENERGY STAR for all product classes for
which an ENERGY STAR criterion exists, including EL 3 for BIC. As such,
DOE analyzed TSL 2 with a higher efficiency level for BIC than TSL 4
because of the ENERGY STAR criterion. TSL 4 also includes an EL for C-
3A-BI, EL1, that is lower than another EL, EL2, that has positive LCC
savings. DOE has considered standards at those ELs for those products
and found them not to be economically justified. Although these ELs
have positive LCC savings, they would result in a majority of
purchasers experiencing a net cost (53% and 57%, respectively).
Further, for BIC products, DOE expects some manufacturers would likely
need to increase insulation thickness to meet efficiency levels above
EL 2, which could require new cabinet designs and fixtures. Due to the
high percentage of consumers with a net cost and the extensive
redesigns that would be needed to support EL3, DOE has concluded that
this efficiency level for BIC is not economically justified. However,
at the Recommended TSL (EL 2 for BIC), DOE expects manufacturers could
likely meet the efficiency level required for BIC without significant
redesign. The ELs at the amended standard level result in positive LCC
savings for all product classes and reduce the decrease in INPV and
conversion costs to the point where DOE has concluded they are
economically justified, as discussed for the Recommended TSL in the
preceding paragraphs.
Therefore, based on the previous considerations, DOE adopts the
energy conservation standards for MREFs at the Recommended TSL.
While DOE considered each potential TSL under the criteria laid out
in 42 U.S.C. 6295(o) as discussed in the preceding paragraphs, DOE
notes that the Recommended TSL for MREFs in this direct final rule is
part of a multi-product Joint Agreement covering six rulemakings (RFs;
MREFs; conventional cooking products; residential clothes washers;
consumer clothes dryers; and dishwashers). The signatories indicate
that the Joint Agreement for the six rulemakings should be considered
as a joint statement of recommended standards, to be adopted in its
entirety. As discussed in section V.B.2.e of this document, many MREF
OEMs also manufacture RFs, conventional cooking products, residential
clothes washers, consumer clothes dryers, and dishwashers. Rather than
requiring compliance with five amended standards in a single year
(2027),\86\ the negotiated multi-product Joint Agreement staggers the
compliance dates for the five amended standards
[[Page 38828]]
over a 4-year period (2027-2030). In response to the March 2023 NOPR,
AHAM expressed concerns about the timing of ongoing home appliance
rulemakings. Specifically, AHAM commented that the combination of the
stringency of DOE's proposals, the short lead-in time required under
EPCA to comply with standards, and the overlapping timeframe of
multiple standards affecting the same manufacturers represents
significant cumulative regulatory burden for the home appliance
industry. (AHAM, No. 31 at p. 13) AHAM has submitted similar comments
to other ongoing consumer product rulemakings.\87\ However, as AHAM is
a key signatory of the Joint Agreement, DOE understands that the
compliance dates recommended in the Joint Agreement would help reduce
cumulative regulatory burden. These compliance dates help relieve
concern on the part of some manufacturers about their ability to
allocate sufficient resources to comply with multiple concurrent
amended standards, about the need to align compliance dates for
products that are typically designed or sold as matched pairs, and
about the ability of their suppliers to ramp up production of key
components. The Joint Agreement also provides additional years of
regulatory certainty for manufacturers and their suppliers while still
achieving the maximum improvement in energy efficiency that is
technologically feasible and economically justified.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\86\ The refrigerators, refrigerator-freezers, and freezers
rulemaking (88 FR 12452); consumer conventional cooking products
rulemaking (88 FR 6818); residential clothes washers rulemaking (88
FR 13520); consumer clothes dryers rulemaking (87 FR 51734); and
dishwashers rulemaking (88 FR 32514) utilized a 2027 compliance year
for analysis at the proposed rule stage. The miscellaneous
refrigeration products rulemaking (88 FR 12452) utilized a 2029
compliance year for the NOPR analysis.
\87\ AHAM has submitted written comments regarding cumulative
regulatory burden for the other five rulemakings included in the
multi-product Joint Agreement. AHAM's written comments on cumulative
regulatory burden are available at: www.regulations.gov/document/EERE-2017-BT-STD-0003-0069 (pp. 19-22) for refrigerators,
refrigerator-freezers, and freezers; www.regulations.gov/comment/EERE-2014-BT-STD-0005-2285 (pp. 44-47) for consumer conventional
cooking products; www.regulations.gov/comment/EERE-2017-BT-STD-0014-0464 (pp. 40-44) for residential clothes washers;
www.regulations.gov/comment/EERE-2014-BT-STD-0058-0046 (pp. 12-13)
for consumer clothes dryers; and www.regulations.gov/comment/EERE-2019-BT-STD-0039-0051 (pp. 21-24) for dishwashers.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The amended energy conservation standards for MREFs, which are
expressed in kWh/yr, are shown in Table V.38.
BILLING CODE 6450-01-P
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.060
[[Page 38829]]
2. Annualized Benefits and Costs of the Adopted Standards
The benefits and costs of the adopted standards can also be
expressed in terms of annualized values. The annualized net benefit is
(1) the annualized national economic value (expressed in 2022$) of the
benefits from operating products that meet the adopted standards
(consisting primarily of operating cost savings from using less
energy), minus increases in product purchase costs, and (2) the
annualized monetary value of the climate and health benefits.
Table V.39 shows the annualized values for MREFs under the
Recommended TSL, expressed in 2022$. The results under the primary
estimate are as follows.
Using a 7-percent discount rate for consumer benefits and costs and
NOX and SO2 reduction benefits, and a 3-percent
discount rate case for GHG social costs, the estimated cost of the
standards for MREFs is $72.7 million per year in increased product
costs, while the estimated annual benefits are $90.6 million in reduced
product operating costs, $18.3 million in climate benefits, and $25.6
million in health benefits. The net benefit amounts to $61.7 million
per year. Using a 3-percent discount rate for all benefits and costs,
the estimated cost of the adopted standards for MREFs is $70.8 million
per year in increased equipment costs, while the estimated annual
benefits are $115 million in reduced operating costs, $18.3 million in
climate benefits, and $35.6 million in health benefits. The net benefit
amounts to $98 million per year.
[[Page 38830]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.061
[[Page 38831]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR07MY24.062
BILLING CODE 6450-01-C
VI. Procedural Issues and Regulatory Review
A. Review Under Executive Orders 12866, 13563, and 14094
Executive Order (``E.O.'') 12866, ``Regulatory Planning and
Review,'' as supplemented and reaffirmed by E.O. 13563, ``Improving
Regulation and Regulatory Review,'' 76 FR 3821 (Jan. 21, 2011) and
amended by E.O. 14094, ``Modernizing Regulatory Review,'' 88 FR 21879
(April 11, 2023), requires agencies, to the extent permitted by law, to
(1) propose or adopt a regulation only upon a reasoned determination
that its benefits justify its costs (recognizing that some benefits and
costs are difficult to quantify); (2) tailor regulations to impose the
least burden on society, consistent with obtaining regulatory
objectives, taking into account, among other things, and to the extent
practicable, the costs of cumulative regulations; (3) select, in
choosing among alternative regulatory approaches, those approaches that
maximize net benefits (including potential economic, environmental,
public health and safety, and other advantages; distributive impacts;
and equity); (4) to the extent feasible, specify performance
objectives, rather than specifying the behavior or manner of compliance
that regulated entities must adopt; and (5) identify and assess
available alternatives to direct regulation, including providing
economic incentives to encourage the desired behavior, such as user
fees or marketable permits, or providing information upon which choices
can be made by the public. DOE emphasizes as well that E.O. 13563
requires agencies to use the best available techniques to quantify
anticipated present and future benefits and costs as accurately as
possible. In its guidance, the Office of Information and Regulatory
Affairs (``OIRA'') in the Office of Management and Budget (``OMB'') has
emphasized that such techniques may include identifying changing future
compliance costs that might result from technological innovation or
anticipated behavioral changes. For the reasons stated in this
preamble, this final regulatory action is consistent with these
principles.
Section 6(a) of E.O. 12866 also requires agencies to submit
``significant regulatory actions'' to OIRA for review. OIRA has
determined that this final regulatory action constitutes a
``significant regulatory action'' within the scope of section 3(f)(1)
of E.O. 12866. DOE has provided to OIRA an assessment, including the
underlying analysis, of benefits and costs anticipated from the final
regulatory action, together with, to the extent feasible, a
quantification of those costs; and an assessment, including the
underlying analysis, of costs and benefits of potentially effective and
reasonably feasible alternatives to the planned regulation, and an
explanation why the planned regulatory action is preferable to the
identified potential alternatives. These assessments are summarized in
this preamble and further detail can be found in the technical support
document for this rulemaking.
B. Review Under the Regulatory Flexibility Act
The Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601 et seq.) requires
preparation of an initial regulatory flexibility analysis (``IRFA'')
and a final regulatory flexibility analysis (``FRFA'') for any rule
that by law must be proposed for public comment, unless the agency
certifies that the rule, if promulgated, will not have a significant
economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. As required
by E.O. 13272,
[[Page 38832]]
``Proper Consideration of Small Entities in Agency Rulemaking,'' 67 FR
53461 (Aug. 16, 2002), DOE published procedures and policies on
February 19, 2003, to ensure that the potential impacts of its rules on
small entities are properly considered during the rulemaking process.
68 FR 7990. DOE has made its procedures and policies available on the
Office of the General Counsel's website (www.energy.gov/gc/office-general-counsel).
DOE is not obligated to prepare a regulatory flexibility analysis
for this rulemaking because there is not a requirement to publish a
general notice of proposed rulemaking under the Administrative
Procedure Act. See 5 U.S.C. 601(2), 603(a). As discussed previously,
DOE has determined that the Joint Agreement meets the necessary
requirements under EPCA to issue this direct final rule for energy
conservation standards for MREFs under the procedures in 42 U.S.C.
6295(p)(4). DOE notes that the NOPR for energy conservation standards
for MREFs published elsewhere in this Federal Register contains an
IRFA.
C. Review Under the Paperwork Reduction Act
Manufacturers of MREFs must certify to DOE that their products
comply with any applicable energy conservation standards. In certifying
compliance, manufacturers must test their products according to the DOE
test procedures for MREFs, including any amendments adopted for those
test procedures. DOE has established regulations for the certification
and recordkeeping requirements for all covered consumer products and
commercial equipment, including MREFs. (See generally 10 CFR part 429).
The collection-of-information requirement for the certification and
recordkeeping is subject to review and approval by OMB under the
Paperwork Reduction Act (``PRA''). This requirement has been approved
by OMB under OMB control number 1910-1400. Public reporting burden for
the certification is estimated to average 35 hours per response,
including the time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data
sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and
reviewing the collection of information.
Notwithstanding any other provision of the law, no person is
required to respond to, nor shall any person be subject to a penalty
for failure to comply with, a collection of information subject to the
requirements of the PRA, unless that collection of information displays
a currently valid OMB Control Number.
D. Review Under the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969
Pursuant to the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969
(``NEPA''), DOE has analyzed this proposed action rule in accordance
with NEPA and DOE's NEPA implementing regulations (10 CFR part 1021).
DOE has determined that this rule qualifies for categorical exclusion
under 10 CFR part 1021, subpart D, appendix B5.1 because it is a
rulemaking that establishes energy conservation standards for consumer
products or industrial equipment, none of the exceptions identified in
B5.1(b) apply, no extraordinary circumstances exist that require
further environmental analysis, and it meets the requirements for
application of a categorical exclusion. See 10 CFR 1021.410. Therefore,
DOE has determined that promulgation of this direct final rule is not a
major Federal action significantly affecting the quality of the human
environment within the meaning of NEPA, and does not require an
environmental assessment or an environmental impact statement.
E. Review Under Executive Order 13132
E.O. 13132, ``Federalism,'' 64 FR 43255 (Aug. 10, 1999), imposes
certain requirements on Federal agencies formulating and implementing
policies or regulations that preempt State law or that have federalism
implications. The Executive order requires agencies to examine the
constitutional and statutory authority supporting any action that would
limit the policymaking discretion of the States and to carefully assess
the necessity for such actions. The Executive order also requires
agencies to have an accountable process to ensure meaningful and timely
input by State and local officials in the development of regulatory
policies that have federalism implications. On March 14, 2000, DOE
published a statement of policy describing the intergovernmental
consultation process it will follow in the development of such
regulations. 65 FR 13735. DOE has examined this direct final rule and
has determined that it would not have a substantial direct effect on
the States, on the relationship between the national government and the
States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the
various levels of government. EPCA governs and prescribes Federal
preemption of State regulations as to energy conservation for the
products that are the subject of this direct final rule. States can
petition DOE for exemption from such preemption to the extent, and
based on criteria, set forth in EPCA. (42 U.S.C. 6297) Therefore, no
further action is required by Executive Order 13132.
F. Review Under Executive Order 12988
With respect to the review of existing regulations and the
promulgation of new regulations, section 3(a) of E.O. 12988, ``Civil
Justice Reform,'' imposes on Federal agencies the general duty to
adhere to the following requirements: (1) eliminate drafting errors and
ambiguity, (2) write regulations to minimize litigation, (3) provide a
clear legal standard for affected conduct rather than a general
standard, and (4) promote simplification and burden reduction. 61 FR
4729 (Feb. 7, 1996). Regarding the review required by section 3(a),
section 3(b) of E.O. 12988 specifically requires that Executive
agencies make every reasonable effort to ensure that the regulation (1)
clearly specifies the preemptive effect, if any, (2) clearly specifies
any effect on existing Federal law or regulation, (3) provides a clear
legal standard for affected conduct while promoting simplification and
burden reduction, (4) specifies the retroactive effect, if any, (5)
adequately defines key terms, and (6) addresses other important issues
affecting clarity and general draftsmanship under any guidelines issued
by the Attorney General. Section 3(c) of E.O. 12988 requires Executive
agencies to review regulations in light of applicable standards in
section 3(a) and section 3(b) to determine whether they are met or it
is unreasonable to meet one or more of them. DOE has completed the
required review and determined that, to the extent permitted by law,
this direct final rule meets the relevant standards of E.O. 12988.
G. Review Under the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995
Title II of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (``UMRA'')
requires each Federal agency to assess the effects of Federal
regulatory actions on State, local, and Tribal governments and the
private sector. Public Law 104-4, sec. 201 (codified at 2 U.S.C. 1531).
For a regulatory action likely to result in a rule that may cause the
expenditure by State, local, and Tribal governments, in the aggregate,
or by the private sector of $100 million or more in any one year
(adjusted annually for inflation), section 202 of UMRA requires a
Federal agency to publish a written statement that estimates the
resulting costs, benefits, and other effects on the national economy.
(2 U.S.C. 1532(a), (b)) The UMRA also requires a Federal agency to
develop an effective process to permit timely input by elected officers
of State, local, and Tribal governments on a
[[Page 38833]]
``significant intergovernmental mandate,'' and requires an agency plan
for giving notice and opportunity for timely input to potentially
affected small governments before establishing any requirements that
might significantly or uniquely affect them. On March 18, 1997, DOE
published a statement of policy on its process for intergovernmental
consultation under UMRA. 62 FR 12820. DOE's policy statement is also
available at www.energy.gov/sites/prod/files/gcprod/documents/umra_97.pdf.
DOE has concluded that this direct final rule may require
expenditures of $100 million or more in any one year by the private
sector. Such expenditures may include (1) investment in research and
development and in capital expenditures by MREF manufacturers in the
years between the direct final rule and the compliance date for the new
standards and (2) incremental additional expenditures by consumers to
purchase higher-efficiency MREFs, starting at the compliance date for
the applicable standard.
Section 202 of UMRA authorizes a Federal agency to respond to the
content requirements of UMRA in any other statement or analysis that
accompanies the direct final rule. (2 U.S.C. 1532(c)) The content
requirements of section 202(b) of UMRA relevant to a private sector
mandate substantially overlap the economic analysis requirements that
apply under section 325(o) of EPCA and Executive Order 12866. This
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION section and the TSD for this direct final
rule respond to those requirements.
Under section 205 of UMRA, DOE is obligated to identify and
consider a reasonable number of regulatory alternatives before
promulgating a rule for which a written statement under section 202 is
required. (2 U.S.C. 1535(a)) DOE is required to select from those
alternatives the most cost-effective and least burdensome alternative
that achieves the objectives of the rule unless DOE publishes an
explanation for doing otherwise, or the selection of such an
alternative is inconsistent with law. As required by 42 U.S.C. 6295(m),
this direct final rule establishes amended energy conservation
standards for MREFs that are designed to achieve the maximum
improvement in energy efficiency that DOE has determined to be both
technologically feasible and economically justified, as required by
6295(o)(2)(A) and 6295(o)(3)(B). A full discussion of the alternatives
considered by DOE is presented in chapter 17 of the TSD for this direct
final rule.
H. Review Under the Treasury and General Government Appropriations Act,
1999
Section 654 of the Treasury and General Government Appropriations
Act, 1999 (Pub. L. 105-277) requires Federal agencies to issue a Family
Policymaking Assessment for any proposed rule or policy that may affect
family well-being. Although this direct final rule would not have any
impact on the autonomy or integrity of the family as an institution as
defined, this rule could impact a family's well-being. When developing
a Family Policymaking Assessment, agencies must assess whether: (1) the
action strengthens or erodes the stability or safety of the family and,
particularly, the marital commitment; (2) the action strengthens or
erodes the authority and rights of parents in the education, nurture,
and supervision of their children; (3) the action helps the family
perform its functions, or substitutes governmental activity for the
function; (4) the action increases or decreases disposable income or
poverty of families and children; (5) the proposed benefits of the
action justify the financial impact on the family; (6) the action may
be carried out by State or local government or by the family; and (7)
the action establishes an implicit or explicit policy concerning the
relationship between the behavior and personal responsibility of youth,
and the norms of society.
DOE has considered how the proposed benefits of this direct final
rule compare to the possible financial impact on a family (the only
factor listed that is relevant to this rule). As part of its rulemaking
process, DOE must determine whether the energy conservation standards
contained in this direct final rule are economically justified. As
discussed in section V.C.1 of this document, DOE has determined that
the standards are economically justified because the benefits to
consumers far outweigh the costs to manufacturers. Families will also
see LCC savings as a result of this direct final rule. Further, the
standards will also result in climate and health benefits for families.
I. Review Under Executive Order 12630
Pursuant to E.O. 12630, ``Governmental Actions and Interference
with Constitutionally Protected Property Rights,'' 53 FR 8859 (March
18, 1988), DOE has determined that this rule would not result in any
takings that might require compensation under the Fifth Amendment to
the U.S. Constitution.
J. Review Under the Treasury and General Government Appropriations Act,
2001
Section 515 of the Treasury and General Government Appropriations
Act, 2001 (44 U.S.C. 3516, note) provides for Federal agencies to
review most disseminations of information to the public under
information quality guidelines established by each agency pursuant to
general guidelines issued by OMB. OMB's guidelines were published at 67
FR 8452 (Feb. 22, 2002), and DOE's guidelines were published at 67 FR
62446 (Oct. 7, 2002). Pursuant to OMB Memorandum M-19-15, Improving
Implementation of the Information Quality Act (April 24, 2019), DOE
published updated guidelines which are available at www.energy.gov/sites/prod/files/2019/12/f70/DOE%20Final%20Updated%20IQA%20Guidelines%20Dec%202019.pdf. DOE has
reviewed this direct final rule under the OMB and DOE guidelines and
has concluded that it is consistent with applicable policies in those
guidelines.
K. Review Under Executive Order 13211
E.O. 13211, ``Actions Concerning Regulations That Significantly
Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use,'' 66 FR 28355 (May 22,
2001), requires Federal agencies to prepare and submit to OIRA at OMB,
a Statement of Energy Effects for any significant energy action. A
``significant energy action'' is defined as any action by an agency
that promulgates or is expected to lead to promulgation of a final
rule, and that (1) is a significant regulatory action under Executive
Order 12866, or any successor order; and (2) is likely to have a
significant adverse effect on the supply, distribution, or use of
energy, or (3) is designated by the Administrator of OIRA as a
significant energy action. For any significant energy action, the
agency must give a detailed statement of any adverse effects on energy
supply, distribution, or use should the proposal be implemented, and of
reasonable alternatives to the action and their expected benefits on
energy supply, distribution, and use.
DOE has concluded that this regulatory action, which sets forth
amended energy conservation standards for MREFs, is not a significant
energy action because the standards are not likely to have a
significant adverse effect on the supply, distribution, or use of
energy, nor has it been designated as such by the Administrator at
OIRA. Accordingly, DOE has not prepared a Statement of Energy Effects
on this direct final rule.
[[Page 38834]]
L. Information Quality
On December 16, 2004, OMB, in consultation with the Office of
Science and Technology Policy (``OSTP''), issued its Final Information
Quality Bulletin for Peer Review (``the Bulletin''). 70 FR 2664 (Jan.
14, 2005). The Bulletin establishes that certain scientific information
shall be peer reviewed by qualified specialists before it is
disseminated by the Federal Government, including influential
scientific information related to agency regulatory actions. The
purpose of the Bulletin is to enhance the quality and credibility of
the Government's scientific information. Under the Bulletin, the energy
conservation standards rulemaking analyses are ``influential scientific
information,'' which the Bulletin defines as ``scientific information
the agency reasonably can determine will have, or does have, a clear
and substantial impact on important public policies or private sector
decisions.'' 70 FR 2664, 2667.
In response to OMB's Bulletin, DOE conducted formal peer reviews of
the energy conservation standards development process and the analyses
that are typically used and prepared a report describing that peer
review.\88\ Generation of this report involved a rigorous, formal, and
documented evaluation using objective criteria and qualified and
independent reviewers to make a judgment as to the technical/
scientific/business merit, the actual or anticipated results, and the
productivity and management effectiveness of programs and/or projects.
Because available data, models, and technological understanding have
changed since 2007, DOE has engaged with the National Academy of
Sciences to review DOE's analytical methodologies to ascertain whether
modifications are needed to improve DOE's analyses. DOE is in the
process of evaluating the resulting report.\89\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\88\ The 2007 ``Energy Conservation Standards Rulemaking Peer
Review Report'' is available at the following website: energy.gov/eere/buildings/downloads/energy-conservation-standards-rulemaking-peer-review-report-0 (last accessed November 29, 2023).
\89\ The report is available at www.nationalacademies.org/our-work/review-of-methods-for-setting-building-and-equipment-performance-standards (last accessed November 29, 2023).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
M. Congressional Notification
As required by 5 U.S.C. 801, DOE will report to Congress on the
promulgation of this direct final rule prior to its effective date. The
report will state that the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs
has determined that this action meets the criteria set forth in 5
U.S.C. 804(2).
VII. Approval of the Office of the Secretary
The Secretary of Energy has approved publication of this direct
final rule.
List of Subjects in 10 CFR Part 430
Administrative practice and procedure, Confidential business
information, Energy conservation, Household appliances, Imports,
Intergovernmental relations, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements,
Small businesses.
Signing Authority
This document of the Department of Energy was signed on April 10,
2024, by Jeffrey Marootian, Principal Deputy Assistant Secretary for
Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy, pursuant to delegated authority
from the Secretary of Energy. That document with the original signature
and date is maintained by DOE. For administrative purposes only, and in
compliance with requirements of the Office of the Federal Register, the
undersigned DOE Federal Register Liaison Officer has been authorized to
sign and submit the document in electronic format for publication, as
an official document of the Department of Energy. This administrative
process in no way alters the legal effect of this document upon
publication in the Federal Register.
Signed in Washington, DC, on April 11, 2024.
Treena V. Garrett,
Federal Register Liaison Officer, U.S. Department of Energy.
For the reasons set forth in the preamble, DOE amends part 430 of
chapter II, subchapter D, of title 10 of the Code of Federal
Regulations, as set forth below:
PART 430--ENERGY CONSERVATION PROGRAM FOR CONSUMER PRODUCTS
0
1. The authority citation for part 430 continues to read as follows:
Authority: 42 U.S.C. 6291-6309; 28 U.S.C. 2461 note.
0
2. Amend Sec. 430.32 by revising paragraph (aa) to read as follows:
Sec. 430.32 Energy and water conservation standards and their
compliance dates.
* * * * *
(aa) Miscellaneous refrigeration products. The energy standards as
determined by the equations of the following table(s) shall be rounded
off to the nearest kWh per year. If the equation calculation is halfway
between the nearest two kWh per year values, the standard shall be
rounded up to the higher of these values.
(1) Coolers. (i) Coolers manufactured on or after October 28, 2019,
and before January 31, 2029, shall have an Annual Energy Use (AEU) no
more than:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Product class AEU (kWh/yr)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(A) Freestanding compact............................. 7.88AV + 155.8
(B) Freestanding..................................... 7.88AV + 155.8
(C) Built-in compact................................. 7.88AV + 155.8
(D) Built-in......................................... 7.88AV + 155.8
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Note: AV = Total adjusted volume, expressed in ft\3\, as determined in
appendix A to subpart B of this part.
(ii) Coolers manufactured on or after January 31, 2029, shall have
an Annual Energy Use (AEU) no more than:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Product class AEU (kWh/yr)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(A) Freestanding compact............................. 5.52AV + 109.1
(B) Freestanding..................................... 5.52AV + 109.1
(C) Built-in compact................................. 5.52AV + 109.1
(D) Built-in......................................... 6.30AV + 124.6
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Note: AV = Total adjusted volume, expressed in ft\3\, as determined in
appendix A to subpart B of this part.
(2) Combination cooler refrigeration products. (i) Combination
cooler refrigeration products manufactured on or after October 28,
2019, and before January 31, 2029, shall have an Annual Energy Use
(AEU) no more than:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Product class AEU (kWh/yr)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(A) C-3A. Cooler with all-refrigerator--automatic 4.57AV + 130.4
defrost.............................................
(B) C-3A-BI. Built-in cooler with all-refrigerator-- 5.19AV + 147.8
automatic defrost...................................
(C) C-9. Cooler with upright freezer with automatic 5.58AV + 147.7
defrost without an automatic icemaker...............
(D) C-9-BI. Built-in cooler with upright freezer with 6.38AV + 168.8
automatic defrost without an automatic icemaker.....
(E) C-9I. Cooler with upright freezer with automatic 5.58AV + 231.7
defrost with an automatic icemaker..................
[[Page 38835]]
(F) C-9I-BI. Built-in cooler with upright freezer 6.38AV + 252.8
with automatic defrost with an automatic icemaker...
(G) C-13A. Compact cooler with all-refrigerator-- 5.93AV + 193.7
automatic defrost...................................
(H) C-13A-BI. Built-in compact cooler with all- 6.52AV + 213.1
refrigerator--automatic defrost.....................
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Note: AV = Total adjusted volume, expressed in ft\3\, as determined in
appendix A to subpart B of this part.
(ii) Combination cooler refrigeration products manufactured on or
after January 31, 2029, shall have an Annual Energy Use (AEU) no more
than:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Product class AEU (kWh/yr)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(A) C-3A. Cooler with all-refrigerator-- 4.11AV + 117.4
automatic defrost.............................
(B) C-3A-BI. Built-in cooler with all- 4.67AV + 133.0
refrigerator--automatic defrost...............
(C) C-5-BI. Built-in cooler with refrigerator- 5.47AV + 196.2 + 28I
freezer with automatic defrost with bottom-
mounted freezer...............................
(D) C-9. Cooler with upright freezer with 5.58AV + 147.7 + 28I
automatic defrost without an automatic
icemaker......................................
(E) C-9-BI. Built-in cooler with upright 6.38AV + 168.8 + 28I
freezer with automatic defrost without an
automatic icemaker............................
(F) C-13A. Compact cooler with all- 4.74AV + 155.0
refrigerator--automatic defrost...............
(G) C-13A-BI. Built-in compact cooler with all- 5.22AV + 170.5
refrigerator--automatic defrost...............
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Note: AV = Total adjusted volume, expressed in ft\3\, as determined in
appendix A to subpart B of this part. I = 1 for a product with an
automatic icemaker and = 0 for a product without an automatic
icemaker.
* * * * *
[FR Doc. 2024-08001 Filed 5-6-24; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 6450-01-P